Т.В. Кожевникова
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
для университета и института аязи
ENGLISH
for Communications Students
Допущено Минобразования России
в качестве учебника для студентов вузов,
обучающихся по специальностям,
входящим в направление «Телекоммуникации»
Шестое издание, стереотипное

МОСКВА
2012
Т.В. Кожевникова
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
для университета и института аязи
ENGLISH
for Communications Students
Допущено Минобразования России
в качестве учебника для студентов вузов,
обучающихся по специальностям,
входящим в направление «Телекоммуникации»
Шестое издание, стереотипное

МОСКВА
2012
УДК 811.111(075.8)
ББК 81.2 Англ-923
К58
Рецензенты:
Л Л. Шестоперова, канд. пед. наук,
ИЛ. Голованова, канд. пед. наук,
HJL Адамия, канд. филол. наук,
О.П. Иевлев, канд. техн, наук,
Т.Ю. Полякова, канд. пед. наук
Автор
Кожевникова Татьяна Витальевна, заведующая кафедрой иностранных
языков Московского технического университета связи и информатики,
автор более 100 публикаций в области методики преподавания иностран-
ных языков в неязыковых вузах, дистанционного обучения, использова-
ния технических средств в учеб ном процессе, канд. пед. наук, доц.
Кожевникова Т.В.
К58 Английский язык для университетов и институтов связи :
учебник / ТВ. Кожевникова. — 6-е изд., стер. — М. : КНОРУС,
2012.- 368 с.
ISBN 978-5-406-01848-4
Рассчитан на 170 аудиторных часов и предназначен для работы на 1—2
курсах всех отделений технических факультетов. Состоит из трех частей:
вводно-коррекги в ного курса, основн о го курса и п рил оже н и я. С набже н слова -
рем, ссылками на использованную литературу и ключами к ряду задач.
Для студентов вузов связи.
УДК 811Л 11(075.8)
ББ К 81.2 Англ-923
Кожевникова Татьяна Витальевна
АНГЛИЙСКИЙ ЯЗЫК
для университетов и институтов связи
Сертификат соответствия № РОСС RU. АЕ5L Н 15407 от 31.05.2011
Изд. № 3944. Подписано я печать 22.06.201 L
Формат 60x90/16. Печать офсетная.
Усл. печ. л. 23,0. Тираж ] 500 экз. Заказ №
ООО «КноРус*.
129085, Москва, проспект Мира, д. 105, Стр. L
Тел.: (495)741-46-28.
Е -та И; olTice@knorus.ru http ://w w w.knorus. ru
Отпечатано в ОАО «ИПК «Ульяновский Дом печати».
432980, г. Ульяновск, ул. Гончарова, 14-
ISBN 978-5-406-01848-4
© Кожевникова ТВ., 2012
© ООО «КноРус*, 2012
Оглавление
Предисловие......................................................6
Часть 1. Вподно-коррективный курс..................
Unit 1* Английский алфавит. Слова и выражения! употребляющиеся
в формулировках заданий................................8
Unit 2. Правила чтения: Л7, Л/, /е/, /о7, /иХ /а/. Текст "Electricity"
(ex* 5 р. 16).........................................15
Unit 3. Правила чтения: /е/, /э:Л Л©4 /el/, /аХЛ /ои< лад /аи/, /о|/,
/иэ /. Тексты "Письма" (ех. 21 р. 21: ех. 22 р. 22).. 20
Unit 4. Правила чтения: Я/. < /к/, Л& Isi, W, /(&/, /@ /, ЙД Ы /Кв/.
/gz/, /w/( /Kw/, irlt /3 /, Текст "Modem Telephone Systems"
(ex. 36 p. 26)........................................25
Unit 5. Множественное число существительных; 3-е лицо
единственного числа простого настоящего времени глаголов,
оканчивающихся в неопределенной форме на ch, sh, х, s, у (после
согласной); образование наречий. Текст "Organization"
(ex. 46 рр. 31-32) ...................................31
Unit 6. Интонация повествовательного и вопросительного
предложений. Текст "Spreadsheet" (ex. 49 р. 34).......33
Unit 7. Основные типы вопросов. Текст "The Job Interview"
(ex, 52 pp. 37-38) ...................................35
Часть 2, Осносной курс..................................................39
Unit 8. Четыре основных формы глагола.................39
Unit 9. Система времен английского глагола в действительном
залоге. Simple Tensas. Текст "The Mason-Dixon Line" (ex, 64 p 44) ....41
Unit 10. Система времен английского глагола в действительном
залоге. Continuous Tenses. Текст "Installation of a Photocopier"
(ex. 71 p, 49)........................................46
Unit 11. Система времен английского глагола в действительном
залоге. Perfect Tenses. Текст *Who Lives Longer?" (ex. 72 pp. 51-52)... 50
Unit 12. Система времен английского глагола в действительном
залоге. Perfect Continuous Tenses. Тексты "Marie Sklodowska Curie"
(ex 78 pp, 55-56) и Pierre Curie" (ex. 82 p. 51)......54
Unit 13. Система времен английского глагола в страдательном
залоге. Simple Tenses. Текст "The Sierra Club" (ex. 85 p. 60).58
Unit 14. Система времен английского глагола а страдательном
залоге. Continuous Tenses, Perfect Tenses. Тексты ’Transistor11
(ex. 92 p, 65) и ’Transistor, Semiconductor, Insulator" (ex. 93 pp. 65-66). ..61
Unit 15. Выражение будущего времени с помощью словосочетания
to be + going to + V. Употребление выражения "to have got smth" для
обозначения наличия чего-либо в настоящий момент....................66
Unit 16. Согласование времен. Косвенная речь. Тексты "Changing
the System" (ex. 99 pp. 70-71) и "Saudi ProjecT (ex. 100 pp. 71-72)...66
Unit 17. Медальные глаголы (can, must). Тексты “Interviews"
(ex. 104 p. 75) и “Car Hire’ (ex. 106 pp. 77-78)......................72
Unit 18. Модальные глаголы (may! should). Текст "Writing a Business
Letter" (ex. 109 pp. 80-81)...........................................78
Unit 19. Сослагательное наклонение. Текст "Sending a Telex"
(ex. 114 p. 85).......................................................81
Unit 20. Сложноподчиненные предложения с придаточными,
вводимыми союзами Ии when и их эхвивалеитеми. Употребление.
used to, would to, to be used to, to get used to. Тексты "At the Reception
Desk" (ex. 116 pp. 87-88). "It's London!" (ex. 117 p.88), "Computerized
Systems" (ex. 118 p. 89), “Word-processing Systems" (ex. 119 p. 90).85
Unit 21. Неличные формы глагола. Инфинитив. Тексты Tiling the
Documents" (ex. 123 p. 93) и “Chromatab Processing" (ex. 125 p. 94)...91
Unit 22. Неличные формы глагола. Инфинитивные конструкции.
Текст ’Telephone Problems" (ex. 126 p. 96)..........................95
Unit 23. Неличные формы глагола. ~ ing и - ed формы.................100
Unit 24. Неличные формы глагола. Обороты с - ing и ~ ed
формами. Тексты "Pushing New Products and Services" (ex. 134
pp. 105-106) и "From the History of Computers" (ex. 135 pp. 106-107).103
Unit 25. Артикли. Единственное и множественное число
существительных. Определения, выраженные комбинацией
существительных. Тексты "Call HandHing" (ex. 139 №. 112-113) и
“Liguid-crystal Technology" (ex. 143 pp. 115-116)...................108
Unit 26. Местоимения. Текст "Payphones" (ex. 149 p-121)............117
Unit 27. Степени сравнения прилагательных и наречий.
Числительные. Словообразование. Тексты "Wireless Payphones"
(ex. 152 р. 124), "Cail Supporting" (ex. 155, p. 126), ’Tesla Millenium
Network" (ex. 159 pp. 127*128).......................................122
Unit 28. Предлоги и союзы. Фразовые глаголы. Тексты "Cdma
Оле in China" (ex. 160 р. 133) и "A Stop away from Idea!" (ex. 161
pp. 134-135).........................................................128
Unit 29. Сложные предложения. Инверсия. Образцы де левой
переписки. Текст "At a Sitting of the Regional Committee"
(ex. 164 pp. 138-139)................................................135
Unit 30. Что такое резюме? Тексты "Solving the SNA and LAN
Problem Using Frame Relay (ex. 170 pp. 149-154) и "Banking on
ATM by Satellite" (ex. 171 №• 154-158)...............................146
Unit 31. Тексты "Historical Review1' (ex. 172 pp. 158-182), "The
Russian Academy of Sciences" (ex, 174 pp. 162-165), "The Royal
Society of London*' (ex. 177 pp. 165-169}, "National Academy
of Sciences and National Research Council (USA)"
(ex. 179 pp. 170-173).............................................158
Unit 32. Текст “Moscow Technical University of Communications
and Informatics" (ex. 180 pp. 174-178)............................174
Unit 33. Тексты “Alexander Popov, the First Inventor
of the Radio" (ex. 184 pp. 179-180) и "Andrey Kolmogorov"
(ex. 185 pp. 181-183).............................................179
Unit 34. Текст “Conferences, Symposiums, Congresses"
(ex. 190 pp. 1844 87).............................................184
Unit 35. Тексты “Environmental Problems" (ex. 193 pp. 187*190),
"The Science of Climate Change“ (ex. 195 pp. 190-194), “The Health
of the Ozone Layer" (ex. 196 pp. 194-196}.........................187
Часть 3. Приложение ......................................................197
Text 1 . History and Regulation of the Telephone Industry.........197
Text 2. Network...................................................201
Text 3. Switching Technology......................................206
Text 4. Transmission Media........................................208
Text 5. Transmission Technology...................................212
Text 6. Broadband Access and Service..............................214
Text 7. Wireless..................................................216
Text 8. Code Division Multiple Access.............................220
Text 9. Current Cellular Standards................................222
Text 10* Commercial Applications................................224
Text 11 * Software is the Key.....................................227
Text 12* Traffic Engineering Methods............................231
Text 13* WAP-The Catalyst of the Mobile Internet..................246
Text 14* UT Starcom SPDH’" Family of Optical Link
Integrated Multiplexing Terminals (Optimux).......................257
Text 15* Database Programming with ISAM.........................269
Text 16* The Latest News in the Field of Number Portability.....278
Text 17* Hearing Voices...........................................282
Text 18* A tutorial introduction to optical modulation techniques.288
Text 19* Visions for 4G; many ways to achieve integrated
wireless connectivity.............................................291
Text 20. Mobile devices impact WLANs..............................296
Text 21. Satellite security.......................................299
Интернет-ориентированные задания .........................................305
Англо-русский словарь ....................................................307
Ключи ....................................................................359
Список литературы ........................................................361
Предисловие
Учебник английского языка для университетов и институтов
связи предназначен для студентов 1—2 курсов высших учебных заве-
дений, обучающихся по специальностям, входящим в направление
«Телекоммуникации», магистров, аспирантов и специалистов в облас-
ти связи и рассчитано на 170—240 аудиторных часов.
В нем учтены пожелания преподавателей вузов, работавших с
предыдущими тремя изданиями. Особое внимание при этом уделено
обновлению тематики текстов и возможности использования интернет-
материалов в учебном процессе.
Учебник может использоваться на традиционных занятиях под
руководством преподавателя, для традиционной самостоятельной ра-
боты, на занятиях в компьютерном классе (под руководством препода-
вателя и самостоятельно) и в условиях дистанционного обучения (в
автономном режиме или в режиме on-line).
Учебник состоит из трех частей: вводно-коррективного курса,
основного курса и приложения. Он снабжен словарем, ссылками на
использованную литературу и ключами к ряду заданий.
Все части учебника поделены на уроки (Units).
В вводно-коррективном курсе каждый урок посвящен несколь-
ким правилам чтения и наиболее простым грамматическим явлениям.
Правила чтения представлены схематично, грамматические явления
описаны кратко и схематично. Каждое правило и (или) явление отраба-
тывается с помощью тренировочных упражнений урока. Одновремен-
но, наряду с повторением бытовой и страноведческой лексики, обу-
чаемые начинают работать над усвоением общенаучной, политехниче-
ской и специфической связистской лексики, а также над специфиче-
скими сокращениями, используемыми в отрасли.
Уроки основного курса посвящены определенным грамматиче-
ским явлениям, представленным кратко и схематично, и содержат зна-
чительное количество соответствующих тренировочных заданий. Ис-
пользуемая лексика носит бытовой, страноведческий, общенаучный,
политехнический и профессионально ориентированный характер.
Сложность и объем предлагаемых оригинальных текстов увеличива-
ются от урока к уроку. Их тематика как страноведческая, так и профес-
сионально ориентированная.
7
Помимо заданий, направленных на овладение языковым мате-
риалом, в каждом уроке имеются задания для развития умений и навы-
ков содержательной стороны всех видов речевой деятельности: чтения?
письма, аудирования, говорения.
В 5-м издании приложение значительно расширено за счет но-
вых текстов и образцов интернет-заданий. Приложение направлено на
развитие всех видов речевой деятельности. Представленные в нем тек-
сты взяты только из современных оригинальных источников и не под-
вергались никакой адаптации. Они могут быть использованы в качест-
ве дополнительного материала для работы с сильными группами бака-
лавров и специалистов, а также в качестве основного материала для
работы с магистрами, аспирантами и специалистами. Интернет-задания
рекомендуется предлагать обучаемым, начиная со 2-го курса.
Современнав версия словаря содержит ряд новых, возникших в
последние годы, специфических связистских терминов. При составле-
нии словаря автором была сделана попытка отобрать наиболее употре-
бительную современную профессионально ориентированную лексику,
как правило вызывающую затруднения у студентов.
Автор благодарен рецензентам рукописи за внимательное и объ-
ективное отношение к его работе.
Автор признателен старшему преподавателю кафедры иностран-
ных языков МТУСИ Г.Л. Орловой за помощь в подготовке словаря.
Замечания и пожелания по поводу содержания учебника просьба
направлять по адресу: 123955, ГСП, Москва, ул. Народного Ополчения,
д. 32, кафедра иностранных языков МТУСИ.
8
Часть 1
Часть 1
Вводно-коррективный курс
Unit 1
Принято считать, что в английском языке 7 кратких гласных,
5 долгих гласных и 8 дифтонгов.
Краткие гласные:
/1 / — pit, / е / - pet, / se / - pat, / л / - putt, / з /- pot, / u / — put,
/ э / - another
Долгие гласные:
/i:/-bean,!a:/-bam, /э:/-bom,/u7-boon,/3 :/-bum
Дифтонги:
/ ei / - bay, / al /- buy, / si / — boy, / ou / - no, / au / - now, / ie / - peer,
/ ce / - pair, / ue / - poor
Представив наши органы речи в виде четырёхугольника, мы
получим следующие таблицы английских кардинальных гласных:
Вводно-коррективный курс
Что касается трифтонгов, то их обычно рассматривают как
сочетание дифтонгов с нейтральными звуками.
Например: layer / eie /, fire I aie /.
Английские согласные делятся на:
взрывные:
/ р / - pin, / b 7— bin, /t/-tin, / d/ - din, / k / - kin, / g / - gum
аффрикаты:
/ tl / - chain, / ds / - Jane
фрикативные:
/f/-fire,/v/-vine,/© /-think,/fl/-this,/s/-seal,/z/-zeal,
/ f / - sheep, /3 / - measure, / h / - how
сонорные:
/т/ - sum, /п/ - sun, / g / - sung
аппроксиманты:
/1/-light, / r/-right,/w/-wet,/j /-yet
Их можно представить в виде таблицы, где звонкие и глухие
согласные размещены попарно: глухая - слева, звонкая - справа,
10
Часть 1
по типу сификл-^Х^ртнкуддиионной пре- ця* по месту'хшы и способу 3]П»^Л>1ШОЮ10нЧ№ОНЖДеНЯЯ преграды и кктмйнаыуХдеума органу речи	Взрывные	Аффрика- ты	Фрика- тивные	Сонорные	Аппрокси- манты
Билабиальные (губные)	р,Ь			m	W
Л абиально-д сигал ьные (губозубныс)			f.v		
Дентальные (межзубные)			е,а		
Альвеолярные	t,d		S, Z	П	I
Заальвсолярныс		tf,d3	/,з		г
Палатальные (нйбныс)					_ j
ЗалненЁбные	k,g		М	3__	
Гортанные			h		
Звуки (гласные и согласные) произносятся в речи, а буквы
служат для обозначения звуков на письме. Для обозначения 44 анг-
лийских звуков используется латинский алфавит, имеющий 26 букв.
Аа	/ei/	Nn	/еп/
ВЬ	/bi:/	Oo	/ои/
Сс	/si:/	Pp	/pi:/
Dd	/di:/	Qq	/kju:/
Ее	/i:/	Rr	/a:/
Ff	/eff	Ss	/es/
Gg	/(fei:/	Tt	Ai:/
Hh	/eitj/	Uu	/ju:/
li	/at/	Vv	/vi:/
Jj	/(feet/	Ww	/'dAbl'ju:/
Kk	/ket/	Xx	/eks/
LI	/el/	Yy	/war/
Mm	/cm/	Zz	/zed/
Соответственно, одна и та же буква в разных положениях
может читаться как несколько разных звуков.
Выделение слога в слове называется словеснмМ ударением.
В транскрипции оно обозначается знаком / ' /, стоящим перед удар-
ным слогом.
Вводмо-хорршотш0ный>о^с
11
Во многих случаях в двусложных существительных, прилага-
тельных, наречиях, местоимениях ударение падает на первый слог,
в двусложных глаголах - на второй, в многосложных словах - на
третий слог с конца ('export - to ex'port, 'beautiful). Однако эта за-
кономерность очень часто нарушается ('contact - to 'contact).
Кроме того, многие слова имеют двойное ударение
Ccoiitra'dict, 'cross-e^xami 'nation) или меняют ударение в зависимо-
сти от контекста ('compact - com'pact). Поэтому рекомендуется как
можно чаше проверять правильность словесного ударения по сло-
варю.
Слова и выражения, употребляющиеся в формулировках
заданий
abbreviation	сокращение
add	добавить
additional	дополнительный
adjective	прилагательное
adverb	наречие
aloud	вслух
alphabet	алфавит
article	артикль; статья
below	ниже
besides	кроме, помимо
box	рамка
brackets	скобки
category	категория
change	менять, изменять
choose	выбрать
column	колонка
common	общий, общеупотребительный
comparative	сравнительный
complete	завершить
compose	составить
conclusion	заключение, вывод
conjunction	союз
consider	считать, полагать
12
Часть 1
consonant	согласная
contain	содержать
context	содержание, контекст
correct	исправлять
conection	исправление
decide	решать
define	определять
definition	определение
describe	описать
direct	прямой
double	двойной
extract	извлекать
fellow-student	соученик
figure	цифра
find	находить
flowchart	блок-схема
following	следующий
form	форма
groupmate	одногрупник
imagine	вообразить
imprint	выходные данные
indirect	косвенный
indirect speech	косвенная речь
infinitive	неопределенная форма глагола
initial	начальная буква
intonation	интонация
inversion	инверсия
letter	буква; письмо
list	список
main	основной
make up	составить
mark	отметить
match	сочетать» соответствовать
meaning	значение
mention	упомянуть
mistake	ошибка
Веодяо-морреюпиекы# муре

necessary negative neighbour noun outline	необходимый отрицательный сосед существительное обрисовать, наметить в общих чертах
paragraph part pattern pay attention plural positive preposition prompt pronoun pronounce proper refer remember render	параграф часть образец обращать внимание множественное число положительный предлог подсказка местоимение произносить соответствующий ссылаться помнить воспроизводить, передавать, пере- водить
request resume similar singular sound group space spelling statement summary superlative syllable table task term thesis (theses)	просьба, требование резюме подобный, схожий единственное число звуковая группа место, интервал правописание утверждение краткое содержание превосходный слог таблица задание термин тезис (тезисы)
14
Часть 1
third person transfer	третье лицо переносить, перемещать, преобра- зовывать
two-way translation type underline unscramble verb version	двусторонний перевод тип подчеркивать расшифровать глагол версия, вариант
Exercise 1
Complete the table below by writing the letters of the alphabet in
their sound groups.
ei	i:	е	ai	OU	ju:	a:
а	ь	f	i	О	J		r
Exercise 2
Say the following initials:
ТВА, ТС, XTO, ZB, ZDP, ZM, VI, VHR, ZDS, ZDR, AFR, CCM, BF,
BHF, DC, DVT, UBD, UD, WBR, WFG, IDT, LTS, MFC, MP, OTH,
RFS, RHC, JSS, КС, KDT, EP, FL, BDD, ADR, ADS, ADTP
Ваодмо*оррекпш»ный *<ypjc
15
Exercise 3
Match the abbreviations in the box to the definitions below.
A, AC, NC, TM, VLF, PDP, S, WPS
address code, analog (signal), time monitor, network control, project de-
velopment plan, very low frequency, waveform processing system, satu-
ration
Unit 2
ее (see, reed)	*—
ea (cheap, clean) '———~~~~~
e + согласная + e (complete, even)
i + согласная + e (elite, chlorine)
ie	(niece, piece)--------------
ei	(ceiling, receive) —•—
Exercise 4
Write the words beside tbeir definitions.
a.	a plan (------).
b.	to instruct (----).
c.	players on the same side in a game (---)
d.	to touch (----)
e.	a thing with moving parts which needs some kind of power to do its
job (------------)
f.	a chair (-----)
g.	every (----)
h.	to cross out (------)
i.	high temperature (----)
j.	what we do with food (- ---)
k.	to take without asking (-----)
Часть ?
«
Exercise 5
Complete the words in the text below.
Electricity can travel over a very long p- -ce of wire. But a note
written on a p- -ce of paper can't be put into a wire. It is well known that
electricity can move a n- -die from left to right. So a special electric
mach-ne with a n- -die pointing at letters written on a p- -ce of paper must
be used to send messages.
e	(elastic, event) ——_	/1 /
i	(if, important)
Exercise 6
Match the words in the box with the definitions below.
electric, expensive, elect, entire, excite
a.	Choose especially.
b.	The opposite to cheap.
c.	If petrol runs out in the world, we may all have to use cars.
d.	Complete, whole.
e.	To cause someone to have stronger feelinga.
Exercise 7
Listen and repeat:
rich, sit, in, input, inphase, inner,, inquiry, inspect, inside, insert, instruct,
instrument, drift, shift, integrated, integral, insulator, intact, insulation,
intensity, midband, mil, minimum, mixed, single, bit
e - (edge, energy)--------- / e /
Exercise 8
Which words are pronounced with lei and which are pronounced
with /1 /?
central, session, begin, band, bell, cell, behavior, cement, felt
Вводно-коррективный курс 17
or ore	(absorb, cord)— (core)	^2	/3:/
oor	(floor, door)	—	
al	(call)		
Exercise 9
Match the words on the left with the definitions on the right.
a.	call	1.	middle, centre
b.	chalk	2.	cable
c.	more	3.	to telephone
d.	cord	4.	opposite to less
e.	core	5. you write on a blackboard with this
о (off, on, offer) -h!
Exercise 10
Match the words in the box with definitions below.
positive, oxide, often, optical, opera, optimum, oxygen, optimize
_______________________________________________________________
a.	happening regnlarly
b.	a musical play
c.	gas
d.	best suited
e.	favorable, possessing good qualities
f.	a special kind of glass is called glass
g.	a product of a chemical reaction
u + согласная +e ue ui ew oe 0 00 о + согласная + e OU	(rule, June) (blue, true) (fruit, suit) (flew, chew) — (shoe) 	 1 u: 1 (who, do) (boot, (more, whose) (route)
Часть 1
18
Exercise 11
Read the common words which include the sound /u:/ and remem-
ber their spelling.
cool, boost, boot, loop, loose, noon, pool, tool, roof, root, soon,
tooth, zoo
Exercise 12
Write the words beside their definitions.
a.	footwear that covers the leg (---)
b.	a place to go and see animals in cages (-)
c,	to pick or select something (------)
d.	12 o’clock midday (-----)
e,	to break up food in your mouth (---)
f.	footwear that covers the foot (--)
g.	opposite to tighten (------)
u (must, shut)-----------
о (mother, cover) —	/ Л /
ough (rough, tough) ——
Exercise 13
Complete the poem by using the words in the box. All the words
have the sound /Л/.
sunny, come, worry, honey, tonne, some, son, hurry, curry,
love, money, glove, none, dove
1.	Bees make.
2.	Workers make.
3.	The weather can be.
And jokes can be funny.
4.	Indians make.
5.	Exams make you.
6.	Clocks make you.
Вводно-коррективный курс
19
Alarms make you scurry.
7.	1 minus 1 makes.
8.	A thousand kilos make a.
9.	A baby boy - your little.
Congratulations! Well done.
10.	A lovely white bird’s called a.
11.	A couple holding hands call it.
12.	A quiet night is alright for.
13.	But here’s a party invitation for those who want to.
Exercise 14
Write the words in their sonnd groups.
/л/	/>/	/X/	/i: /	/I/	/е/
object, electron, echo, off, order, optimize, nonuniform, normal, net,
metal, meter, former, foreign, formula, mean, medium, melt, four, emer-
gency, enough, cover, element, cement
a	(vase)
ar	(car, far)	a: /
u	(put) ~
oo	(book, foot)/ u /
u	(huge)
ew	(news)	ju: /	•
Exercise 15
Put the following words into the correct categories:
bar, cubic, cumulative, art, book, accumulator, dew, dark, enlarge, par-
tial, target, tube, tune, few, full
Exercise 16
Now use these words to fill in the sentences below.
1.	In the evenings people like to go to ....
2.	The volume of the swimming pool is 250... meters.
3.	Very... students can speak English well.
20
Часть 1
4.	Are you interested in ...?
5.	What is ... used for?
6.	What... are you reading now?
7.	In winter it gets ... very early.
8.	... was a very important part in old TV-sets.
9.	At the exam one must... one’s answer as much as possible.-
10.... in your radio sets.
Il,... zones are bombarded by electrons.
12.... data must be sent to the processing centre.
I3. Sometimes... addressing can be used instead of a ... one.
Unit3
Звук / a i никогда не встречается в ударном слоге. Он может пере-
даваться различными буквосочетаниями (letter, Saturday).
Exercise 17
Underline the syllables which contain the sound / e / in the words
helow. List the ways you found to spell / e /.
father	electron	damage
important	electrostatic	visible
centre	cellular	vertical
tonight	nominal	contact
employment	voltage	suspender
Exercise 18
Complete the words in the following sentences by spelling
the sound / e /.
_ hundr_d ph_togr_ph_ _s firjn Can_d_ _nd _meric__rrived in Britain
t_nightt_ join th_ discuss_n in Lond_n _boutth_ role _f television
_nd newspap___s.
A + согласная (man, plan) - / ae /
Вво&но-коррштианый курс
21
Exercise 19
Listen and repeat:
Ann, lamp, analog, accuracy, acetate, accident, access, absolute, channel,
black, battery, balance, back, manual, management, match, tab, tap, tan-
dem, tank, pack, package, penel, transfer, amplifier, unclassify
er (her)"—
ir (firm) —/ 3 : /
yr (Byrd)
ur (turn)
Exercise 20
Read the following words and choose those with the sound / 3 : /.
curve, cut, care, certificate, certify, board, circuit, circular, myriametric,
Murray, mirror, surway, surface, service, servo, pyramid, purification,
purpose, permanent, persistence, per cent, overflow, interpreter
ear	(fear, rear)
ere	(here, severe) —
ier	(frontier) ------------------------ /	ю	/
eer	(steer) --------------
Exercise 21
Complete the letter helow using the words in the box.
sincerely, severe, dear, we're, appears, clear, engineer, interfere
Mr. Smith!
It is_____that we will need no more computers for our firm. I
hope this will not______with your delivery plans.
Also, according to the, it is__________that the damage to the
machines is due to the____temperatures______having at the moment. So
you needn't send your specialist to us.
Yours________
V. Petrov
22
Часть 1
(aim, remain)
(pay, stay)
(weight)
a (station, stable) -----------------
a + согласная + e или у (name, fame)
ai
ay
ei
/er/
Exercise 22
Unscramble the words to finish the letter.
Dear (teKa)!
How was your (oyilhad) in the (satSte)?
It’s a nice (alcpe). J hope you weren’t too (aridfa). So many people (ysa)
New York is a (zaycr) city but I couldn’t (coplmina) about my own
(tsay) in the USA. I felt quite (fase).
I went on an (chaexnge) visit with a friend at school who was the
(rnase) (gea). His father was a (repiant).
What was the weather like? When I was there we had a lot of
(niar). Especially the (yad) we went to a (mage) of (sabellab). They had
to stop it. I didn’t mind as no one could (xeplina) it to me (nyawya)!.
Must go now, I’ve got a (rinat) to catch. I (amy) have a new job
in TV. I’m still in search of (mafe)!.
Lots of love
(neJa)
i (find, bind, wind)-----------------—
i+ согласная + e или у (tiny, nice) ""	/ ar /
igh	(light) _________________-_______—	"
у	(my, cycle) -------------
Exercise 23
Unscramble the letters and match the words in the box to the defini-
tions.
thgfi, plypa, dedio, nefi, ylpmi, iltgh, dlinb, dnib, left, hercip
a. bring into action, make use of
b. suggest, hint at, mean
авобно-морректианый муре
23
с.	screen
d.	tie, fasten
e.	secret writing
f.	an electric device
g.	pleasant, excellent, exquisite, thin
h.	set of papers
i.	we turn it on in the darkness
j.	battle, cornbet, action
о + согласная + e или у (nose, rosy)
ow	(flow)
oa	(coat)
/ou/
Exercise 24
Complete the following sentences:
a.	Opposite of high is.
b.	The place where you live is called.
c.	Yesterday I up at 6 am but 1 didn’t get up until 8 am.
d.	A piece of rock is called.
e.	In summer the winds from the south-east.
f.	A short letter is called a.
g.	Can you me your holiday photos?
h.	He.spokeinaveryangry of voice.
are	(software, care)
air	(chair, fair) ~~—
ear	(wear)---------------------------- / Ее	/
ere	(there, where) •—'
Exercise 25
Read the following words and remember their spelling:
air, hair, armchair, affair, warehouse, hardware, whereabouts, underwear
ow (now)
ou (house)
/au /
24
Часть 1
Exercise 26
Complete the words in the following sentences hy spelling
the sound / au /.
Mail opening machines can open an envelope with_______t damaging the
contents.
The am_ _nt stated in the covering document must be the same as the
am_ _nt enclosed.
N_ _adays mail room staff* need to be well organized.
Good h____sekeeping also applies to the electronic filing system.
The electronic system should be "thinned___t" at regular intervals.
Provide a print_ _t showing what formulae were used.
Show us h_ _ the mail opening machine works.
oi (voice, point)
oy (boy, toy) _
/51/
Exercise 27
Underline the syllables which contain the sound / di / in the words
below.
moisture, oyster, horizon, party, poison, poise, hockey, hoist, host, going,
point, coyote, boyish, doing
ure (cure, pure)
oor (poor) -----
/ue /
Exercise 28
Write the words beside their definitions.
People having no money are called_______.
Clear substance is called_____.
When we have no hesitation we say that we are
Doctors the sick.
fleodMfrMoppwOTwgHbrii курс
25
Unit 4
sh	(ship, fresh)-----------------------
t	(section, initial, cautious)__
c	(electrician, commercial)—-	/ f	/
s	(extension, suspension) ___________
ss (profession, session) "
Exercise 29
Underline the letters which are pronounced as / J / in the following
sentence.
The ambitious language learner, who wants to do some translation after
graduation, should work hard on pronunciation and dictation as well as
conversation.
f	(fall, floor)	/ f/
ph	(telephone)
Exercise 30
Match the words in the box with the given definitions.
telegraph, telephone, philosophy, photography, physical science
a.	The process of making pictures using light.
b.	An instrument which sends voices over long distances.
c.	A system for sending messages over long distances.
d.	The study of natural forces such as gravity and energy.
e.	A logical study of thought, knowledge, the universe.
к	(break, thank)
ke	(smoke, stroke)
c	(republic, statistic) —/ к /
ck	(flack, check)
que (technique, unique)
26
Часть 1
Exercise 31
Choose the correct spelling.
a.	Why don’t we go for a walc/walk in the park/parck?
b.	The answers are at the bake/back of the book/booc.
c.	He’s off worck/work because he’s feeling sic/sick.
d.	Good luj/luck with new job.
e.	He has a basic/basick understanding of the subject.
f.	He didn’t make/mace many mistakes/mistackes.
g.	This is a historic/historick occasion for our countries.
ch	(lunch, speech)
tch	(catch, fetch) -
/V/
Exercise 32
Choose the correct spelling.
a.	I’ve just bought a Swiss wach/watch.
b.	Can you touch/toutch the branch/brantch of that tree.
c.	The customer asked the waiter to fech/fetch.a mach/match for his ci-
gar.
s + согласная (test)----
s в начале слова (sit)-------
в конце слова после глухой согласной (list
ss (boss) --------—*—:
с + е, i, у (cinema, center, policy)
/s/
Exercise 33
One word in each group is pronounced differently from the others.
Which one is it and how is it pronounced? How are the rest pro-
nounced?
cinema	stress	sed	eggs	ask
center	boss	safe	kicks	fast
policy	less	vision	picks	phase
republic	profession	sack	fists	mist
Вводно-коррективяыц курс
27
s на конце слова после звонкого
согласного и гласного (pens, bees) -------------
s между двумя гласными (visible) 	.	/ z Г
z в любом случае (zero)
Exercise 34
Write the words in their sound groups.
/ s /	Zz/
set, cellular, circuit, circular, zoo, zone, sample, save, instruction, in-
spect,. inverse, instructions, tools, errors, invisible, fuse, gains, wires,
scale, frequency
g перед e, i, у (page, gin, gym)
j в любом случае (jam) --------- / dj /
dg + гласная (bridge)-----------
Exercise 35
Choose the correct spelling.
Technological/Technolodgical/Technolojical developments take place in
the “electronic”office.
Records must be chanjed/changed/chandged, updated and organized.
Many conventional paper-based routines are replaced by modem infor-
mation techno loj {/technology.
When a new employee goins/joins a company a personnel file is made
out.
Urgent/Urdgent/Uijent mail should be sent by first class post.
th в начале служебных слов (this, that)
th в знаменательных словах между	/ 3/
гласными буквами (bathe) _—----------
th в начале и в конце знаменательных слов (thickj thin) —- / 0 /
Часть f
та
Exercise 36
Read the following extracts and write the words with "th" in them in
their sound groups.
/е/	/а/
Modem telephone systems meet the individual requirements
They are built on a "modular" basis. This means that future needs and
developments can be edded without changing the basic structure. They
still have the usual components but changes are made in the way these
are brought together.
Documents and correspondence in one Hie can be referred to
those in another. This occurs when there is a change of names. For ex-
ample, women who get married usually change their surname. For the
files not to become "thick" unnecessary information is deleted.
g перед согласными (bag) -----------/ g /
g перед гласными: кроме e, i, у (game) --
ng (hunger)----------- /g/
ng (reading)__________ /д/
ng (strange)---------- /ncft/
Exercise 37
How are "g" and "ng'1 pronounced in the following words?
doing, geng, stranger, ranger, ringing, grade, ground, growing, gain,
fringe, galvanic, gate, gating, government, gold, general, good, glow,
Geneva, group, grading, guy, hunger, heating
h в начале слова перед гласной (he, hat)
__ __ _
/h/
Exercise 38
Read the following words paying attention to the sound / h /:
hot, high, hollow, heat, height, heavy, helical, belix, harmonic, half,
hack, hair, hand, hall, harden, whole, hang, hold, hole, whom, hardware,
hay, harsh, head, whopper, hell, Hertz, hesitation, hood, house, how],
hub, hunting, hyperfine, wholesome
Ввойжнгорреюпиеный муре
29
х перед согласными и на конце слова (six) --------/ ks I
х перед ударной гласной (exam)--------------------/ gz /
Exercise 39
Write the following words in their sound groups.
/ks/	/gz/
x-axis, xerography, executive, excitation, exchange, exact, examination,
excess, excite, excitor, exclusive, exempt, extension, expand, exit, ex-
haustion, exercise, example, exposure, explore, expiry, external, extra,
exuberant, exult, exterior
w + гласная (want, wate) "----------
wh + гласная, кроме "о" (what, white)— / w/
qu + гласная (quick)-----------------------/ kw /
Exercise 40
Practice saying these sentences quickly.
Quick liquor and quite quiche frequently.
The liquid squid questions the quarreling queen mosquito.
Exercise 41
Write the words with "wh" or "w” in them in their sound groups.
/w/	/h/
wave, weight, weld, whom, what, way, wax, white, wheel, weak, which,
whose, weather, whisper, wide, widow, wire, whole, wet, want, where,
work
г перед любой гласной, кроме немой "е" (red, read) - / г /
Exercise 42
Read the following words and remember their spelling:
trade, priority, private, mirror, return, processor, peripheral, run, reverse,
ring, transmission, retest, relative, relay, write, tariff, nonreturn, lorry,
battery, barium, harrier, arrive, arrange
30
Часть 1
Гласная + s + иге (leisure, measure)
гласная + s + ion (vision)--------------
/3 /
Exercise 43
Complete the words in the following sentences by spelling
the sound / 3 /.
Money is kept in the tre .__.
Meter is a me_______of length.
At le_______I like reading.
In mist v___on is bad.
A man was walking at a le_______by pace.
Me__________ments are wery important in telecommunications.
у в начале слова перед гласной (yes, yet) -Гу!
Exercise 44
Write down your own examples of words with the sound / j /.
v в любой позиции (valve) - / v /
d в любой позиции (did)-/d/
t в любой позиции (test)-/t/
b в любой позиции (big) - / b /
p в любой позиции (pat) - / p /
l в любой позиции (late, tale)-/1 /
m в любой позиции (merge, some)-/ т/
n в любой позиции (no, lane) - / n /
Exercise 45
Complete the words in the text below.
A receptionist a_ways ries to mai_tai_ goo_ will. He greets the _isi_ors
frie__ly. _isi_ors shoul_ no_ _e ke t wai_ing unnecessa___ly. They
should always be aske__о ake a sea_. They coul_ a_so be offered' a
_ews_a_er or agazi e _o rea_. 1 is i_ _or_an_ to let them, know
tha_ they are receiving attention.
Вао^О"Мвдремпиеиый курс
31
Unit 5
Когда слово оканчивается на согласную +у, при присоедине-
нии суффиксов и окончаний у изменяется на i:
сапу-carried;
certify - certificate;
happy-happily;
happy - happier;
cany - carries.
Обычно множественное число существительных и 3-е лицо
единственного числа простого настоящего времени глаголов обра-
зуются с помощью окончания s:
Не makes model receivers.
Но к словам, оканчивающимся на ch, sh, х, s, у (после соглас-
ной), добавляется es:
My wife teaches young children.
I like sea beaches.
При образовании множественного числа существительных,
оканчивающихся на f или fe, f переходит в v:
half - halves.
Некоторые существительные образуют множественнее число
особым образом:
man - men;
woman-women;
goose - geese;
mouse - mice.
Exercise 46
Change the words in brackets into the correct plural or third person
form.
All (orgenization)'are made up of (individual). Any organization
(to need) to attract and keep worthwhile (employee). Every employee (to
require) tact, enthusiasm and the ability to communicate with paople at
all (level). When a vacancy (to arise) a job description is prepared. This
(to give) a clear outline of the (duty) and (responsibility) involved.
32
Часть 1
A job description (to describe) the nature of the job. It (to list)
the main (aspect) of the job, the (duty) and (responsibility) and any spe-
cific (requirement), such as typewriting (skill).
A job specification (to list) the knowledge, (attribute) and (qual-
ity) needed to cany out the job.
В словах, оканчивающихся на ударную гласную + согласную
(кроме w, у, х), при прибавлении суффиксов ed, er, est, ing и у ко-
нечная согласная удваивается:
big-bigger-biggest;
debag - debegged;
debit - debitted.
Exercise 47
Which of these words double the final consonant?
Write the consonants where necessary.
job, jog, join, gulp, gun, guess, group, enlarge, emit, club, fit, fix, fiap,
big, need, seed
Обычно наречия образуются добавлением ly к прилагатель-
ному: light-lightly.
Однако если прилагательное оканчивается на у, то у перехо-
дит в i перед !у: funny-funnily.
Если прилагательное оканчивается на е, при образовании на-
речия е опускается: simple-simply.
Если прилагательное оканчнаается на ic, при образовании на-
речия добавляется ally:
automatic - automatically;
photographic - photographically;
но;
public - publicly;
shy-shyly;
true - truely.
Некоторые наречия имеют ту же форму, что и прилагатель-
ные: early, fast.
Некоторые наречия имеют особую форму: good - well.
ВвоЛю-юрративчый курс
33
Exercise 48
Form adverbe from the following adjectives:
quick, correct, early, slow, bad, sunny, witty, ample, true, rough, elastic,
electromagnetic, elegent, chilly, sharp, large, active, content, loyal, low,
lucky, slight, simple, uniform, kind
Unite
В английском предложении под ударением (-), как правило,
стоят знаменательные слова: существительные, наречия, вопроси-
тельные и указательные местоимения. Неударными (.) обычно бы-
вают служебные слова: артикли, союзы, предлоги, вспомогательные
глаголы, а также личные и притяжательные местоимения. В случае
необходимости говорящий может выделить ударением какое-либо
служебное слово, кажущееся ему важным, Или сделать безударным
знаменательное слово.
В английском языке имеются два основных речевых тона:
нисходящий и восходящий. Нисходящий той ("^) выражает закон-
ченность высказывания, его категоричность. Он употребляется в
повелительном и повествовательном предложениях. Восходящий
тон (J) выражает незаконченное высказывание, употребляется при
перечислении, в вопросительных предложениях. Повышение голоса
при этом происходит в конце слога и начинается с самого низкого
тона.
Первый ударный слог в предложении произносится самым
высоким тоном по сревиению с остальными слогами.
Give me my box.
Could you help me?
34
Часть 1
Exercise 49
Read the following text. Find mistakes in it. Read it again marking
the intonation.
Spreadsheet are the electronic equivalent of a large sheet of paper.
They consists of row and column organized in a "grid" format. Each cell
give its row and column reference.
Spreadsheets has a wide range of use. They are used to keep ac-
count, analyze information and make calculation. The spreadsheet pro-
gram carries out all mathematical and statistical function by the use of
special formula. A formula tell the spreadsheet what calculation to per-
form.
Why do business organization often nead information? They needs
information so that they can analyses it and make a decision. One of the
most important advantage of a spreadsheet is its ability to answer "what
if" question. Many spreadsheet program also offer a fastly and reliable
way of converting data into graphical form. But you should always re-
member that the work done by any machine dapend on the accuracy,
skill and competence of the operator.
Простые повествовательные и повелительные предложения
произносятся, как правило, с понижающейся интонацией.
Managers plan activities.
Advertise in special journals.
Однородные члены и обстоятельства принято выделять-по-
вышающейся интонацией.
Вводно-коррективный курс
35
In (he U£, | the national telecommunications network is supplied
by British Telecom.
A customer may use the following postal services: Datapost, |
Cash on Delivery | and Freepost.
Для выделения отдельных членов предложения применяется
также смешанная (нисходяще-восходящая) интонация и разкий
подъём.
The model, selected | is available from all potential suppliers.
Предложения, входящие в состав сложных, произносятся как
с повышающейся, так и с понижающейся интонацией в зависимости
от смысла и типа соединения.
When the mistakes are discovered, | the Accounts Department
must be informed.
In a small firm, | one person may be responsible for carrying out
all of the invoice checking procedures, | but in ajarge organization, |
iseveral members of staff may perform these duties.
Unit 7
Существуют три основных типа вопросов: прямые вопросы,
косвенные вопросы и вопросы-утверждения’
Прямые вопросы можно подразделить на два вида;
•	wh- вопросы, начинающиеся с wh- вопросительного слова
(включая how); они, как правило, произносятся с понижаю-
щейся интонацией;
How should the post town be .typed?
•	yes /по- вопросы, ответами на которые являются "да" и "нет";
произносятся, как правило, с повышающейся интонацией.
Do some organizations type the name of their firm below the
complimentary close?
Альтернативные вопросы имеют ту же форму, что и yes/no-
вопросы; их первая часть произносится с повышающейся, а вторая с
понижающейся интонацией.
Do all lines of the letter begin at the left-hand margin or do they
begin at the ,right-hand margin?
Часть 1
Однако на альтернативный вопрос нельзя ответить кратко
"да" или "нет". Ответ на него всегда полный.
Порядок слов в прямом вопросе можно изобразить в виде
следующей схемы:
Вопросительное слово (+ существи- тельное)	+	Медальный глагол/ Вспомогательный глагол	 +	Подлежащее	+	Остальные элементы глагольной фразы
В косвенный вопрос входит вопросительное слово (wh-, how),
if или whether и придаточное предложение с утвердительным по-
рядком слов, интонация которого, как правило, понижающаяся.
I don’t know | why it is necessary to arrange the different parts
of a letter into a standard form of presentation (а не is it necessary...).
Could you tell me | if the typewriter is still the most frequently
used business machine for preparing letters (а не is the typewriter
still...).
Существует два типа вопросов-утверждений:
• утверждение, произносящееся с повышающейся интонацией:
This sector provides details of some frequently used reference
books?
* утверждение + question-tag, произносящееся с понижающейся
интонацией:
An annual publication provides information and statistics about
government, industry, finance and commerce, doesn’t it?
Exercise 50
Read the following questions. Define their types (direct yes/no ques-
tions, direct wh- questions, indirect questions, statement questions,
statement questions + tag). Answer them.
1.	What has been your most valuable experience?
2.	Do you prefer money or do you prefer status?
3.	Are you an aggressive person?
4.	When did you last lose your temper?
5.	Could you tell me why you lose your temper?
Ваодно-коррвктивный курс 37
6.	Can you describe yourself in three adjectives?
7.	What is the best idea you've had this year?
8.	What is the hardest thing you've done?
9.	You’ve got enough experience for a job, haven't you?
10.	You can't tell me everything about yourself, can you? Why?
11.	Your worst fault?
12.	What is your proudest achievement?
13.	What would you like to be doing in 5 years' time? In 10 years'time?
Exercise 51
Are the questions below correctly formed? Write the corrections if
necessary.
1.	The firm is a big orgenization or a small firm?
2.	How many people it employs?
3.	Where is the firm based?
4.	The firm has no subsidiaries, hasn’t it?
5.	Do it have a good industrial relations record?
6.	Has any recent political or economic events affected the firm?
7.	What is the name of the chief executive?
8.	The firm exports goods?
9.	Could you tell me where does the firm exports goods?
10.	Does the firm take training and career development seriously?
Exercise 52
Read the following text Ask all types of questions to each para-
graph.
The Job Interview
Arrive in good time - not only because it is polite but because
having to rush will leave you feeling hot and flusted, and therefore nerv-
ous.
Be neat and fairly conservative in your appearance.
Take cues from interviewer on degree of formality - your sensitiv-
ity to non-verbel communication should help you with this. Perhaps be a
little more formal than usual ~ not a stuffed shirt. Be cautious about
jokes, sarcastic asides etc.
Часть 1
39
Don’t smoke unless invited to do so, and then only if you must,
unless the interviewer smokes. Never smoke if there is no ashtray in
sight.
Be prepared to take notes, if it is necessary to record information.
But it might be best to ask the interviewer if they would mind if you did.
Even then, don’t scribble furiously all the way through.
Be polite, but friendly and don’t forget to smile (but only when it’s
appropriate).
Leave promptly when the interview is over, don’t hover. Smile,
shake hands and thank the interviewer.
Exercise 53
Think of a situation where you might telephone an organization and
request information. Write the questions you might ask. Use differ-
ent types of questions and different wh- words.
Exercise 54
Read the following text aloud with proper intonation. Ask five ques-
tions which will make up a plan of the given text. Retell the text.
The mobile telephone, fast train and air travel have cut the problems
of distance for today’s business executives. However, where the recipi-
ent cannot be reached personally by telephone, the fax message and the
telex message, which can be transmitted fast to the person concerned,
may still prove invaluable in extremely urgent situations where immedi-
ate action is required.
Generally speaking, telex machines are now only used in situa-
tions where there needs to be legal proof that a message has been* sent
when fax machines are not acceptable.
Telex messages present die communication with the greatest test
in conveying a clear message in the. minimum number of words. This
skill in writing information-packed messages can.be useful in other writ-
ing tasks.
Основной муре
39
Часть 2
Основной курс
Unite
Четыре основных формы глагола
I	11	III	IV
Инфинитив (The Infinitive)	Простое прошедшее вредя {The Past Simple Tense)	Причастие П (Participle И)	Причастие 1 (Participle 1)
(to)  v	V+ed или особая - (2-я) форма глаголя	V+ed или особая (3-я) форма глагола	V+ing
(to) ask	asked	asked	asking
(to) teach	taught	taught.	teaching
(to) take	took	taken	taking	
Exercise 55
Define the forms of the following verbs:
spoken, sang, said, stood, speaking, worked, understand, shown, sit,
said, had, building, caught,, chose, blew, binding, begun, got, awoke,
dug, fought, hurt, getting, forgiven, flew, lay, must, met, can, forbade,
lit, brought, drawing, digging, ground, hoped, giving, winning
Exercise 56
Read the given forms of the verbs. Decide which of them are correct
and which are not Give the right versions.
(to) cost, costed, cost, costing
(to) hang, hang, hang, hanging
(to) think, thought, thought, thinking
(to) eat, eated, eaten, eating
(to) come, come, came, coming
(to) fall, fall, fallen, falling
(to) feel, felt, felt, feeling
(to) lose, lost, lost, losing
40
Часть 2
(to) ring, rung, rung, ringing
(to) built, built, built, building
Exercise 57
Give the four forms of the following verbs:
читать, писать, жить, покидать, покупать, связывать, хотеть,
любить,- нравиться, соединять, посылать, набирать (номер),
получать, давать, брать, бежать, идти, двигаться, слышать
Exercise 58
Give the infinitives of the following verbs:
became, learned, helping, broken, forbidden, reading, kept, gone, was,
doing, drunk, drove, carried, dreamt, finding, crowded, sold, paid, knew,
throwing, burnt, putting, seen, broke, driven, forbede, kept, shook, told,
written, worn, smelt, shown
Exercise 59
Add three forms of the verbs given below.
I	II	Ш	IV
	bent		
lean .			
		hidden	
	led		
			holding
		mistaken	
	found		
choose			
			freezing
Основной курс
41
Unit 9
Система времен английского глагола
в действительном залоге
	Present		Past	Future
Simple	V; V+s (3-е л.ед.ч) do, does Что делает?		V+ed или особая форма did Что делал? Что сделал?	win + v (shall) Что будет делать? Что сделает?
Continuous	am is are Что j	I V+ing делает?	was п were г V+ing Что делал?	will+be+(V+ing) (shall) Что будет делать?
Perfect	have has Чтос	1 Зф (V+ed 'или особая форма) : дел ал?	hed+Зф Что сделал?	will have+Зф (shall) Что сделает?
Если глагольная форма состоит из одного глагола, для
образования вопросительной и отрицательной формы обязательно
требуется вспомогательный глагол.
Если глагольная форма состоит из двух и более глаголов,
крайний левый из них яаляется вспомогательным.
Исключение: глагол to be в Present и Past Simple не нуждается
во вспомогательном; глагол to have в значении "иметь" может упот-
ребляться без вспомогательного.
Simple Tenses
The meeting starts at 9.00.
These figures don’t edd up.
The Present
k Simple
Tense
42
Часть 2
During the year we installed a new
accounting system.
When did you finish your work?
I think HI reed your proposal.
At the first stage the machine will
not/won’t work properly.
The Past
Simple
Tense
The Future
Simple
Tense
Positive Form	Negative Form	Interrogative Form
1 work in different departments.	I do not/don’t work at different departments.	Do I work at different departments?
We/you/they	We/you/they do not/don’t work...	Do we/you/they work ..;?
He/she/it works	He/she/it does not/doesn't work...	Does he/she/it work „?
I worked in different departments.	I did not/didn't work at Did I work at different di fferent departments, departments?	
We/you/they worked...	We/you/they did not/didn’t work...	Did we/you/they work...?
He/she/it worked...	He/she/it did not/didn*t work...	Did he/she/it work...?
1/we will (shallVll work in different' departments.	1/we will (shall) not/won’t (shan’t) work...	Will (shall) 1/we work...
He/she/it/you/they will/’l 1 work...	He/she/it/you/they will not(won't) work...	Will he/she/it/ you/ they work...
Времена группы Simple обозначают регулярное действие в
настоящем, прошедшем или будущем.
Основной курс
Present Simple может употребляться для обозначения
будущего времени с глаголами движения или при наличии
обстоятельства будущего времени.
A new plant opens on February 1.
When do you leave?
Exercise 60
Complete the following sentences with the correct form of a verb
from the list in the box:
provide, rise, start, consist, be, proceed, expend, cause, have
1.	The new computer program_______a variety of helpful applications.
2.	The new machine 50 percent more than the previous machine.
3.	When the temperature the metal
4.	The broken contact the heater to be switched on and so the
cycle____again.
5.	Shape memory alloys_____many applications.
6.	Silicon___the most common element on this planet.
7.	A transistor of two types of silicon.
Exercise 61
Write sentences to complete a dialogue based on the flowchart below.
Ask what the size of the :	►'medium -sized company
company is,
Ask how many terminals -----------------
they have got	_______________- 10
Ask how they input ’ ---------7~\
information and provide it	keyboard operators
to senior staff
Ask if they have got a	________
specially designed computer	noroom
room
Ask what they need
> an authorized access
44
Часть 2
Exercise 62
Complete the following text
Silicon___solid and____the ability to conduct electricity. It_
neither a good conductor nor a good insulator. That_why it and other
solids such as germanium semiconductors.
As a semiconductor silicon______very sensitive to impurities or
dopants. If you 0.0001% of dopant to silicon you conductivity
by 100 times.
Exercise 63
Read the completed text above and compose a similar text of your own.
Describe copper* iron* alluminium.
Exercise 64
Read the following text Ask 10 questions to it.
Let your fellow-students answer them.
The Mason-Dixon Line, often considered by Americans the
demarcation between the North and the South, is in reality the boundary
that separates the stete of Pennsylvania from Maryland and parts of
West Verginia. Prior to the Civil War, this southern boundary of
Pennsylvania separated the non-slave states to the north from the slave
states to the south.
The Mason-Dixon Line appeared long before the Civil War, as a
result of a boundary dispute between the two states. Two English
astronomers, Charles Mason and Jeremiah Dixon surveyed the area and
officially marked the boundary between the two states. They completed
the survey in 1767 and marked the boundary with stonas.
Exerfcise 65
Read the text given above again and choose the best endings to the
sentences betaw.
I.	The best title for this text is
a)	Dividing the North and the South;
b)	The Meaning of the Mason-Dixon Line;
e)	Two English Astronomers;
Основной курс	45
d) The History of the Mason-Dixon Line.
2.	Before the Civil War
a)	Pennsylvania was south of the Mason-Dixon Line;
b)	Pennsylvania was a non-slave state;
c)	the states south of the Mason-Dixon Line had the same opinion
about slavery as Pennsylvania;
d)	the slave states were not divided from the non-slave states.
3.	The Mason-Dixon Line appeared because of disagreement
a)	about borders;
b)	about slaves;
c)	between two astronomers;
d)	over surveying techniques.
4.	The word "survey" means
a)	view;
b)	understand;
c)	map out;
d)	separate.
5.	They marked the Mason-Dixon Line with
a)	pieces of rock;
b)	a fence;
o)	a stone wall;
d)	a border crossing.
Excercise 66
Answer the following questions about yourself.
I.	What will you do after classes?
2.	Where will you go in the evening?
3.	Who'll you see tomorrow?
4.	Will you go to the University tomorrow?
5.	What won't you do in the evening?
46
ЧаслшЗ
Unit 10
Continuous Tenses
Which project are you working on?
Гт finishing preparations for our meeting
tomorrow morning.
What were you doing at this time last year?
As the equipment was getting old we
decided to replace it.
What will you be doing this time next year?
The business will be dropping gradually
next year.
Positive Form	Negative Form
I атУт checking the figures now.	I am not/*m not checking...
We/you/they are checking...	We/you/they are not/агепЧ checking
He/she/it ig checking...	He/she/it is not/isn't checking...
I was checking the figures yesterday.	I was not/wasn’t checking...
We/you/they were checking... He/she/it was checking...	We/you/they were not/weren4 checking... He/she/it was not/wasn’t checking...
The Present
• Continuous
Tense
I
The Past
►	Continuous
,	Tense
The Future
•	Continuous
Tense
Interrogative Form
Am I checking...?
Are we/vou/thev
checking...?
Is he/she/it checking ...?
Was I checking...?
Were we/you/they
checking...?‘
Washe/she/it
checking...?
Основной курс
47
Г will/1!! be checking the figures tomorrow.	1 will not/won't be checking	Will I be checking „.?
We/you/they wi И/'ll be checking...	We/you/they will not/won't be checking...	Will we/you/they be checking...?•.
He/she/it will/1!! be checking...	He/she/it will not/won't be checking...	Will he/she/it be checking...?
Времена группы Continuous обозначают действие, проис-
ходящее в определенный момент (период) в настоящем, прошед-
шем или будущем. Этот момент (период) может быть обозначен
конкретным временем или другим действием.
Tomorrow the engineers will be discussing the advantages of optical
fibres compared with copper cables. .
When the consultant came the manager was speaking about security
requirements for the computer equipment.
Время Present Continuous может употребляться для
обозначения действия, ставшего привычкой.
She is always grumbling.
Оно может передавать значение будущего времени с
глаголами движения или при наличии обстоятельства будущего
времени.
We are writing a test tomorrow.
Hurry up! The train is leaving.
48
Часть 2
Exercise 67
How many sentence combinations can you make based on the
following alternatives?
I Mr Black	was were	researching writing	a new problem a new plant	when	they die director	helped me
The production		projecting	a report		1	found
The engineer					he	the solution rejected die idea resigned
Exercise 68
Put the verb into the correct form.
1.	A: What... your father(do)?
B:	He's a teacher, but he... (not/work) at the moment.
2.	Electronic computers... (become) very good at routine clerical
work now.
3.	Engineers and physicists ... (solve) many engineering problems by
means of semiconductors.
4.	A: What... (you/do)?
В: I... (solve) the problem from my home assignment
5.	In 1948 the world ... (see) a revolutionary concept: the invention of
the transistor.
6.	Automatic control... (develop) now and... (develop) in the near
future.
6.	In a circuit in which a steady direct current... (flow) there will be
a direct relation between the current, voltage, and resistance.
Основной курс 49
Exercise 69
Complete the following dialogue by choosing the correct form of the
verb in brackets:
Engineer; We _ (to have) a lot of problems with existing equipment.
Manager: So, what do you suggest?
Engineer: Well, at the moment we(to use) a modem linked up
direct to our microcomputer and the telephone line.
Manager: What's the problem?
Engineer: Well, the weak link is the line. A lot of our clients are
overseas and we(to have) problems with the lines.
We_________________(to transmit) the files but they_(to arrive) in the
same form.
Manager: That sounds bad.
Engineer: Even more serious is that it_(to cost) us a lot of money in
call charges. Call charges on international lines are high.
Manager: Yes, that is serious. So what do you suggest?
Engineer: Well, I think we should use an electronic mailbox.
Exercise 70
Transfer the dialogue into the past and then into the future making
all the necessary changes.
Exercise 71
Read the following text. Imagine that you are /were/ will be
installing the 945C Photocopier at all the stages described below.
Tell us what you are /were/ will be doing at each stage.
First you are to take out the main copier and adjust the feet, so
that the machine is level. Next, you should attach the lid. You are not
supposed to use force - it just clips on. Next you ought to slide in the A4
cassette holder into the upper space. It is not to go into the lower space.
You are supposed to just click it into position. Then you ought to fit the
A3 cassette holder into the lower space. Finally the copy tray is to be
fitted on the opposite side. You oughtn4 to need any force - it just sits in
position. Now the copier is assembled. Next take 2 bottles of toner. You
mustn't use any other toner except 9450. The bottles must be shaken
first, and then poured into the toner compartment.
Switch on the machine, and it should be ready for use.
50
Часть 2
Unit 11
Perfect Tenses
Today, electronics has started a newera.
Our engineers have developed many new devices.
When we installed the new software, it had already
become obsolete.
I had already worked in marketing before 1 joined
my present company.
By the end of the century most of the industries will
have become automatic.
The new legislation on environmental protection
will have appeared by the end of this year.
Positive Form
I/you/we/they have/'ve
finished the project.
We are free now.
He/she/it has/'s
finished ....
1/you/we/they/he/she/ it
had/’d finished the
project by Tuesday.
l/you/we/they/he/she/ it
will/41 have finished the
project by the end of the
month.
Negative Form
I/you/we/they have
not/haven't
finished ...
He/she/it has not/
hasn't finished...
I/you/we/they/he/
she/it had not/ hadn't
finished...
1/you/we/they/he/
she/it wilt not/won't
have finished...
The Present
K Perfect
Tense
The Past
Perfect
Tense
The Future
► Perfect
Tense
Interrogative Form
Have I/you/we/they
finished ...?
Has he/she/it
finished .„?
Had I/you/we/they/he/
she/it finished ...?
Will I/vou/we/thev/he/
she/it have finished ...?
Времена группы Perfect обозначают действие, завершившееся
к определенному моменту в настоящем, прошедшем или будущем.
Основной курс.51
Этот момент может быть обозначен конкретным временем или дру-
гим действием.
The researchers got useful results after they had made a number of tests.
We had tested cables under different conditions by the end of October.
Исключение:
Present Perfect может употребляться для обозначения
действия, начавшегося в прошлом, продолжавшегося какоё-то
время, .продолжающегося в - настоящий момент и имеющего
тенденцию к продолжению. В этом случае глагол в Present Perfect
переводится на русский язык глаголом в настоящем времени.
1 have lived in Moscow since 1980.
Exercise 72
Read the text and place the different actions in the appropriate
column in the box below, according!© the meaning-in the context;
Both men and women are living longer'these days in the
.industrialized countries. However, women, on the average, live longer.
One important biological factor that helps’women live longer is the
difference in hormones between meh and women. Female hormones
have a positive effect on the heart and the blood flow. They help the
body defend itself against some kinds of infections. This means that
women generally get sick less often and less seriously than men.
The cultural context also influences life expectancy for men and
women. Women generally smoke cigarettes less than men. They also
drink less alcohol on average. Both cigarettes and alcohol have been
proven to cause many health problems and to shorten lives.
Another factor that has influenced the lives of women is the lack of
stress. Until recently,, women who worked were in less responsible, less
stressful positions.
These cultural factors have playad an important part for the women who
are now getting old; But the social habits of women are changing. Young
women are smoking and drinking more than women used to. More
women are holding more responsible positions now. These changes
mean that the cultural context will no longer help women live healthier
lives. However, the other, biological factors in life expectancy remain
unchanged. Women probably will therefore continue to live longer than
men.
52
Часть 2
Regular activity	Activity at a certain moment or period of time	Activity finished by the moment of speech
		
Exercise 73
Look at the time lines below to make sentences which contrast two
different actions. Use "already" in each sentence. The first has been
done for you. t Personnel's instruction	installation of a computer	now
We had already instructed before we installed
the personnel	the computer.
2 Operator's training	testing the machines	now
3 Maintenance trainer's arrival	beginning of the course	now
4 Schedule	sending a telex	now
5 Finish everything	an official opening date	now
Основной курс
53
Exercise 74
Write four sentences describing events effecting your studies or
your life in which a past tense is contrasted with a past perfect
tense.
Example: 1 had already worked before I entered the University.
Exercise 75
Read the following sentences. Decide if their underlined parts are
right or wroug. Correct the oues which are wrong.
1.	Well have finished testing the machines by Monday next week.
2.	I'll telex you by the end of the week.
3,	Tbe first maintenance course'll begin in a week.
4.	We'll be having tests on August 25.
5.	We’ll send you some more copies of the Operators' Manual by
September.
6.	The fimbwill install new equipment by the end of March.
7.	The engineers will be setting the full capecity date by Friday.
Exercise 76
Ask the following questions to yonr neighbour.
Then change the parts.
1.	Have you finished school?
2.	Have you entered the University?
3,	How long have you studied at the University?
4.	By what time will you have finished your studies?
5.	What exams will you have passed by the end of your second year?
6.	Had you worked before you entered the University?
7.	Had you workad in summer before the term began?
54
Часть 2
Unit 12
Perfect Continuous Tenses
We have been reviewing our Software
development programme for 2 hours.
We are testing it now.
We have been developing quality equipment
since 1953.
We had been improving qualityfor 2
years before we reachad good results.
We had been working with the system
for a year and then we changed over to
Microsoft Windows.
By 2004 we'll have been working with the
system for 3 years.
By the time you come we will have.been
discussing the problem for 4 hours already
Positive Form	Negative Form
1/you/we/they have/'ve been I/you/we/they have
using the agency since	not/haven't been
1996.	using...
He/she/it has/'s been using He/she/it has not/
the agency since 1996.	hasn’t been using...
I/you/we/they/he/ she/it
had/’d been using the
agency for 5 years before
changing over to another
one.
I/you/we/they/he/ she/it
will/1!! have been using
the agency for 3 years by
2003.
I/you/we/they/he/’
she/it hadnot/
hadn't been using...
I/you/we/they/he/
she/it will not/
won't have been
using...
The Present
Perfect
Continuous
Tense
The Past
Perfect
Continuous
Tense
The Future
Perfect
Continuous
Tense.
Interrogative Form
Have I/you/ we/they
been using the
agency..,?
Has he/she/it been
.using...?
Had I/you/we/they/
he/she/it been
using...?
Will I/you/we/they/
he/she/it have been
using...?
Основной курс 55
Времена группы Perfect Continuous употребляются для
обозначения действия, начавшегося до какого-то момента в
настоящем, прошедшем или будущем, продолжавшегося до этого
момента, продолжающегося в этот момент и имеющего тенденцию
к продолжению.
I have been working at the laboratory since 1990.
In 19961 had been working in the laboratory for 5 years.
By 20091 will have been working in the laboratory for 9 years.
В этом случае время Present Perfect Continuous переводится на
русский язык глаголами в настоящем времени.
Кроме того, времена группы Perfect Continuous употребля-
ются для обозначения действия, длившегося а течение некоторого
времени, но закончившегося к определенному моменту в
настоящем, прошедшем или будущем, чтобы подчеркнуть
длительность этого действия.
We have been testing the new equipment since the beginning of the
year. It works perfectly now.
We had been testing the new equipment for 3 weeks before starting
pperating it.
Exercise 77
Make nine sentences from the following prompte in Present Perfect
Continuous, Past Perfect Continuous and Future Perfect Continuous.
Make first a positive statement, then a negative statemept and finally
a question. Add necessary time definitions (for many years before
created them; for three months by January; since 1996).
They /develop/ new communications satellite.
Exercise 78
Read the situation and then make up a sentence.
1.	Marie Sklodowska taught in Warsaw during several years. In 1891
she moved to Paris where she studied physics. Marie Sklodowska ...
2.	Marie Sklodowska began working in Sorbonne in 1893. Two years
later she married the French chemist Pierre Curie. Marie Sklodowska
5в Часть 2
3.	Marie Curie began researching radioactivity in 1898. It took her four
more years of work to isolate radium in its pure form. Marie Curie...
4.	Maria Curie became chief of the laboratory in her husband's
department at the Sorbonne in 1903. After her husband's death in
1907 she succeeded him there as a professor of physics. Marie Curie
*
5.	Marie Curie worked in the Sorbonne during 11 years. In 1914 she
headed the radioactive laboratory of the new Institute of Radium in
Paris. Marie Curie...
Exercise 79
Ask 2 questions for each situation. Let your neighbour answer them.
Example: Your friend looks tired,
(You/study? How long/you/study?)
Have you been studying? How long have you been studying?
I.	You come into the room. Your colleagues are installing a new
computer.
(How long/install/the computer? Since when/you/install/the computer?)
2.	Your friend comes in. His hands are covered in oil.
(What/you/do? You/work/on the machine?
3.	Your friend is learning Spanish.
(How long/you/leam/Spanish? Since when/you/leam/Spanish?)
4.	Your friend is to finish working at the machine by June.
(How long/you/work/at the machine/by June? You/work/at the machine/for
3 months/by June?)
5.	Your friend is looking for a job.
(How long/you/look for a job? Since when/you/look/for a job?)
Exercise 80
Describe a decision connected with your studies. Use both the
Present Perfect and the Present Perfect Continuous forms.
Example:
I have decided to study better. I have been thinking about this for a long
time.
Основной (type 57
Exercise 81
Read the following text and ask yonr neighbour questions beginning
with 'how long' or ‘since when*. Then change the parts.
Pierre Curie, French physicist, was bom in Paris on May 15, 1859
and was educated in the Sorbonne. He became professor of general
physics in 1895 and started working in the Sorbonne in 1904. He
investigated piezoelectricity in crystal in 1880. He worked in the
Sorbonne up to his death in 1906.
Exercise 82
Put the verbs in brackets in the necessary tenses.
1.	By this time next year you (to graduate) from the University.
2.	All last week he (to prepare) for the examinations.
3.	That man (to teach) at the University since 1985,
4.	Water (to change) into ice when the temperature (to drop) below zero.
5.	Kindly repeat what you just (to say).
6.	1 only (to succeed) in solving the problem after 1 (to work) on it for
several hours.
7.	He reminded me that wb (to be) classmates at school.
8.	1 (to hear) that you (to give) up the idea of learning French.
9.	By the time he (to be) thirty he (to become) a good engineer.
10.	My friend (to go) to Moscow last summer and he (to work) there
since them
11.	When 1 (to get) hack they probably (to work) at the computer.
12.	When 1 (to go) to the library the next day I (to find) the book exactly '
where I (to leave) it.
13.	I'm sure that they (to complete) their work by May.
14.	At this time tomorrow you (to take) your exam.
15.	She (to return) from the library at 6 o'clock.
16	.1 not (to work) at 8 o'clock, I (to finish) my work by that time.
17.	At what time you (to finish) you work?
18.	What you (to do) at 8 o’clock? I (to work) on my report.
19.	He (to speak) French? - Yes, he (to speak) French quite fluently.
20.	Don't go into the classroom. The students (to write) a test there.
21.	The man who (to stand) at tbe window (to be) our English teacher.
22.	Where (to be) Peter? - He (to have) his English lesson. I think that he
always (to have) it at this hour.
58
Часть 2
23.	Helen (to learn) English at the Institute. She (to leam) English, since
last autumn.
24.	They (to be) busy now. They (to discuss) an important question.
They (to discuss) it since 5 .o'clock.
25.	Where (to be) Petrov? - He (to work) at the computer. - He (to
work) long? - Yes, he (to work) since morning.
Unit 13
Система времен английского глагола
в страдательном залоге
	Present		Past		Future
Simple	am is are Что ci Что д<	3<D.V(V+ed "или особая форма) [елано? шается?	was were Чтобылс Что дела	• ЗФ.у «сделано? лось?	will (shall) be + 3O.V Что будет сделано? Что будет делаться?
Conti’ nuous	am is are Что д<	* being+3<D.V шается?	was П were * Ьенщ+Зф.У Что делалось?		
Perfect	have has Что 6e	- Ьееп+Зф.У дло сделано?	had Ьееп+Зф.У Что было сделано?'		will have Ьееп+Зф,У Что будет сделано?
Случаи употребления времен.страдательного залога те же, что
и действительного. В страдательном залоге отсутствуют времена
групп Future Continuous u Perfect Continuous.
Ремовной курс
59
Simple Tenses
The fabricated products are stored in the		The Present
warehouses.		к Simple
Our headquarters are located in Moscow.		Tense
		
The investment was made in the last		The Past
quarter.		- Simple
The range of services was expended.		Tense
Protective clothing will be worn inside the		The Future
production area.		. Simple
50 percent of our production will be made at		Tense
our plant in Moscow.		
Positive Form	Negative Form	Interrogative Form
I am/’m developed.	I am not/'m not	Am 1 developed?
	developed.	
He/she/it isfs	He/she/it is not/	Is_he/she/it
developed.	isn't developed.	developed?.
We/you/they arefre	We/you/they are	Are we/you/they
developed.	not/aren*t	developed?
	developed.	
I/he/sheZit wasfs	I/he/stie/i t was	Was I/he/she/it
developed.	not/ wasn't	developed?
	developed.	
We/you/they were/re	We/you/they	Were we/you/they
developed.	were not/weren't	developed?
	developed.	
I/you/we/they/he/she	I/you/we/they/he/.	Will I/you/we/they/
/it will/'ll.be	she/it.wilLnot/ won’t	he/she/it be developed?
developed.	be developed.	
Часть 2
60
Exercise 83
Change the following from the active to the passive:
1.	Electronic devices revolutionize life.
2.	Mendelyeev observed interesting regularities in the properties of
elements.
3.	We use boilers for many purposes.
4.	Our engineers will design and construct new thermal power stations.
5.	Edison discovered a new phenomenon of electricity.
6.	Engineers use computers in all the branches of the economy.
7.	The delegates will see tremendous hydro-potential in Siberia.
Exercise 84
Complete these sentences with one of the following verbs:
cause, repair, make, postpone, translate
1.	A decision will not... until the next morning.
2.	Her new bode will probably... into a number of foreign languages.
3.	The machine ... by someone.
4.	The meeting... because of illness.
5.	The fire... by an electrical fault.
Exercise 85
Complete the text by choosing an appropriate form of each verb in
brackets.
The Sierra Club ... (be) an organization whose goals... (center) on
the protection of the environment. It... (found) in 1692 in San Francisco
by naturalist John Muir, who ... (be) intent on preserving the natural
beauty and harmony of Sierra Nevadas in eastern California.
Today the Sierra Club ... (boast) almost 200,000 members in all
fifty states of the United States. Through activities such as conferences,
lectures, exhibits, expeditions, and films, the organization ... (work) to
continue t effort begun by John Muir. The Sierra Club also ...
(publish) д weekly newsletter, a bimonthly magazine, and various books.
Основной курс
st
Unit 14
Continuous Tenses
From transmission links power is being
subdivided into smaller
blocks and fed into the subtransmission
parts of the power network.
A new proposal was being considered for
most of last year.
The
Present
Continuous
Tense
The Past
Continuous
Tense
Positive Form
1 atiVm being
developed.
We/you/they are/*re
being developed.
He/she/it is/*s
being developed.
I/he/she/it was/*s
being developed,
We/you/they were/'re
being developed.
Negative Form
I am not/*m not being
developed.
We/you/they are
not/aren*t being
developed.
He/she/it is not/ isn4
being developed.
1/he/she/it was
not/wasn’t being
developed.
We/vou/thev were
not/weren’t being
developed.
Interrogative Form
Am I being
developed?
Are we/you/they
being developed?
Is he/she/it being
developed?
Was I/he/she/it
being developed?
Were we/you/they
being developed?
62
Часть 2
Exercise 86
Complete the sentences by choosing an appropriate form of each
verb in brackets.
1.	As the current... (flow) through the circuit heat... (produce) in it.
2.	At this very moment the primary winding... (connect) to the source
of energy.
3.	During the experiment glass ... (rub) with silk to produce static
electricity.
4.	We didn't notice that our conversation... (record).
5.	The capacity of these two conductors separated by an insulator...
(measure) now.
Exercise 87
f
Ask questions to the following sentences. Let your neighbour answer
them.
1. Considerable scientific and technical progress is being achieved in
the development of power plants nowadays. (What ...? Where ...?
What kind...?)
2. During the expariment a current was being sent along a- conductor
and a magnetic field was at once being sent from the conductor.
(When •...? What...? Where...?)
Основной курс 63
Perfect Teuses
Copper has been used as a conductor since the
beginning of the industry.
In transformers which have been in service,
the oil always contains considerable
boncentration of carbon dioxide.
After thin wires had been used in the device.
they got hot and melted.
The results of the experiment had been
referred to in the article before
they appeared in the book.
By 10 o’clock the distance of 10 miles will
have been covered.
A new invention will have been implemented
in industry by the end of the year.
, The Present
Perfect
* Tense
The Past
Perfect
Tense
The Future
Perfect
Tense 
Positive Form
I/we/you/they have/Ve
been developed.
He/she/it has/s been
developed.
I/we/you/they/
he/she/it had/'d been
developed.
I/we/you/they/he/
she/it will/1!! have been
developed:
Negative Form
1/we/you/they have
not/haven't been
developed. -
He/she/it has not/
hasn't been developed.
I/we/you/they/he/
she/it had not/ hadn’t
been developed.
I/we/you/they/he/
she/it will not/ won't
have been developed.
Interrogative Form
Have 1/we/you/they
been developed?
Has he/she/it been
, developed?
Had I/we/you/they/
he/she/it been
developed?
, Will I/we/you/they/
he/she/it have been
developed?
Честь 2
Exercise 88
Look at the following chart which shows the development of a
company. Write a short paragraph which explains the main
events. Begin each sentence with "by”.
Jan	1992	reports profits increase of 25%
June	1992	produces prototype of a device
Oct	1995	offers to buy new equipment
Nov	1996	installs new equipment
June	1997	produces devices of improved quality
	2005	will begin producing newest models
Exercise 89
Describe the activity of the company known to you in a way similar
to given above.
Exercise 90
Describe how your University has been changed in recent years.
How was it changed a few years ago? How will it have heen changed
hy 2015?
Exercise 91
Create passive sentences in different tenses using the prompts in the
table below.
finished products new plant goods	manufacture open store	several locations in Moscow warehouse
Основной курс М L
Exercise 92
Read the following text Ask questions to the underlined sentences.
Let your neighbour answer them.
In 1948 revolutionary concept was introduced to the electronic
world: a transistor was invented, a crystal which amplified was
announced. Nothing like this had happened in electronics since the
discovery of the triode vacuum tube in 1907. Some years later the crystal
detectors of the wireless era were replaced bv radio tubes.
Now a crystal amplifier, the transistor, challenges the vacuum tube
because transistors are smaller, simpler, more efficient and longer lived.
In hearing aids tubes have already been replaced bv transistors with
unheard-of battery economy. Moreover, many transistor circuits have
fewer components than the vacuum tube circuits, such as multivibrators.
For example, in switching circuits, such as multivibrators, the work of
two triode tubes will be done by one point-contact transistor.
The transistor is a current-oparated device, whereas the vacuum
tube is a voltage-operated device. The transistor is designed to become a
relatively low-voltage, low current device. Electron tubes will shortly be
replaced bv transistors in communication equipment, computers, radio
and television receivers.
Exercise 93
Translate the verbs given in Russian into English. Read the text. Use
appropriate tenses. Retell the text.
A transistor is an active semiconductor device with three or more
electrodes. By active (подразумевается) that the transistor is capable of
current gain, voltage amplification and power gain. A transistor is an
electronic device in which electronic conduction (производится) within
a semiconductor.
A semiconductor is an electric conductor with resistivity in the
range between metals and insulators, in which the electrical charge
carrier concentration (увеличивается) with increasing temperature
over some temperature range.
The resistivities of semiconductors and insulators (уменьшается)
rapidly with rising temperatures, while those of metals
(увеличивается) relatively slow. Unlike metals and insulators, the
resistivity of semiconductors depends upon the direction of current
Часть 2
66
flow. The direction of the easiest current flow or lowest resistivity
(называется) the forward direction, the direction of restricted current
flow or highest resistivity (известно) as the reverse or back direction.
Unit 15
Выражение будущего времени с помощью
словосочетания to be + going to+V
We are going to end the conference on Friday at 6 o'clock.
When are you going to have this report ready?
The new materials are not going to be delayed.
Словосочетание "to be+going to+v" употребляется для обоз-
начения уже задуманного действия или намерения. При этом
степень уверенности в обязательности их осуществления меньше,
чем при употреблении "wiir.
Exercise 94
Write sentences on any of the following:
-	your intentions
-	an action already decidad
Exercise 95
Ask your neighbour about his/her intentions and actions already
decided. Then change the parts.
Основной курс
67
Употребление выражения "to have got smth" для
обозначения наличия чего-либо в настоящий
момент
Have you got any money?
She hasn't got a car.
В современном английском языке выражение "to have got
smth" употребляется для обозначения наличия чего-либо в
настоящий момент чаще, чем глагол "to have".
Оно никогда не может быть употреблено в устоявшихся
словосочетаниях типа to have breakfast, to have a swim, to have a
bath и т.д. Употребление выражения "to have got smth" в таких
словосочетаниях меняет их смысл. Например;
to have a bath - принять ванну,
to have got a bath - иметь ванну.
Выражение "to have got smth" употребляется только в настоя-
щем врамени.
Exercise 96
Make negative sentences with "have got".
i. I can't make a phone call, (any change)
2.1 can't pay my bills, (any money)
3.	Nick doesn't know the news, (a newspaper)
4.	Ann can't find her way back, (a map)
5.	We can't operate the tape recorder, (a socket)
Exercise 97
Some of the sentences below contain mistakes. Correct them.
1.	Had you got any benefit from the training course you did last week?
2.	Have you an agent in Morocco?
3.	Our competitors have got good products at present.
65 Часть 2
Unit 16
Согласование времен. Косвенная речь
Не promised that the conference would be ready for us when we arrived.
He said that they had signed the contract.
She says that we have a deal.
Если сказуемое в главном предложении выражено глаголом в
настоящем или будущем времени, сказуемые придаточных
предложений не претерпевают никаких изменений.
Если сказуемое в главном предложении выражено глаголом в
прошедшем времени, времена глаголов-сказуемых придаточных
предложений претерпевают следующие изменения:
present ------ past;
past  past or past perfect;
will ----------- would.
Например:
She says: The policy of the government has changad.' She says that
the policy of the government has changed.
She said: The policy of the government has changed.' She said that
the policy of the government had changed.
При переводе из прямой речи в косвенную изменения
претерпевают некоторые местоимения и наречия:
Прямая речь	Косвенная речь
I/you 	 we/you 			 we/you —	 us/you 	 yesterdey today  tomorrow last...			 next ... this...			he/she they him/her them the day before/the previous day that day the day after/the following day the previous... the following... that...
Основной *УРС
в»
Исключение:
Время глагола-сказуемого не меняется, если сказанное все еще
является правдой.
She said: The date of the next meeting hasn’t been fixed yet.1
She said that the date of the next meeting hasn't been fixed yet.
(They haven't decided about it by the moment of speech).
При переводе из прямой рачи в косвенную помимо глагола
"say" рекомендуется употреблять такие, как; add, agree, announce,
answer, claim, comment, declare, emphasize, explain, highlight, imply,
indicate, inform, prove, reply, report, reveal, show, state, stress, suggest,
tell.
При переводе вопросов из прямой речи в косвенную порядок
слов в них становится прямым, так как вопросы в этом случае прев*
ращаются в обычное придаточное предложение:
She asked: 'Have you increased the quality of products?* She asked if
we had increased the quality of products.
Exercise 98
Below is an extract from a newspaper report.
Complete the spaces with an appropriate form of one of the verbs
from the box.
warn, believe, say, remind
The Minister the audience that 20 years ago things were very
different. He____the time bad come to face realities and he we had
to choose between cooperation or isolation. He______that major problems
would arise if we made the wrong choice.
70
Часть 2
Exercise 99
Here is a conversation between an administrative manager and a
communications engineer. Transform it into indirect speech. Use
past tenses. Make ail the necessary changes. Ask your neighbour ten
questions connected with the text received. Retell the text.
Administrative manager (Ad. M.):
So you think we should change the system?
Communications engineer (C. Eng.):
Yes, I do. We're having a lot of problems with the existing
configuration.
Ad. M.: So, what do you suggest?
C. Eng,: Well, at the moment we're using a modem linked up direct to
our microcomputer and the telephone line. Very simple, in
theory we send files from our computer direct to our clients'
computers using a software package called 'Communicate'.
Ad. M.: OK ... Well, sounds fine. What's the problem?
C. Eng.: Well, the weak link is the line. As you know a lot of our clients
are overseas and we are having problems with the lines. The
files are being transmitted but they are not arriving in the same
form. The data are being corrupted.
Ad. M.: What does that mean?
C. Eng.: Well, say we send a 10 page contract to a client in France.
We make the connection, start transmitting and then there's a
fault on the line and they receive the contract with some
parts missing, or parts they can't understand
Ad. M.: That sounds bad.
C. Eng.: Even more serious is that it's costing us a lot of money in call
charges. Call charges bn international lines are high and each
time we send a report or contract - let's say 10 pages long - it
takes up' to’5 minutes to transmit - longer if we have problems
with the line.
Ad. M.: Yes, that is serious. So what do you suggest?
C. Eng.: Well, I think we should use an electronic mailbox.
Ad. M.: How does that work?
C. Eng.: Very, simply really. We subscribe to a service called
DIALCOM. We send our files to a central computer. The files
are stored there and our clients can get the file out when they
Основной курс
7»
. want. We use our existing equipment and so we only have to
pay for the subscription and the call charges.
Ad. M.: How expensive is it?
C. Eng.; It’s cheaper, but more important - the. system uses a data
network, not the normal telephone lines; so transmission is faster
and more reliable - there’s less chance of the data being
corrupted.
Ad. M.; Alright, I think we should go ahead.
Exercise 100
Here is a telephone conversation between two managers.
Write a brief message to their chief telling him the details of this
conversation. Use the following pattern: Jim spoke with Chris
yesterday. He asked Chris...
Jim; Hi, Chris. It’s Jim here. I'm calling about the Saudi project... to find
out how the work's coming along.
Chris: Not bed, we’re mostly on schedule,.
Jim: Has all the equipment been installed?
Chris: Yes, we finished installation last week. We start testing the
machine on Monday next week.
Jim: How long will that take?
Chris: Well, the operator training has already started. We kicked off on
Wednesday this week and the first course ends next Friday.
Jim: Oh yes, that was one of the things I wanted to mention. Fred
Hyman, the maintenance trainer should arrive at the weekend.
Chris: Fine, do you know what time?
Jim: No, but I expect he'll arrive at 12 on Saturday. I'll telex you as soon
as I know for certain.
Chris: OK, Anyway he'll have a week before he starts training. The first
maintenance course is due to begin a week from Monday..
Jim: When do you plan to finish the training programme?.
Chris: Just a moment. I'll look at the planner-., here it is, urh,... the last
course is in July - that's the supervisors ’ course - if all goes well
that'll finish at the end of the month and they'll be ready to start
work at the beginning of August.
Jim: So you plan to start up in August?
12
Часть 2
Chris: Yes, if all the tests are OK, we've got a provisional start-up date
on 25th August ... for the first two weeks well be building up
capacity slowly ... hope to reach full capacity by September 8th.
Jim: Sounds fine. Anything you need?
Chris: Um. I don't think so. Thanks Jim.
Jim: You're welcome. Spaak to you again soon. .
Chris: Yes, Bye.
Jim: Bye.
Unit 17
Модальные глаголы
Модальные глаголы не имеют многих глагольных форм:
I ф. 2 ф.	отрицательные формы
Can - could	cannot = can't, could not = couldn't
Must	must not = mustn't
May - might	may not, might not = mightn't
Should	should not = shouldn't
В неопраделенной форме перад ними не употребляется
частица to , в 3-м лице единственного числа настоящего времени
они не' имеют окончания s, инфинитивы, стоящие после модальных
глаголов, употребляются без частицы to.
We can sneak English a little.
My brother should help me do my hometask.
Every student must study well.
В большинстве случаев форма could (мог) является простым
прошедшим враменем от сап (мочь):
I can swim.
I could swim when I was 10.
Could (могли бы) может также использоваться для
обозначения возможного действия в настоящем и будущем, в
особенности для внесения какого-либо предложения:
The weather is fine. We could go to the country.
Основной курс
73
Использование сап в том же значении также возможно:
The weather is fine. We can go to the country.
Эквивалентом can является to be able to.
В большинстве случаев to be able to употребляется для
компенсации недостающих форм сап.
I haven't been able to perform my work properly recently because of my
illness.
New technology might be able to improve the quality of goods.
В прошедшем времени was/ were able to ... = managed to ...
(удалось, смог) и соответствует случившемуся в определенной
ситуации, в то время как could (мог) характеризует возможность
чего-либо в прошлом в широком смысле:
This department could coordinate the activities of various other
departments (= it had general ability to coordinate other departments).
This department was able to coordinate the activities of various other
departments last year as its chief was a very talented person.
Отрицательная форма could not = couldn't возможна в любых
ситуациях.
Could have done (мог бы) относится к ситуациям, которые
были возможны, но не осуществились.
The trip was cancelled as we handn't enough money. We could have
gone away if we had had enough money.
Can't (не может быть) используется в случаях, когда что-либо
считается невозможным.
The interview can't be successful as the participants haven't planned and
prepared it carefully.
The participants were not able of careful monitoring df what was
happening. The interview (can't) couldn't have been successful.
74
Часть 2
Exercise 101
Complete the sentences using can or be able to.
1.	A dividend only be paid out of profits but not out of capital.
2.	In 1894 Michal Marks and Tom Spenser to organize what
was to become the most famous business partnership in English
history.
3.	The owners of a private company be members of the same
family.
4.	Typewriting courses combine keyboard training with the
theory and practice of typewriting.
5.	We install a fax machine yesterday.
Exercise 102
Answer the questions with a suggestion.
1.	How shall we correct the mistakes? (insert the right letters)
We__________________
2.	Where shall we find information about telephone rates and charges?
(supply all customers with a booklet)
Rostelecom__________________________
3.	What will make contact between members of staff possible? (use)
A telephone_____________
Exercise 103
Read the following information:
Bill wasn't at home on Sunday. He was short of money. He had to
borrow from his aunt. Bill went to the Zoo. At 5 p.m. he met Ken there.
They went to Ken’s. Bill returned home at 11 p.m.
Some people phoned Bill and left their messages which were
recorded on the answering machine. Bill dealt with the messages
properly i.e. listened to them and called back if necessary. Say whether
he could have done or couldn’t have done what he was asked to do.
1.	A friend of his wanted him to go out for a meal on Sunday. Bill
Основной курс 75
2.	His girl-friend asked him for money. Bill
3.	His aunt asked Bill to visit her at 5 p.m. Bill
4.	Ken wanted Bill to come to his place at 4 p.m. Bill
5.	Jane wanted Bill to call her back at 10 p.m. Bill
Exercise 104
Complete the following text using can, can’t, can’t have done.
The interviews begin on Tuesday, each interview last not
more than 30 minutes. They start earlier than 930 as it
takes time to get to the place of the interviews and fulfill all the
necessary formalities. No interviews scheduled after 4.30.
An interview take place between 1.00 p.m. and 2.00 p.m. as it
is lunch-time. The participants come on Monday as they were
warned beforehand. They be waiting for the beginning
now as it is only 8.30.
Основное значение глагола must - долженствование,
необходимость.
The train starts at 6. It is 5.30 now. We must hurry.
Отрицательная форма must в данном случае выражает запрет.
You mustn’t touch the contacts. You may be killed.
Если запрет отсутствует, а действие просто не нужно
совершать, вместо mustn’t употребляете needn’t или don’t need to.
The train starts at 6. It is 5 now. We neadn’t hurry. We don’t need to
hurry.
Обратите внимание на то, что глагол need - переходный от
обычного к модальному. Поэтому' мы говорим needn’t do smith,
don’t need to do smith.
Форма didn’t need to характеризует отсутствие необходимости
действия в прошлом и показывает, что оно не свершилось.
The train started at 6. We got up at 4. We didn’t need to hurry.
Форма needn’t have done показывает, что действие совер-
шилось несмотря на отсутствие необходимости в нем.
Честь 2
76
We got up at 4 and hurried to the station. But the train started at 6.
We needn’t have hurried. We had plenty- of time.
Эквивалентами глагола must являются have to и be to. Have to
соответствует долженствованию, вынужденности в силу обсто-
ятельств, a be to - долженствованию в силу морального долга или
договоренности.
Гт ill. 1 have to go to hospital.
I am to meet my friend at 8 p.m.
Эквиваленты глагола must могут употребляться вместо него в
любом времени.
Вместо have to в том же значении в настоящем времени
может употребляться have got to.
Значение mustn’t и don’t have to различны. Если mustn’t
означает запрет, то don’t have to - только отсутствие необ-
ходимости.
You mustn’t tell anyone about our secret (=don’t tell anyone).
You don’t have to tell anyone about our conversation (=needn’t tell
anyone).
Обратите внимание на то, что вопросительные и отрицатель-
ные формы глагола to have в модальном значении образуются
только с помощью глагола to do.
Глагол must также употребляется для того, чтобы
подчеркнуть, что то, что мы говорим, соответствует истине.
You’ve been working for 5 hours. You must (должно быть) be tired.
Where is Tom? - He must be working.
Для отнесения действия к прошлому с тем же значением
употребляется must have done.
Where is Tom? -He must have gone out.
Основной курс
77
Exercise 105
In each sentence translate the underlined verbs.
1.	Payment must be collected from the customer when the goods are
delivered.
2.	People wishing to use a new service have to pay a sum of money in
advance.
3.	The customer doesn't have to pay the postage. It’s the duty of the
firm.
4.	The customers needn’t enjoy all the services suggested to get a
discount,
5.	Harmful substances mustn’t be stored in unlocked premises.
6.	The machine must have been switched off and disconnected. I don’t
hear it working.
7	Paper-cutting machines must be dangerous while working. They can
cut fingars as easily as they cut papers.
8.	You needn’t have gone to the medical room. Our department has got 
its own trained first-aider for emergencies.
9.	We didn’t need to destroy the unnecessary documents manually. We
used a document shredder for this purpose.
Exercise 106
Complete the following text using the verbs can, must, need, have to,
be to, translate and retell it
Many business people prefer the flexibility, reliability and
convenience of a hire car to using their own car. Car hire
be particularly useful and advantageous when combined with air
travel. The major international car rental firms provide a
special programme designed specialty for business people. This
include a ‘Rent it here / Leave it there* service. Different sizes
and types of cars_____be available. Some firms
provide a driving directions service. Computerized systems
provide an instant printout containing step-by-step directions to the
destination.
When a hired car is required you book in advance. The rates
are usually cheaper and availability be guaranteed. When
78
Часть 2
selecting and booking a vehicle you to take into account any
luggage regulations.
In some countries a driving license of your country is not
acceptable; you have an international driving pannit. For a small
charge permits _be issued to any current holder of a valid driving
license. You____always check the driving regulations for the countries
concerned.
Unit 18
Основное значение may и might - показать возможность,
вероятность чего-либо.
They say Bab is ill. It may be (вероятно') true. / It might be true.
В прошедшем времени с тем же значением употребляется may
have done или might have done.
I wonder why Sam didn’t stay at our hotel? - He mav not have liked the
location.
Иногда could используется с тем же значением, что may или
might.
Why did Tom arrive earlier? - He could have left on Monday morning.
Might указывает на несколько меньшую степень вероятности
чего-либо, чем may. Как правило, в речи не имеет значения,
используете вы may или might.
Exercise 107
Read the situations and make sentences with may or might
1.	You receive an account for repairs to your car. It must be paid
within seven days. You have got enough cash. You say: I pay
right away.
2.	You have been assisting the buying office. You have been
asked to make the order to be passed to the regular suppliers. You are
not sure whether you have done it.
You say: I to be passed to the regular suppliers.
Основной курс 7S
• 3. You work in the Purchasing department You and your
colleagues must check the copy orders regularly. One of your colleagues
is checking something now. You say: He' copy orders.
4,	Your colleague has been asked to prepare a standard letter of
enquiry to be sent to the potential suppliers. You see him writing
something. You say: He a standard letter of enquiry to be sent to
the potential suppliers.
5.	You sell very useful travel reference books which contain a
variety of information: routes, road maps, street plans of major cities,
garages, hotels and restaurants. They are sold at your office. You say:
You buy travel reference books at my office.
Модальный глагол should указывает на желательность
действия, его уместность. Он используется для того, чтобы дать
совет или изложить свое мнение.
The receptionist should be able to organize and use the reference
books provided to obtain the necessary information.
Should используется также в тех случаях, когда что-то
происходит не так, как мы ожидаем.
There is no alphabetical index of streets in this street rhap of the
town but there should be one.
Should have done smth употребляется в случаях, когда вы не
сделали того, что вам следовало сделать.
Your travel agency should have arranged car hire and travel
insurance but didn’t.
Во всех перечисленных случаях эквивалентом should является
ought to.
A company ought to deal with calls rapidly and efficiently to have
a more professional image (- a company should deal with calls rapidly).
Часть 2
80
Should обычно употребляется после таких глаголов, как
suggest, propose, recommend, insist, а также после таких
прилагательных, как strange, odd, funny, typical, natural, interesting, и
причастий surprised, surprising.
I suggest we should install telephones in all the departments.
It’s typical that modern telephone systems should be designed to
meet the individual requirements of businesses.
В конструкциях типа if smth should happen или should smth
happen глагол should подчеркивает малую вероятность события и
отдельно на русский язык не переводится.
Should you make a call outside your local area find out the
national dialing code.
Exercise 108
Are these sentences right or wrong?
1.	An operator can know how to use the telephone system. An operator
may know how to use the telephone system. An operator should
know how to use the telephone system.
2.	I suggest we should buy a mobile telephone to stay in touch. I
suggest we bought a mobile telephone to stay in touch. I suggest to
buy a mobile telephone to stay in touch.
3.	If Tom called leave me a message. Should Tom called leave me a
message. Must Tom called leave me a message,
4.	You should deal with the calls promptly in the morning but I see that
they are not answered. You should have dealt with the calls
promptly in the moming but I see that they are not answered. You
should be dealihg with the calls promptly in the moming but I see
that they are not answered.
Exercise 109
Read the text and answer the following questions. Retell the text.
— Why should a business letter be well written and perfectly
produced?
— What impression should a business letter produce?
— Should there be any mistakes in a business letter?
:— What should create a balanced appearance?
Основной курс&1
— What equipment should be used to type a business letter?
— What skills should be used to type a letter?
— What program should a microcomputer be used with?
A business letter is often the first contact that a customer has with
an organization. It must therefore be well written and perfectly produced
so it gives a good impression of the organization. There should be no
spelling or punctuation errors. The leyout or overall appearance of the
letter is just as important as the message. The careful use of the spece
available and the correct positioning of the various parts of the letter will
create a balanced appearance.
The typewriter is still the most frequently used business machine
for preparing letters. However more and more compenies are using
microcomputers and word-processing systems to produce their business
correspondence. Both typewriters and computers use the traditional
‘QWERTY’ keyboard (the name coming from the first six letters on the
second row). Hence, the same keyboarding skills are required. A wide
range of equipment is now available. The equipment consists of a
keyboard, a visual display unit (VDU), a processing unit, a disk drive
and a printer. Text is not typed directly on to paper, as with a
conventional typewriter, but appears on a VDU. There are-two types of
word processor: a dedicated system, which means that it is used only for
word processing; and a microcomputer, which can be used with word-
processing programs. In some offices the word processor is used simply
as a glorified typewriter. Its potential and capabilities are never explored
or discovered.
Unit 19
Сослагательное наклонение
Сослагательное наклонение показывает, что говорящий рас-
сматривает действие не как реальный факт, а как предполагаемое
или желательное.
Present Subjunctive - соответствует неопределенной форме
глагола без частицы to для всех лиц и чисел (he be, it have, we work).
82
Часть 2
Past Subjunctive ~ полностью совпадает c Past Simple изъяви-
тельного наклонения; вместо формы was может употребляться
форма were (he worked, I was / were).
Past Perfect Subjunctive - полностью совпадает с формой Past
Perfect изъявительного наклонения (he had worked, I had been).
It is necessary (необходимо)
It is desirable (желательно)-that he telephone us immediately.
It is important (важно) и т.п. —	(чтобы он ...)
Не
ordered (приказал)
commanded (приказал)
demanded (потребовал)
suggested (предложил)
proposed (предложил) и т.п.
that she submit
the document without
delay (чтобы она сдала ...)
Действие относится к настоящему или будущему
If 1 had a pattern I would write a letter (если бы у меня был ... я
бы написал).
Как жаль, что у меня нет...
I wish I had a pettem.
"" Я хочу, чтобы у меня был ...
Действие относится к прошлому
(в реальности не совершилось и не может совершиться)
If I had had a pattern yesterday I would have written a letter (если
бы у меня был ... вчере, я бы написал ...).
I wish I had had a pettem yesterday (как жаль, что у меня вчере
не было ...).
If I had written that letter yesterday 1 would be free now (если бы
вчера я написал ..., то сегодня был бы ...). - В первой части
предложения действие относится к прошлому, во второй ~ к настоя-
. тему.
Основной «ирс
аз
Exercise 110
Write a sentence with if for each situation.
1.	You are employed by the Stylifax Group. Your Office Manager has
asked you to write a letter from the list of brief notes but you don’t
know how to write letters. You say:
Ifi...
2.	The manager is ready to prepare an official order but the supplier
doesn’t offer a suitable arrangement. The manager says:
If the supplier...
3.	A compeny has performed an advertising campeign but customers
haven’t sent letters of enquiry yet to ask for information on the
product, price, discount, availability and delivery. The manager
says:
If the customers...
4.	Computers and .word processors are able to save and file large
quantities of information: That’s why they are so popular. We say:
If computers and word processors ...
5.	Yesterday we wanted to send a fax but the destination fax was
engaged so the fax remained unsent. We say:
If the destination fax ...
Exercise 111
Write sentences beginning with I wish...
1.	I haven’t got a fax machine (and I need one). I wish ...
2.	I can’t confirm that the call has been connected to the correct
number as I haven’t got the ‘answerback’ code (and I want the call
to be confirmed). 1 wish ...
3.	I can’t make a telex call (and I need to make it). I wish ...
4.	Yesterday I was on the move all day long and I couldn’t contact
anyone as I had no mobile phone on me (and 1 was to contact
people). I wish...
5.	Last month I had no telephone answering machine that’s why I
didn’t know about my clients’ calls when I was absent (and knowing
about them was very important). I wish ...
Exercise 112
Write your own sentences beginning with I wish or if.
Часть 2
W
I.	(something you’d like to be now - in the forest, in the cinema etc.).
1 wish I...
2.	(something you’d like to have - a computer, a new suit etc.).
Г wish I...
3.	(something you’d like to become - an engineer, an actor etc.),
I wish I...
4.	(something you’d like to do if you could - sing, dance etc.).
If I could 1...
5,	(something you’d like to be if you had a possibility - rich, clever etc,).
If I hadachancel...
Exercise 113
Imagine that you are in these situations.
For each situation, write a sentenee beginning with it is necessary...,
it is desirable etc. or I order..., I demand... etc.
1.	Many organizations prefer to use franking machines rather than
stamps for their mail.
It is desirable...
2.	If mail is to receive the best possible service correct addressing is
important.
It is important...
3.	Your electric kettle has developed a fault and yon return it to the
manufacturers by post to get your money back.
You say:
1 demand...
4.	You are a chief of a department.. You want your letter to be sent
through a treditional postal system.
You say:
I order...
5,	You are a chief of a department. You want to centralize the services
your department renders.
You say:
I suggest...
or .
It is desirable...
Основной курс
as
Exercise 114
Read the following text. Imagine that you should send a telex now /
had to send a telex yesterday. Say what you would do / would have
done.
A telex call is made in the following way:
1.	Type or dial the telex number, depending on the system.
2.	Wait for the answerback code to confirm that you are connected to
the correct number. If the answerback code is given, provide your
own answerhack code.
3.	Type the message or retrieve the message stored in memory.
4.	Exchange the answerback code, to check the connection was held
during the transmission.
5.	The message is thea transmitted and printed or stored in memory
simultaneously on both machines.
If I was to send a telex I would ...
If I had hed to send a telex yesterday I would have ...
Unit 20
Сложноподчиненные предложения с придаточными,
вводимые союзами if и when и их эквивалентами
В придаточных предложениях, вводимых союзами if в
значении "если" и when в значении "когда" и их эквивалентами
(while, unless, in case и т.д.), будущее время ие употребляется.
Употребление будущего времени в придаточных предложе-
ниях после вышеупомянутых союзов возможно, если они имеют
другое значение.
If a word in the manuscript is unfamiliar it will be written in the
margin.
When customers request detai Is and information on the new goods
letters will be sent to them enclosing a catalogue and price list.
The manager asked if the customers would request details and
information on the new goods.
Честь 2
86
Конструкции had better, would rather, it's time
Конструкция had better do smth свидетельствует о жела-
тельности действия, показывает, что в случае его невыполнения
могут возникнуть трудности.
1 am to phone Mary today. I’d better do it now or it may be too
late.
Отрицательная форма конструкции had better соответствует
had better not.
—	Are you going out tonight?
—	I*d better not. I’ve got a lot of work to do.
Конструкция had better do smth относится к настоящему или
будущему.
(for somebody) to do smth.
действие относится
к настоящему
или будущему
It’s time
smb. did smth.
It’s time to go home. = It’s time for us to go home. = It’s time we went
home.
В некоторых случаях конструкция it’s time smb. did smth.
может быть эквивалентна it’s time smb. should have done smth. или
should have started doing smth.
It’s time our fax machine was repaired. It hasn’t been working properly
for a week already.
Конструкция would rather указывает на предпочтительность
действия.
do smth.
would rather
smb. did smth.
Основной курс
87
Отрицательная форма конструкции - would rather not do smth,
и would rather smb. didn't do smth.
Exercise 115
Read the situations and write sentences using I*d rather, I'd better,
it's time.
1.	You think it is very convenient to use a credit card instead of cash or
cheques. You say: It’s time ...
2.	You are in a shop. You are asked whether you will pay cash or
cheques. You say: I’d rather ...
3.	Your friend must meet his business colleagues in a different part of
the country and asks you if he should travel by plane or by train.
You prefer train as the space and seating arrangements provide the
opportunity to work while travelling. You say: You had better...
4.	There is a wide range of filing equipment available. You think that
your firm should buy such an equipment considering the space
available and the expense involved. You say: You had better ... It's
time...
5.	A telephone apparatus with automatic redial costs more than the
apparatus without it. Which one would you prefer and why? I’d
rather...
Exercise 116
Read the following text and write seven recommendations for a
receptionist with had better.
There are usually many regular callers at a reception desk. These
could include: people delivering letters and parcels, security van drivers,
window cleaners, service staff, and messengers delivering accounts and
packages. Receptionists should always follow ‘in-house security rules’
when dealing with deliveries. When authorized to receive parcels I
packages, the receptionist should not sign the~delivery note before the
following ‘checking' procedures are carried out:
1.	Check that the goods were ordered.
2.	Check the consignment quantities or number of packages against
the delivery note.
3.	Check that the parcel(s) isfare) in good condition - undamaged.
Часть 2
И
4.	When the contents have not been examined, and a signature is
required, add the words ‘not examined’ before signing.
An efficient receptionist will quickly recognize and know by
name the clients and visitors who call regularly.
Exercise 117
Read the following advertisement and make up not less than ten
sentences beginning with it*s time.
It’s London!
Fly to London with us this winter and enjoy a wonderful week in
this enchanting city at a price you will find hard to believe! We will be
flying from Moscow to London on a specially charted, brand new jet
aircraft, giving you the chance to make the very most of all your holiday
time in the British capital.
All the famous landmarks wait to greet you. Explore them or simply
sit over a coffee at one of the cafes and watch the world go by. There
really is something for everyone in this great city which draws visitors
back time and time again.
We leave Moscow at 9.00 a.m. in the morning on Friday (please
enter date - first Friday of next month). On arrival at Heathrow you will
be transferred direct to your hotel. The next few days are then free for
you to enjoy - join your optional excursions or explore London at
leisure. We will return on Friday (enter date please) in the late
afternoon.
Don’t miss this wonderful opportunity! Send for a full-color
brochure today.
Употребление used to, would do, to be used to, to get used to
Used to do smth (отрицательная форма — didn’t use to do smth)
употребляется для обозначения регулярного действия в прошлом.
Nick used to do well at school. He is not doing well at the Institute.
Основной курс
89
Would может употребляться с тем же значением для
обозначения прошедшего действия.
Normally our firm would take part in the worldwide Telecom exhibition
every four years.
To be/get used to doing smth употребляется для того, чтобы
показать, что что-то не является новым ияи непривычным. После
этих конструкций никогда не употребляется инфинитив. То после
used - предлог, а не частица, предшествующая инфинитиву.
Mary has a new fiat. It is vary far from her office. She has to get up very
early to be there in time. This is difficult for her because she isn’t used
to getting up early.
Exercise 118
Complete the following text using used to, to be / to get used to,
would do.
Computerized systems to play such a vital role in the world as
they play now. You ... seeing keyboard-based electronic equipment
almost everywhere you go: in banks, schools, colleges etc. A few years
ago one ... think it impossible to process information so quickly. And
 now we ... to the fact that the information can also be displayed, updated
or printed out at any time. State-of-the-art computers reflect the latest
technology. They can be used to run sophisticated word-processing
programs along with any number of other applications: databases,
spreadsheets, stock control, book-keeping, peyroll, graphics and desk-
top publishing. We ... to operating state-of-the-art computers using the
popular MS-DOS system. This means that we can use the same
application software for all the computers. An operating system is a
group of procedures which manages the overall operation of the
computer. We ... to carrying out specific tasks, such as word processing,
financial analysis and record keeping, by means of application programs.

Часть 2
Exercise 119
Read the following text Translate the underlined words into
Russian.
All word-processing systems have some form of storage facility. It
is no good being able to process information if it is not readily available
when needed. It may have taken hours or even days to produce important
text or facts and figures and they cannot easily or quickly be replaced.
Data must be stored electronically on a diskette or a hard disk.
Diskettes are generally referred to as ‘floppy disks’. They may be
considered the most common form of storage. However,'hard disks have
a far greater memory capacity than floppy disks. This means that they
can store much larger amounts of data. They are also to transfer data
faster because the information is stored within the system. Before a new
disk can be used, it has to be formatted. This process should create
tracks on the disk to prepare it to accept and store information. Disks are
read by means of a disk drive.
If disks are damaged, the stored data may be lost. For this reason a
copy of any data must be kept on a separate disk. This is called a back-
up. Back-up disks may be stored in a case or box. When not in use, they
should be locked away in a secure place. The following guidelines
should be observed:
1.	Do not touch the exposed recording surface.
2.	Protect them from dust. Keep them in their protective enclave when
not in use.
3.	' Never place heavy objects on top of them.
4.	Write on disk tables before attaching them to disks.
5.	Keep them away from other magnetic fields, including televisions,
printers, telephones, etc. Magnetic fields can destroy the contents of
disks.
6.	Do not bend. Store them vertically in their box.
Основной муре
91
Exercise 120
Read the text given above again. Imagine that in the past you
violated the guidelines. Describe your past actions beginning each
sentence with I used to or I wonld. Use I am / get used to in the
subordinate clanse.
Example’. I used to touch the exposed surface and now 1 am not used to
touching it.
Exercise 121
Say what would happen / would have happened if you violated / had
violated the guidelines mentioned above. Add the necessary
adverbial modifiers.
Exercise 122
Make up ten complex sentences with if and when connected with
your studies. Refer them to real and nnreal conditions.
Unit 21
Неличные формы глагола
Инфнннтнв
Существуют следующие формы инфинитива:
	Active	Passive
Indefinite	(to)V (to) ask	(to) be + Зф. V (to) be asked
Continuous	(to) be + V + ing (to) be asking				
Perfect	(to) have + 3 ф. V (to) have asked	(to) have been + 3 ф. V (to) have been asked
Perfect Continuous	(to) have been + V + ing (to) have been asking				
Часть 2
92
The Indefinite Infinitive употребляется для обозначения
действия, одновременного с действием, обозначенным глаголом-
сказуемым.
I’m pleased to inform you that we are going to send you the information
every week.
The Continuous Infinitive употребляется для того, чтобы
подчеркнуть, что обозначенное им действие находится в развитии.
Mik may be working in his office now.
The Perfect Infinitive употребляется для обозначения действия,
предшествующего обозначенному глаголом-сказуемым.
The company was thought to have received the documents on Monday.
The Perfect Continuous Infinitive обозначает действие,
длившееся какое-то время до действия, обозначенного глаголом-
сказуемым.
For ten days we seem to have been advertising our product in the local
press.
В предложении инфинитив может быть:
•	подлежащим;
То advertise (рекламировать, реклама) is very expensive.
•	частью сказуемого;
Would you like to advertise (рекламировать) in the local press?
•	обстоятельством;
To advertise (для того, чтобы рекламировать) in the local
press one needs money.
•	определением;
Your intention to advertise (рекламировать) in the local press
must be discussed.
• дополнением.
We agreed to advertise (рекламировать) our product in the
local press.
Особое затруднение для понимания и перевода на русский
язык вызывают случаи нахождения инфинитива в начале
предложения. Для правильного понимания и перевода необходимо,
прежде всего, определить, является ли инфинитив подлежащим
Основной курс ЯД
(стоит на первом месте в предложении) или обстоятельством (стоит
левее подлежащего).
То carry out all the invoice checking procedures one person may be
needed.
Для того чтобы осуществлять проверку всех инвойсов, может
потребоваться один человек.
То carry out all the invoice checking procedures may take one person.
Проверка всех инвойсов может занять одного человека.
Exercise 123
Read the following text. Identify all infinitives in it. Translate all
sentences with the infinitives into Russian.
Alphabetical filing is very popular. This method is easy to
understand and operate. To use it in offices is particularly suitable for
filing correspondence. It is the only method to classify correspondence
by looking through the storage system.
With the alphabetical method, a file is made out for each customer
or client according to the first letter of the surname. The files are
arranged in strict alphabetical order in the storage system. Index or guide
cards are used to divide the letters. They act as signposts and help staff
locate files quickly.
To file the documents one should collect them together and arrange
them into alphabetical order. This is known as pre-sorting. Many
different pre-sorting aids are available. These allow the filing operation
to be carried out more efficiently. Expanding indexed wallets are
frequently used for this purpose.
Each letter of the alphabet will have its own ‘miscellaneous’ file.
This contains documents which do not require a separate file. The
documents in a miscellaneous file should be kept in alphabetical order.
A list of the contents is often knpt on the front of miscellaneous folder.
Честь 2
94
Exercise 124
Decide if the following sentences are grammatically correct or not.
If they are wrong correct them.
1.	To receive or pay out cash always count it carefully.
2.	You can have paid the rent by standing order.
3.	It is important to be checking the facilities available.
4.	An organization is planning to have taken part in a training
exhibition at the National Exhibition Centre.
5.	To have left on Wednesday moming two cars will be required.
6.	To hire a car may be particularly useful when combined with air
travel.
7.	We want to talk about the exchange of information.
Exercise 125
Choose the correct infinitive to complete the spaces tn the text. Read
the completed text again, retell it.
calculate, guarantee, pey, make, produce
Chromalab Processing is one of the leading photographic
laboratories. It has facilities the highest quality photographic
work using the very latest in processing technology. Customers can
a first class service. The motorcycle dispatch riders_____________ same-
day deliveries throughout the Yorkshire area. The dispatch riders own
their own vehicles, but all petrol expenses and percentage of running
costs must by the firm.the payment for petrol the number
of miles they travel each month must be known. The running costs are
paid in the form of a set monthly allowance according to the engine size
of the motorcycle.
Осноаяой курс
S5
Unit 22
Инфинитивные конструкции
Сложное дополнение
Jim wanted me.npt to touch the switch as it was dangerous.
Джим предупредил, чтобы я не трогал выключатель, так как это
опасно.
Конструкция "сложное дополнение" включает в себя
дополнение, выраженное существительным или местоимением, и
инфинитив. Она стоит сразу за сказуемым, которое может быть
выражено следующими глаголами в действительном залоге:
• want, expect, ask, beg, help, mean (=intend), would like;
We expected the new machine to be delivered in time.
• tell, order, remind, warn, force, invite, teach;
We invite you to share in a whole new concept in office design.
• advise, recommend, encourage, allow, permit, forbid;
The Director recommended the workers to improve productivity.
• make, let;
После этих глаголов инфинитив употребляется без ‘to*.
Му mother made me apply for this job.
• see, hear, feel, listen.
После этих глаголов в конструкции "сложное дополнение"
может употребляться как инфинитив (если нас интересует
констатация факта), так и -ing-форма (если мы хотим
подчеркнуть длительность действия).
Часть 2
36
J saw a clerk pass the documents to the manager. Я видела, как клерк
передал документы менеджеру.
I saw a clerk passing the documents to the manager. Я видела, как
клерк передавал документы менеджеру.
Конструкция "сложное дополнение" чаще всего переводится
на русский язык придаточным предложением.
Exercise 126
Read the following text. Find the sentences with the construction
‘ ver b+object+infinitive’. Translate them into Russian. Retell the
text.
Telephone Problems
Though we expect telephone to have convenience and speed it
also has the power to convey a.poor impression of the efficiency of
individuals and organizations and create confusion and irritation.
Telephone firms encourage customers to make telephone calls as
they seem cheaper than sending a letter. Many organizations calculate
that the average cost of sending a letter is about £25, which allows the
customers to buy a lot of telephone time even at current rates. But
telephone calls do not necessarily save time - and in business time is
money. We have all suffered from the irritating waste of time caused by
bad telephone manners. We can expect such time-wasters as trying to
get a line, being left hanging on, being passed from department to
department etc. to take longer than it takes to write or dictate a letter.'
Perhaps the principal cause of the telephone inefficiency is that
although the standard telephone allows a customer to parform oral
communication, it doesn’t yet transmit visual communication. Facial
expressions, gestures and posture not only help people convey the real
meaning of words, but are often the principal means of feedback in face-
to-face conversation. They allow misunderstandings to be instantly
corrected. Without visual communication we expect such typical
problems as missed words, misheard words, misunderstood words to
occur.
Many people have developed a positive dislike to the telephone
because they cannot see the person to whom they are talking.
Основной дуре
97
Exercise 127
Decide if the sentences below are right or wrong. Correct the
mistakes where necessary.
1.	Some organizations iet their least able employees to become
telephone operators.
2.	Let me remind to phone me when calls are cheaper if you can
wait.
3.	The manager told to dial the number carefully as wrong numbers
are the most common cause of frustration and time-wasting.
4.	I would like you wait patiently to be put through. ..
5.	If you are cut off we expect replace telephone receiver, wait a few
seconds and ring again.
6.	I saw you to write down the name and number of the person you
were speaking.
7.	Telephone etiquette officially advises decide when the call ends,
but since not everyone knows this, use your judgement.
Сложное подлежащее
Mary is said to work 8 hours a day.
Говоря^, что Мерн работает 8 часов в день.
Мери, (говорят?) реботает 8 часов в день.
Конструкция "сложное подлежащее" состоит из собственно
подлежащего и его инфинитивной части. Сказуемое в
предложениях, содержащих "сложное подлежащее", может быть
выражено следующими глаголами:
•	теми же глаголами, что и при употреблении конструкции
"сложное дополнение", но стоящими в страдательном залоге;
Models and experiments аге expected to be used where they are
essential.
98
Часть 2
•	say, believe, suppose, think, know, consider, report, allege,
understand (употребляются при наличии конструкции "сложное
подлежащее" в страдательном залоге, в действительном залоге
могут употребляться с конструкцией "сложное дополнение");
Videos аге supposed to be hired from the distributors.
а также с конструкциями to be likely, to be unlikely.
The rate of change in price and choice of equipment is likely to be
fast.
Как правило, сказуемое в предложениях, содержащих
конструкцию "сложное подлежащее", переводится на русский язык
вводным словом, стоящим в начале или в середине предложения.
Инфинитив же, входящий в конструкцию "сложное дополнение",
переводится глаголом в личной форме.
Exercise 128
Write these sentences in another way, beginning as shown. Use the
underlined words in your sentences.
1.	It is expected that you will volunteer to help rather than wait to be
asked. You are expected to volunteer to help rather than wait to be
asked.
2.	It is supposed that you won’t attempt to reason with someone
while they are still angry. You are...
3.	It is believed that an employee will personalize the conversation
by introducing himself and getting the caller’s name. An
employee...
4.	It is advised not to suggest or agree a solution until al! the facts
have emerged. One is advised ...
5.	We heard an employee offer excuses. An employee ....
6.	We saw an employee showing a client a new type of equipment.
An employee...
7.	it is understood that a caller should be offered sympathy. A caller
OcwcflHoO курс
re
Exercise 129
People say a lot of things about a new manager. For example:
a.	He takes all the complaints personally.
b.	He is not objective.
c.	He gets angry very quickly.
d.	He considers every cotnplainer unique.
e.	He agrees to do things he is not in a position to deliver.
f.	He never takes advice.
Nobody knows for sure whether these things are true or not. Write
sentences about the new manager using snch verbs as suppose,
believe, say, think, etc.
a. The new manager is supposed to take all the complaints personally,
b. The new manager....
c. He... .
After completing the exercise decide whether the new manager is a
good one. Give your reasons.
it is important
it is interesting
it is possible
it is dangerous, etc
+ to V
It is important to have a system of assessing the performance of
employees in the firm.
На Фирме важно иметь систему поощрения работы сотрудников.
Exercise 130
Ask your neighbor six questions with it is important, it is possible
etc. Let him answer them. Then change the parts.
... for + дополнение + to V
The firms give many opportunities for the employees to discuss their
career prospects and long-term objectives.
100
Часть 2
Фирмы предоставляют своим сотрудникам много возможностей для
обсуждения перспектив их карьеры и долговременных целей.
или
Фирмы предоставляют много возможностей для того, чтобы их
сотрудники обсуждали перспективы своей карьеры и долговремен-
ные цели.
Exercise 131
Translate the following sentences into Russian:
1.	It is important for us to understand, the difference between
duplicating and copying.
2.	Copiers give an opportunity for a firm to produce accurate copies
from texts, drawings, graphs and even photographs.
3.	For large organizations it is possible to centralize reprographic
services.
4.	It is essential for any.meeting to be well organized.
5.	Using the very latest computer technology makes it possible for an
agent to have a direct access to the larger computer systems.
Unit 23
-ing- и -ed-формы
V + ing
I enjoy working with the computer.
Я люблю работать с компьютером.
Would you mind visiting our office on Monday?
He зайдёте ли вы к нам в офис в понедельник?
После таких глаголов, как enjoy, mind, suggest, stop, finish,
postpone, imagine, consider, avoid, involve, continue, keep,
употребляется -ing-форма, которая, как правило, переводится на
русский язык инфинитивом.
Preposition + -ing-форма
Аге you interested in working for us?
Вы заинтересованы в работе с нами?
Основной курс 101
How about changing our equipment?
Как насчёт замены нашего оборудования?
-ing-форма обычно употребляется после следующих
предлогов: in, at, with, of, for, about, instead of, in spite of, before,
after, by, without, to и переводится на русский язык существи-
тельным.
Словосочетания с -ing-формами
It’s по use/по good ...
It’s по use trying to change the data.
Бесполезно пытаться изменять данные.
There is no point in ...
There is no point in having a computer if you don’t use it.
Нет смысла иметь компьютер, если вы им не пользуетесь.
It’s (not) worth...
I don’t think newspapers are worth reading.
Я не думаю, что газеты стоит читать.
Have difficulty...
I had difficulty reading a book of a foreige author in the original.
Мне было трудно читать книгу иностранного автора в оригинале.
A waste of money... / a waste of time ...
spend /waste (time)...
(be) busy...
go swimming/go fishing etc.
I’m busy performing an experiment.
Я занята постановкой эксперимента.
An engineer spent hours trying to find the cause of the failure.
Инженер проводил часы, пытаясь обнаружить причину поломки.
It was a waste of time visiting this exhibition.
Посещение этой выставки было потерей времени.
102
Часть2
Exercise 132
Read the following sentences. Translate the underlined word
combinations into Russian.
1.	Organizations sometimes have difficulty providing people with all
necessary goods.
2.	A mixed economy is interested in combining the benefits and
advantages of both public and private enterprise.
3.	The private sector suggests providing employment and offering a
wide range of goods and services.
4.	It’s no use starting a business without having an office of some
description.
5.	Most business activities involve performing some sorts of
calculations.
6.	An ambitious orgsnization is interested in attracting and keeping
worthwhile employees.
7.	Would you mind defining the difference between wages and
salaries?
-ing-форма в начале предложении
Identifying training needs is an important function of personnel work.
Определение потребностей обучения - важная функция работы с
персоналом.
Identifying training needs, a Personnel Manager helps the firm graatly.
Определяя потребности обучения, менеджер по работе с
персоналом значительно помогает фирме.
Для правильного перевода -ing-формы, стоящей в начале
предложения, на русский язык необходимо определить, является ли
она подлежащим (стоит на первом месте) илн обстоятельством
(стоит левее подлежащего), -ing-форма в функции подлежащего
переводится на русский язык существительным или инфинитивом,
а в функции обстоятельства - деепричастием.
-ing-форма в функции обстоятельства может также стоять в
конце предложения. Перевод на русский язык от этого не
изменяется.
A Personnel Manager helps the firm greatly identifying training needs.
Основной курс 103
-ing-форма, содержащая having + 3 ф. V, обычно стоит в
начале предложения, показывая, что обозначаемое ею действие
свершилось до действия, обозначенного глаголом-сказуемым, и
переводится на русский язык либо деепричастием, либо
придаточным предложением.
Having identified training needs, a Personnel Manager could set up
appropriate training programmes.
Определив (после того, как он определил) потребности обучения,
менеджер по работе с персоналом смог составить соответствующие
программы обучения.
-in g-фор мы п функции части сказуемого
An important function of personnel work is arranging and
organizing introductory or introduction courses for new employees.
Важной функцией работы с персоналом является организация
и проведение ознакомительных или вводных курсов для новых
работников.
Unit 24
Обороты с -ing- н -ed- формами
-ed-оборот
I “	~	' Г
The services offered by telecommunication firms are useful for
customers.
Услуги, предлагаемые телекоммуникационными фирмами,
полезны абонентам.
-ing-оборот
I-------'------1
Telecommunication firms offering new services are likely to
receive greater profits.
Телекоммуникационные фирмы, предлагающие новые
услуги, вероятно, получают большие доходы.
104
Часть 2
При переводе на русский язык время -ing-форм, входящих в
оборот, соответствует времени глагола-сказуемого,
-ed-форма всегда имеет страдательное значение.
Если в предложении стоят рядом две -ed-формы, не
разделённые запятой, то правая из них яаляется сказуемым, а левая
- определением.
The firm possessing a product designed wanted to sell it at the highest
possible price.
Фирма, обладающая .спроектированным продуктом, хотела продать
его по самой высокой возможной цене.
Независимый причастный оборот
The two biggest troubles being massive debt and growing competition.
cable companies have some good reasons to focus on short-term fixes.
Так как двумя основными проблемами являются крупная
задолженность и растущая конкуренция, кабельные компании
имеют основание сосредоточиться на краткосрочных затруднениях.
Local service providers аге contemplating dramatic structural changes,
the division of the company into organizations being one of them.
Местные провайдеры услуг рассматривают значительные
структурные изменения, причём разделение компании на две
организации является одним из них.
Независимый причастный оборот стоит либо в начале, либо в
конце предложения и отделяется запятой. На русский язык
независимый причастный оборот может переводиться только
предложением, входящим либо в состав сложносочинённого
(используются союзы а, и, но или бессоюзное соединение), либо
сложноподчинённого (используются союзы так как, когда, если,
причём) предложения.
Основной курс	1Об
Exercise 133
Read the following text. Translate the underlined words and word
combinations into Russian. Ask your neighbor 10 questions of
different types connected with it. Work in pairs.
Pushing new products and services against rising competition is
rather difficult. Some companies realized this years ago. They installed
an online customer tracking and analysis system having its own
database. This system delivering a greater range of detailed reports
faster and cheaper, the results have been impressive. The companies
have seen the success rate of their direct marketing efforts climb by 20
percent, and they have doubled the number of new promotions they
offer.
Getting into the data analysis game relatively early, such
companies as Comcast Cellular are now in position to develop targeted
marketing plans that other service providers may not be able to pursue.
Using a new analysis system gives the companies a better understanding
of who their customers are, what services they use, and what need they
have. The companies relying on the reports from their billing systems.
that kind of understanding was hard to come by. Using the Macrocell
billing system to generate reports was slow and costly. The reports came
in on paper. They provided only a snapshot of activities at a given
moment.
Comcast Cellular’s reporting prospects changed markedly, the
company having installed a software system. Along with giving Comcast
Cellular the ability to track customer activity, the system delivers an
online database of subscribers updated through the billing records.
Exercise 134
Combine the following sentences using the Independent Participial
Construction. The first one is done for you.
I.	The wireless industry turned its back on many potential
customers. Many potential customers did not qualify for service
because of bad or nonexistent credit histories.
Many potential customers not qualifying for service because of
bad or nonexistent credit histories, the wireless industry turned its
back on them.
Часть 2
106
2.	Prepaid technology has been available for several years. Providers
lacked a realtime billing engine.
3.	Prepaid services are positioned as a way for subscribers to control
costs. They involve purchasing airtime in advance and tying a user
to a certain amount of usage.
4.	Developing countries are rapidly expanding the reach of their
telephone systems in underserved and unserved areas. Cellular
and personal communication services are quickly penetrating
developing countries.
5.	The satellite-basad systems are targeting markets that are not
served adequately. Iridium is focusing on travelling executives.
Exercise 135
You are going to read a text from which some words or
constructions have been removed. Choose from the words or
constructions given after the text the suitable ones, complete the
text and retell it.
It had been thought for more than two decades that the first
electronic digital computers were the Colossus in England in
1943 and the Electronic Numerical Integrator______in the United States
in 1945. However, the first electronic digital computer was actually built
by John V. Atanasoff, an American theoretical physicist at Iowa State
College (now Iowa State University). During tbe period' 1937-42
Atanasoff built two small-scale, special-purpose electronic computers,
that was the prototype for the second larger machine as the
Atanasoff-Berry Computers, ABC. The ABC was named after Atanasoff
and his graduate assistant Clifford E. Berry  with him. The
prototype was built in a couple of months_______by October 1939, for
the purpose of two ideas central to AtanasofFs design: capacities
to store______addition and subtraction. The ABC computer itself was
partly constructed from 1939 to 1942,_________. It featured about 300
vacuum tubes for control and arithmetic calculations; use of binary
numbers; logic operations (instead of direct counting); memory
capacitors; and punched cards as input/output units. Atanasoff’s digital
computer was capable of accuracy that was 1,000 times greater
than was possible with Bush's differential analyzer, the scientific
computer at this time.
Основной курс
107
Atanasoff’s computer greatly influenced the future of electronic
technology. It was the first machine to use electronic means to
manipulate. binary numbers. Several concepts  by Atanasoff
remain important in today’s computers, . The recognition of
Atanasoff’s achievement,quietly compared with the introduction
of the ENIAC, resulted from a lawsuit filed in 1967 by the Sperry Rand
Corporation against Honeywell, Inc., to protect the patent on ENIAC
at that time by Sperry. Portions of the patent (which covered
essentially all aspects of electronic digital computers) were shown to be
derived from the ABC and from information to John W. Mauchly
by Atanasoff in the early 1940s. In 1973 the ENIAC patent was ruled to
be invalid by federal court
Words and constructions:
1)	imparted;
2)	most advanced;
3)	testing;
4)	the use of capacities in dynamic random-access memories, the
regeneration of capacities, and the separation of memory and
processing being the most significant ones;
5)	built;
6)	held;
7)	introduced;
8)	built;
9)	performing;
10)	computing;
11)	done;
12)	the first being the central computing apparatus;
13)	achieving;
14)	known;
15)	being operational;
16)	Atanasoff and Berry discontinuing work before the completion of
the computer because of World War II;
17)	working.
10В
Часть 2
Unit 25
Артикли
Неопределенный артикль (а, ап) употребляется с исчис-
ляемыми существительными в.единственном числе, упоминаемыми
впервые.
A more effective design can improve components.
A data-centric architecture facilitates the inclusion of busi-
ness rules.
Неопределенный артикль не может употребляться с неисчис-
ляемыми существительными.
Have you got any money?
The computer can’t work. There is no electricity.
Такие существительные, как advice, baggage, behavior,
bread, damage, furniture, information, luck, luggage, news, per-
mission, progress, traffic, weather, work являются неисчислямыми.
Соответственно, мы не можем употреблять с ними неопреде-
ленный артикль (а, ап) и они не имеют множественного числа.
We have по information concerning this device.
What’s the news?
Our equipment can’t cope with such heavy traffic.
С исчисляемыми существительными во множественном числе
может употребляться местоимение some, имеющее два значения:
1. несколько;
2. некоторая часть.
Some components provide a higher abstraction layer for op-
erator application development (a number of components).
Some views can be replaced with real tables (but not all
views).
Основной курс
109
Определенный артикль (the) употребляется в следующих
случаях:
1.	С существительными, упоминаемыми вторично, а также в
случаях, когда из ситуации ясно, кто ияи что имеется в виду.
At the end of the 20th century the digitization of telephony
came about.
To make a good choice an evaluation of network manage-
ment is needed. To perform the evaluation we start by listing
major operator management goals that need to be met by best
in class management solutions.
2.	С существительными, обозначающими предметы или явления,
единственные в своем роде.
The earth goes round the sun.
Moscow is the capital of Russia.
3.	Перед same (the same).
The new equipment can transmit the same data quicker than
the old one.
4.	Для обозначения типа чего -либо:
•	устройств;
When was the telephone invented?
•	национальности ;
The Chinese invented printing.
•	групп людей.
Should the rich pay more taxes to help the poor?
5.	С названиями океанов, морей, рек, каналов;
the Atlantic Ocean, the Red Sea, the Suez Canal, the Rhine
•	групп островов, горных цепей;
the Canaries, the Andes
•	названиями стран во множественном числе.
the Netherlands, the Philippines, the United States
6.	Для обозначения семьи.
the Johnsons
7.	Для обозначения сторон света,
the north, the south-east.
110
Часть 2
Exercise 136
Put in a, an or some where necessary. If no word is necessary,
leave the space empty (-).
1.	... new system was ... wonderful piece of technology.
2.	For ... television broadcasting the dish would only be a little
larger than ... conventional aerial.
3.	Cable media was spending billions on building ... new satellite
system.
4.	In ... network system like the Internet, ... innovation incurs ...
types of costs: ... development,... distribution,... adoption.
5.... portable scanner that can upload ... images over the Inter-
net or ... cell phones is ... example of Internet appliances.
6.... items of interest brought up by the panelists were ... advan-
tages and ... disadvantages of... various technologies.
7. We studied ... minimal set of ... functionality required for ...
small appliances or sensors.
8.Despite ... minimization, ... implementation works well with
... standard browsers.
9.... design of ... converged system includes ... radio frequency
unit and ... baseband unit, covering ... software and ... hard-
ware issues.
Exercise 137
Choose the correct form with or without the.
1.	Plan /the plan was to launch a series of low-orbit geostationary
satellites covering whole of Europe /the whole of Europe,
stretching from Urals /the Urals in east /the east of Atlantic
/the Atlantic in west /the west, from Scandinavia /the Scandi-
navia in north /the north to shores /the shores of North Africa
in south /the south.
2.	Satellites /The Satellites are multi-purpose; each one has ca-
pacity /the capacity to beam down up to two thousand /the two
thousand digital television channels, as well as providing a
ready-made network for both mobile and fixed-line telecoms
systems.
3.	Beauty /The beauty of a low-orbit satellite, circling earth /the
earth in atmosphere /the atmosphere is that it is close enough
to dispose of big dishes /the big dishes that restricted market
Основной курс
/the market for satellite communications /the satellite commu-
nications.
4.	Launching new satellites /the new satellites was an increas-
ingly competitive business in past few years /the past few
years; Americans /the Americans used their space shuttle, Chi-
nese /the Chinese the Long March rocket system and Europe-
ans /the Europeans the Arianne/
5.	Most of new technology /the new technology is commercially
available, sold to companies /the companies operating broad-
casting throughout West /the West.
6.	Each desk /The each desk has two display terminals and a key-
board, linked directly to main monitor /the main monitor.
7.	We have capacity /the capacity to monitor our targets via tele-
coms surveillance, as well as physical surveillance through sat-
ellites /the satellites.
8.	Picture /The picture was scanned into PC /the PC using a sim-
ple, off-the-shelf photo-processing programme, a type used by
thousands /the thousands of magazines /the magazines.
9.	Announcement /The announcement company /the company was
in talks /the talks with bankers /the bankers about rescheduling
debts /the debts.
10.	A row of lights /the lights flashing on phone /the phone indi-
cated more calls /the more calls were waiting.
Exercise 138
Some of these sentences are correct, but some need the or a
(perhaps more than once). Correct the sentences where neces-
sary. Put ‘right* if the sentence, is already correct.
1.	A few of the salesmen were in the office all night, taking calls
from Far East.
2.	Software for rudimentary analysis has just been installed.
3.	Each image downloaded from the satellite is converted into
digital form and stored in long lines of binary code.
4.	Performing millions of calculations every second, computer
checks code for each of its targets, comparing it with thou-
sands of images it is downloading every day.
5.	The basic technique for phone tracking is based on voice
recognition.
1f2
Часть 2
6.	Each individual voice has distinctive quality which, when ana-
lysed on computer, can be translated into series of waves.
7.	Money was poured into the media divisions, extending its
product range.
8.	The system appears to be working well.
9.	The computer was already set up and the modem was con-
nected to a phone socket.
10.	On modem one can see series of small red lights flashing, as
information was relayed down the line and answers came back
through the system.
Exercise 139
Complete tbe sentences of the text adding a /an /some /tbe
where necessary. Read the text again, write dowp its plan and
retell the text using the plan.
Joe Nathan had never seen anything like it. For fifteen years, now,
he had been monitoring... flow of... calls from ... office in ... British
Telecom building in ... Newgate street checking that nothing was amiss
with ... system. Before him there was ... bank of... computer screens,
regulating ... traffic and providing ... constant, twenty-four-a-day sur-
veillance of... calls around ... country. Usually, nothing happened. In-
deed, in ... last fifteen years he could recall less than half... dozen inci-
dents where anything had even come close to happening; ... last was
when one of ... tabloid newspapers printed its bingo numbers incor-
rectly, and was flooded with ... calls from readers who thought they had
scooped ...jackpot.
Right now he couldn’t believe his eyes. “What is going on?” he
said to himself.
Each electronic exchange within ... ВТ network was designed
to handle ... different number of ... calls, depending on ... ex-
pected flow of ... traffic. Relatively sleepy exchanges in rural ar-
eas were built to cope with ... couple of ... thousand calls ... min-
ute; anything more would be ... waste of ... money. High-density
city-center exchanges were far more powerful and ... West End
exchange, covering most of ... central London office blocks and
government departments, was one of ... most powerful of them all.
It was capable of handling fifty thousand calls ... minute, more
than twice ... peak level ever recorded in ... area. There were only
ten thousand phones served by ... exchange, so unless each person
Основной куре
113
received five calls at ... same time there was no way it could run
out of... capacity.
At this moment, according to ... screen ... inch from Nathan's
nose, ... exchange was receiving forty-eight thousand calls. ...
couple of ... thousand more and ... system would seize up com-
pletely.
Иногда существительное во множественном числе упот-
ребляется для обозначения одного предмета, состоящего из
двух частей: trousers (two legs), glasses (two glasses), pyjamas
(top and bottom) etc. Они никогда не употребляются с неопре-
деленным а ртиклем.
Некоторые существительные, оканчивающиеся на $,
употребляются только в единственном числе без артикля или с
неопределенным артиклем: mathematics (maths), physics, elec-
tronics, politics, news etc.
Некоторые существительные, оканчивающиеся на s, мо-
гут употребляться как в единственном, так и во множественном
числе:
•	means - a means of communication - many means of communi-
cation;
•	series - a television series - two television series.
Некоторые существительные можно без изменений упот-
реблять как в единственном так и во множественном числе:
government, staff, team, audience, committee, company, firm etc.
The government (they) want to increase taxes. = The gov-
ernment (it) wants to increase taxes.
Nokia have decreased the price of cell-phones. = Nokia has
decreased the price of cell-phones.
114
Часть 2
Exercise 140
Id each example the words od the left are connected with an
activity. Write the name of the activity. The beginnings of the
words are given.
1.	calculate, algebra, equation	.mathematics
2.	policy, election, minister	g
3.	finance, trade, industry	e
4.	light, heat, gravity	ph
5.	computer, chip, video	e
Exercise 141
Choose the correct form of the verb, singular or plural.
1.	Physics was /were my best subject at school.
2.	Informatics is /are very important nowadays.
3.	The news wasn't / weren't as bad as we expected.
4.	Communications is /аге a very important branch of indus-
try.
5.	I can't find my glasses. Where are they /is it?
6.	The government plan /plans some reforms.
7.	The committee haven't /hasn’t made a decision yet.
8.	Communication means is /are in demand today.
9.	The staff of the firm is not /are not happy with their new
working conditions.
Для обозначения одного лица, предмета или явления часто
используется комбинация двух или нескольких существительных
(существительное + существительное):
	a firm manager = a manager of a firm;
•	income tax = tax that you pay on your income;
•	A Moscow engineer = an engineer from Moscow etc.
В таких случаях главным является превое существитель
ное, а левое (левые) - определением к нему:
•	media servers = servers acting in the media;
•	servers media = media where servers act.
Ocmmwou курс
115
Exercise 142
What do we call these things and people? Use the structure
noun + noun.
1.	A magazine about computers is ...
2.	An engineer in the Held of telecommunication is ...
3.	An engineer working in Moscow is ...
4.	The results of your examinations are your ...
5.	A card you can use to pay for things instead of cash is
called ...
6.	To phone in the street we use a ...
7.	We pay for a call with a...
Exercise 143
Read the following text. Translate the underlined structures
into Russian. Give a summary of the text.
One of the methods for achieving all-optical switching is by
means of liquid-crystal (LC) technology, which can be used to
control the polarization of a light beam. Liquid crystals are used in
conjunction with polarization-dependent materials, which absorb
or reflect light with a specific polarization. When a voltage is ap-
plied to an LC device, the individual crystal elements align with
the applied electric field. If the elements are orthogonal to the op-
tical beam polarization, the light will be reflected. On the other
hand, if the elements are lined up with the optical polarization, the
light passes through the liquid crystal.
While liquid-crystal technology is well-characterized and has
been proven reliable in many years of display applications, it has
three noted disadvantages.
It is fairly slow; is difficult to integrate with other optical
components; and has relatively high light losses from the liquid
crystal itself, the polarization splitters, and imperfections in the
fairly complex optical path.
The optical polarization of any input signal is completely
uncontrolled. Therefore, the signal must be split into two known
orthogonal polarizations using polarization splitters and switching
116
Часть 2
done separately on each. The results are then recombined to form
the output.
This approach is difficult and costly to implement and could
cause unacceptable polarization mode dispersion, in which short
pulses are spread out in time because different components of the
pulses propagate at different speeds, depending on their polariza-
tion. In addition, compensating for the liquid crystal’s temperature
dependence renders it too costly for all optical switching needs in
the metro and access networks.
Exercise 144
Read the following text. Translate the underlined structures
into English using noun + noun constructions. Render the
whole text into English.
Один из крупнейших производителей мультимедийных
проектов - корпорация In Focus совместно со своим росси й-
ским дистрибьютором . компанией "Русский Стиль ", предста-
вила в Москве свой взгляд на состояние рынка проекторов и
свое новое оборудование. В результате состоявшихся в по -
следние годы слияний корпорация владеет сегодня тремя тор -
говыми марками: In Focus, ASK и Proxima. Главное направле -
ние деятельности In Focus - выпуск проектов на основе DLP-
технологии и жидко кристаллических устройств .
Оценить состояние рынка проекторов в мире можно по
экономическим показателям In Focus, на долю которого в
2000 г. пришлось около 24% общемировых продаж . На рынке
мультимедийных компьютеров идет интенсивная перестройка.
Сегодня все более активную роль начинают играть продавцы
компьютерной техники . Чтобы укрепить свои позиции, In Fo-
cus наращивают маркетинговую активность . За год маркетин -
говые расходы компании выросли на 51%. В соответствии с
тенденцией к снижению цены на оборудование и изменению
круга заказов основными адре сатами рекламы становятся ко-
нечные потребители , а сама реклама становится менее техни -
ческой и более "эмоциональной ".
В России продажу своего оборудования компания ведет
по двум каналам: с крупными заказчиками - подразделениями
межнациональных корпораций и некоторыми российскими
Основной курс
117
компаниями работает непосредственно российское представи-
тельство In Focus, а с остальными клиентами и реселлерами - "Рус-
ский Стиль". Прошедший год стал переломным для российского
рынка проекционного оборудования. Эго связано со снижением цен
на проекторы и ростом круга потенциальных потребителей.
В то же время быстрорастущий рынок привлекает новых
участников, в результате чего появляется все больше торговых
марок и продавцов компьютерных компаний. Новые продавцы, в
отличие от специализированных фирм, активно играют на
понижении цен, что приводит к снижению прибыли. Специалисты
"Русского Стиля" даже призвали к консолидации "традиционных"
участников рынка для борьбы с этой тенденцией. Однако,
аналогичные процессы идут во всем мире, и, вероятно, и скором
времени мультимедиа-проекторы превратятся в товар для
компьютерных супермаркетов. Это означает, что специализи-
рованным компаниям, которые сегодня продают такого рода обору-
дование, придется искать новые пути привлечения и удержания
клиентов, например, концентрируясь на корпоративных проектах.
Unit 26
Местоимения
It, there
Чаще всего местоимение it употребляется вместо упомянутого
выше неодушевленного существительного.
A new exchange is being built near my house. It is very modern.
Также it употребляется в безличных предложениях, связанных
со временем, расстоянием и погодой,
It’s a long way from here to the airport.
It’s a nice day.
и вместо словосочетаний.
It didn’t take us long to get ready for the lesson.
119
Часть 2
Местоимение there употре бляется, когда говорящий
впервые упоминает о существовании лица или предмета (часто
в определенном месте).
There is a new exchange in our street.
There was no doubt that the trend towards full competition
on the telecommunication market was unavoidable.
Кроме того, there может передавать значение "там, туда".
Му new office is very far from my house. It takes me an hour
to get there.
Some /any /none /no
В большинстве случаев местоимение some употребляется
в утвердительных предложениях, a any - в вопросите льных и
отрицательных. Местоимения по и попе употребляются в о т-
рицательных предложениях.
Some investigations show that average usage of the PC and
Internet at home tends to decrease.
No investigations show that average usage of the PC and
Internet at home tends to decrease.
None of the investigations shows that average usage of the
PC and Internet at home tends to decrease.
There aren't any investigations that show that average usage
of the PC and Internet at home tends to decrease.
Местоимение any в утвердительном предложении соответст-
вует значению "любой".
Any investigations show that average usage of the PC and
Internet at home tends to decrease.
One /ones
Местоимение one/ones употребляется вместо упомянутого вы-
ше исчисляемого существительного.
I think his best inventions are his early ones.
The reform the government started in the telecommunications
service market was a very important one.
Основной курс
119
Myself /yourself /themselves etc.
Местоимения myself /yourself /themselves etc. употребляются в
случаях, когд а подлежащее и дополнение - одно и то же лицо.
Nick cut himself while he was repairing the device.
Подлежащее
Дополнение
Местоимения myself /yourself /themselves etc. употребляются
также в значе нии "сам, самостоятельно ".
Who repaired the device for you? - Nobody. I repaired it myself.
Exercise 145
Answer the following questions using none /nobody /nothing
/nowhere.
1.	What did you do? - Nothing.
2.	Where are you going to work?
3.	Who helps you find a job?
4.	How-much are you going to be paid?
5.	Where did you get your education?
6.	Where do you live?
7.	What are you going to do in the nearest future?
Now write full sentences using any /anybody /anything /anywhere.
8.	I didn’t do anything.
10.
II.
12.
13.
14.
120
Часть 2
Exercise 146
Complete the sentences with some or any.
1.	In the new horizontally layered network architecture ... appli-
cations and' services are separated from the access network.
2.	... modern mobile applications can handle several kinds of me-
dia in the same message.
3.	The Service Network provides ... end-users with a personal-
ized service environment.
4.	Ericsson is working across ... industry sectors to develop mo-
bile Internet Services.
5.	The supply processes this far will not be adequate to cope with
... market demand for environment.
Exercise 147
Put in there is /was /were, it is /was* it or there.
I.	Multimedia messaging service (MMS) is taking a giant step
forward. ... gives users the power to become content developers
and content consumers.
2.	... requires new portals for Mobile Internet to develop.
3	not easy to model the supply concepts on large-volume
business.
4	 many	different clients (phones, smart-phones, high-
power home PC’s, game consoles and TV’s) for the Internet and
mobile Internet.
5	a trend among new imaging formats to ease transcoding
and adaptation to client capabilities.
6.	Some phones might have built-in cameras. If videocameras are
used ... video clips can be recorded.
7.	The mobile Internet is different from the Internet as we know
... because ... offers additional services.
Exercise 148
Define where "one" is a numeral and where a pronoun. Trans-
late the sentences into Russian.
1.	SMS is one of the most-used services in second-generation
mobile telecommunications systems.
Основной курс
121
2.	The packet core network is a collection of logical entities and
physical ones.
3.	One of the solutions is to store one, high-quality version and
then adapt the image to the client’s requirements.
4.	The simplest is nearly always the best one.
5.	After drafting the requirements the standardization group has
started to single out the most important ones.
Exercise 149
Finish the story by translating its end into English. Compose a
dialogue on the basis of the text.
Imagine that one of you is an expert in the field and the other
knows nothing about it.
The payphone, which has changed little in its 100-plus his-
tory, is not escaping the wireless revolution. Ask a telecommunica-
tions official from Ghana to recall how many payphones there
were in his country in 1998. The answer would be that there were
only 35 payphones servicing the entire country, 32 of which were
located in the capital city of Accra. In the year of 2000 there were
over two hundred payphones there and the number is growing. The
reason for this is that the Ghanaian authorities decided that the
quickest and most economical solution for improving its telecom-
munications infrastructure was the wireless payphone.
Гана ~ не единственная страна, использующая преимущества этого
устройства. Его легко можно обнаружить в таких крупных метрополиях
как Нью-Йорк. Там независимые провайдкры услуг устанавливают
платные радиотелефоны по всему городу. Им не нужна прокладка
крупных наземных сетей. Одновременно они удобны для размещения
рекламы. Это создает дополнительный источник доходов для провайдеров.
Специалисты утверждают, что в настоящее время разрабатываются
совершенно новые образцы платных телефонов. Как и сотовый, платный
телефон будет развиваться от голосового устройства к многофунк-
циональному. Он сможет принимать И посылать не только звуковые, но и
видео сигнаяы, передавать неподвижные изображения, данные и текст. Он
позволит пользователям получать еводки нойостей, биржевые цены и
информацию о расписании движения поездов й самолетов.
122
Часть 2
Unit 27
Степени сравнения прилагательных и наречий
Сравнительная степень одно . - н большинства двусложных пр и-
лагательных и наречий образуется с помощью суффикса ег.
New communications means transmit messages faster than
old ones.
The exam was easier than we expected.
Многосложные (три и более слогов) прилагательные и
наречия образуют сравнительную степень с помощью more. More
используется также для образования сравнительной степени наре-
чий, оканчивающихся на 1у.
You should work at your English more seriously to get a
good mark at the exam.
We can’t buy a more expensive device.
Ряд прилагательных и наречий образует сравнительную сте-
пень особым образом:
good /well - better;
bad /badly - worse;
far - farther (further).
Превосходная степень одно- и большинства двусложных при-
лагательных и наречий образуется с помощью суффикса est.
Многосложные прилагательные и наречия образуют превосходную
степень с помощью most.
The lectures of this teacher are really boring. They are the
most boring lectures I’ve ever heard.
Can you name the cheapest way of communication?
Nowadays the most expensive way of communication is by
videoconference.
Некоторые прилагательные и наречия образуют превосходную
степень ос обым образом:
good /well - best;
bad /badly - worst;
far - furthest (farthest).
Основной курс
123
Exercise 150
What do you say in these situations? Use comparative or super-
lative forms.
1.	Your friend meets a lot of famous people. You ask your
friend:
(famous /person /meet)
Who is the most famous person you’ve ever met?
2.	You’ve just been to the lecture. It was extremely boring. You
tell your friend:
(boring /lecture /hear)
It...
3.	You decided to give up your job. Now you think it was a bad
mistake. You say to your friend:
(bad /mistake /make)
It...
4.	Your friend and you both did badly at the exam. Your friend
got a "three” and you got a "two”.
Your friend ... than ....
You ... than ... .
5.	You were very busy at work today. You’re not usually as busy
as that.
You ... than ... .
Exercise 151
Complete the sentences. Each time use the comparative or su-
perlative form of one of the words in the list.
disaggregated; popular; good; low; new; great; in-
teresting; attractive; high; significant; large
1.	Today the ... way to access the Internet is using a personal
computer.
2.	A free PC user has the technical capability to ... service pro-
viders.
3.	The ... problem is the problem of a dense mobile network.
4.	Designers have done their ... to ensure that telecome facili-
ties look ... .
5.	To minimize interference the cells should be run at... power.
124 Часть 2
6.	The operators have to support unpredictable but potentially
... cellular usage.
7.	Real-time monitoring through a system called SeePower
represents ... solutions.
8.	The expertise involved would be of ... interest to all the op-
erators.
9.	In years to come we anticipate .... use of mobile data connec-
tivity for uploading pictures in virtually real time.
10.	Where can the world’s’ ... wireless payphone system be
found?
Exercise 152
Give the following two-way translation. Retell the dialogue in
indirect speech.
Student A.: Why are wireless payphones most popular in develop-
ing countries?
Student В.: Использование радиотехнологии позволяет охватывать
большие сельские районы с меньшими затратами. Платные
радиотелефоны позволяют предоставлять населению больший
набор услуг.
S. A.: In which countries аге wireless payphones widely spread?
S. В.: Крупнейшая в мире система платных радиотелефонов имеется
в Мексике. Благодаря ей телефонные услуги предоставляются в
самых удаленных областях страны за умеренную плату.
Телефоны могут быть модифицированы для приема самых
разнообразных карточек. Разве ты не знаешь, что современные
системы способны обслуживать более чем 400000 платных
телефонов?
S. A.: Yes, I do. And besides it is well known that it offers security
and autoniatic software upgrades on the payphones. But have
wireless payphones also found a market in major cities, espe-
cially where competition is high?
S. Да, конечно. Наиболее продвинутые провайдеры услуг
счртают платные радиотелефоны одним из способов расширения
своего поля деятельности. Те, у кого нет мобильного телефона,
МОГУТ Приобрести карточки повременной оплаты и осуществлять
вьповь! с платных радиотелефонов.
Основной *урс
125
Exercise 153
Compose a written paper devoted to the problem of wireless
payphones in the world. Use as much additional information as
possible. Pay attention to comparative and superlative forms of
adverbs and adjectives.
Числительные
В английском языке запятая отделяет тысячи от сотен, миллионы от
тыся9 и т. д. При чтении вслух она не произносится.
1,110,806 - one million one hundred and ten thousand eight
hundred and six.
Для обозначения десятичных дробей употребляется точка. При
чтении вслух она произносится как ’’point" /p^int/.
5.85 - five point eighty five.
Дроби произносятся следующим образом: числителю соответствует
количественное числительное, а знаменателю - порядковое:
3/5 - three fifths;
7/8 - seven eighths.
Степень обозначается порядковым числительным:
8Э- eight in the third power;
107 - ten in the seventh power.
Существительное, которому предшествует порядковое числитель-
ное, употребляется с определенным артиклем:
the third page; the twenty second book.
Существительное с количественным числительным употребляется
без артикля:
bus fifteen; room thirty two.
Даты читаются следующим об разом:
Мау 1, 1998 - the first of May nineteen ninety eight
или
May the first nineteen ninety eight;
2002 - the year of two thousand and two.
f26
Часть 2
Exercise 154
Pronounce the following correctly:
1)	01.01.2000; 22.06.1941; 9.05.1945; 05.05.1991; 11.09.1812;
25.01.1870; 08.12.1972; 31.11.1983;
2)	113; 254; 57; 8г; 34"; 15s; 4O10;
3)	page 3; bus 5; room 31; tram 23; hall 8; volume 10;
4)	1/8; 2/3; 5/7; 9/10; 18/25; 15/72; 3/20;
5)	325,118,005; 2,318,108; 15,252,015; 112,502,305;
1,808,454,913 ;
6)	15.02; 8.205; 205.205; 1.0001; 26.8.
Exercise 155
Read the following text once. Try to remember as many figures
as you can. Close the book and try to check up your neighbor’s
comprehension by asking him 5 questions concerning the main
figures mentioned in the text. Then change the parts.
Stadium Australia, the heart of the Olympic park, can support
more than 120,000 minutes per hour of mobile capacity - or 2,000
concurrent calls. Overall, the networks create in the Park 200 ceils
to support the user demand. Stadium Australia has the highest den-
sity coverage in such a small area - 300 m by 300 m. In run-up and
rehearsal events to the Games themselves the network was able to
support 1,000 simultaneous calls. For a few short minutes during a
rugby event at the half time break it carried what was equaled to
ten per cent of Sydney’s average mobile traffic. The network was
switching 250,000 at major, pre-Olympic events at the Stadium,
which effectively means that attendees were making some three
calls on average in the course of an evening event.
Users experienced one per cent congestion, equivalent to
saying that for a period of 40 seconds only, customers may have
had to make a second call attempt. These design limits are about
twice as stringent as the normal specification for mobile in the
Sydney area.
Основной муре
127
Exercise 156
Discuss the following topics:
I.	Shares of different firms in the cellular market in Russia.
2.	Different capabilities of cellular devices.
3.	Wireless payphones - one of the most effective means to im-
prove telecommunications infrastructure.
Словообразование
Exercise 157
Translate the following words into Russian. Say how they were
formed.
state-of-the-art; four-wheel-drive; security-card-operated;
matchbox; break-out; lie-down; read-out; push-up; intake; out-
come; looker-on; passer-by; runner-up; day-to-day; tablecloth;
word-processor; golf-course; office-worker; commander-in-
chief; risk-taking; film-making; 'export - ex'port; 'import -
im'port; employment; readable; installation; beautiful; helpless;
disabled; misunderstand; understandable; realization; briefly;
effective; identical; impossible; specific; aviation; aviator;
communication; television; adventure; amplify; amplifier; am-
plification
Exercise 158
Form as many new words as possible from the following ones:
interest; understand; probable; page; heart; produce;
recognize; access; result; cover; support
Exercise 159
Read the text, translate the underlined words and explain how
they were formed. Read the text again and give its summary.
Showplaces are in telecom terms showcases. For Sydney dur-
ing the 27th Olympiad telecom players were battling to get their
name out and their product recognized. Few sectors provide more
of a high profile than the mobile communications to support the
128
Часть 2
wave of visitors attracted to the Games. With the in flax of more
than 600,000 people expected into the city, providing telecom fa-
cilities that are accessible was a primary mission of Tesla and its
competitors. Tesla officials say the company pumped some
A$l50m into major upgrades of their networks to give an average
a near-tripling of capacity across the city, and that the resulting
total capability makes the Olympic event probably the most heav-
ily architected localized network ever developed.
In the “hotspots” of the Sydney Olympic Park and other ma-
jor Games ventues, as well as key locations such as airports, high-
way. and hotel areas, the actual increase is proportionately much
greater, equivalent to ten per cent of the current overall city cellu-
lar capacity.
The mobile plans are part of the Tesla Millennium Network
developed for the Olympic Games. The Millennium Network cov-
ers not only 30,000 new telephone lines and the conventional fixed
telephone services for the participants and spectators but high
quality transmission systems for media distribution supporting the
20,000 correspondents at the Games, and links to earth stations and
onward distribution through 11 satellites. A separate trunked mo-
bile radio network supports 13,000 organizer and emergency per-
sonnel in 600 talk groups across the Sydney metropolitan area.
Media Centre facilities alone support 2,200 services for phone, fax
and data as well as 210 ISDN links, 15 international data leased
lines and 400 payphones. There is also a paving network opera-
tional for the Olympic event.
Unit 28
Предлоги и союзы. Фразовые глаголы
For - в течение, в продолжение, (как долго?):
for an hour, for a month.
For - так как:
We couldn’t start the experiment for we didn’t have all the
necessary facilities.
During - в течение, в продолжение:
during the experiment.
Основной яурс 129
While - когда, в то время как:
Robert suddenly began to feel ill while he was doing the ex-
amination.
As, as long as, as well as, as If, like:
As - так как:
As the aesthetics should be observed the antennae were de-
signed as lighting towers along walkways.
As - когда:
As a sponsor paid business model is developed service pro-
viders will significantly enhance revenue potential.
As long as - если:
The firm will expand its coverage as long as it has paying
customers.
As well as - и, а также:
Tesla developed techniques to relocate capacity in-house as
well as developing specific solutions to solve the architec-
tural problem.
As if - как, как будто, как если бы:
It sounds as if a real time monitoring represents genuine in-
novation.
Like - как; такой же, как; например:
Like every manager you must make important decisions.
Many factors like crowd behavior may influence capacity po-
tential.
In case, unless, provided /providing:
In case - если:
Г II give you my phone number in case you need to contact me.
Unless - если не:
Unless you work much harder you won’t be able to pass the
exam.
Provided /Providing - если, при условии :
130
Часть 2
Provided /Providing you study hard you’ll pass your exams.
If /whether - ли:
They couldn’t decide whether/if it was worth re-sitting the
exam.
At ,on, in для обозначения времеяя:
At - для обозначения времени:
at 8 o’clock, at dawn, at lunch time.
On - для обозначения дней недели и дат:
on Monday /on Mondays;
on 8 March, 2002;
опту birthday;
on Christmas Day.
In - для обозначения относительно длительных периодов времени:
in May, in spring, in 1990s, jn 1991, in the XXth century, in
the future.
At используется в следующих устоявшихся сочетаниях:
at night, at the weekend, at Christmas /Easter, at the moment,
at present, at the same time.
In - употребляется в выражениях:.
in the morning, in the afternoon, in the evening,
HO
on Monday morning, on Saturday afternoon, on Sunday eve-
ning и T. д.
Перед словами last, next, this, every предлоги at, on, in
не употребляются.
Предлог in часто употребляется для обозначения времени
в будущем:
in a week - через неделю;
in five minutes - через пять минут.
Основной курс
131
In, at, on для обозначения места:
In (в, внутри):
in a house, in a building, in a box, in a garden.
At (у, около, в, на поверхности):
at the window, at the bus stop, at the end of the page, at the
top of the page, at the end of the street.
On (на, на поверхности):
on the floor, on the door, on a page.
Сравните:
on /at the corner of the street;
in the corner of the room;
in the front /back of a car (на переднем /заднем сидении);
at the front /back of a building /cinema /group of people;
on the front /back of a letter /piece of paper.
Запомните:
in bed /in hospital /in prison;
at home /at work /at school /at University /at college /at a
party /at a concert /at a conference /at any event;
on a bus /on a train /on a plane /on a ship,
HO
in a car /in a taxi;
on a bicycle /on a motorcycle /on a horse.
On, in, at - другие случаи:
on holiday /on business /on a trip /on a tour /on a cruise;
on television /on the radio;
on the phone /telephone;
on the whole;
on purpose;
(write) in ink /in biro /in pencil;
in words /in figures /in block letters;
in cash;
in (my) opinion;
St the age of... (at a speed of... /at a temperature of...).
П2
Часть 2
By:
bv post /by hand/ bv cheque /by credit card;
bv mistake /by accident /by chance;
bv car / bv train /by bus etc.;
bv road /by rail /by air /by sea /by underground;
by millions of people /by Pushkin;
increased bv $100 /by 10 per cent;
bv (before)5 o’clock;
bv (near) the door.
To, at, in, into:
go /соте/ travel etc. to a place;
been to a place;
get to a place;
arrive in a country /city /town;
arrive at a village /building /event;
go home /come home /get home /arrive home /on the way
home etc.;
be at home /stay at home /do smth. at home;
go into ... /get into ... = enter (a room /a building /a car etc.);
get on /off a bus /a train /a plane.
Глаголы часто употребляются co следующими словами:
in, on, up, away, round, about, over, by, ont, off, down, back,
throngb, along, forward.
Добавление их к глаголу меняет его значение, и глагол
при этом становится фразовым:
Put out /get on /take off /run away etc.
How was the exam? How did you get on? (= how did you do?).
It was my first flight. I was nervous as the plane took off (=
went Into the air).
Why did you run awav from me?
Основной муре
133
Exercise 160
Complete the text using the necessary prepositions.
Imagine that you and your neighbor are two engineers speak-
ing about the problem disenssed in the text. Compose a dia-
logue devoted to this problem.
The final decision to use cdmaOne ... China is a culmination
... a process which began ... lobbying Qualcomm ... 1994. Four
trial networks were established ... the PLA ... various locations ...
China. These are the networks which will be purchased ... Uni-
com. But the network status was never upgraded ... full commer-
cial operation. The result is that though they have paying custom-
ers, they are unable to expand their coverage. Their combined
share is now one per cent... the Chinese market.
The state Council has conducted a long-standing campaign to
limit the commercial activities ... the PLA, which ... one time
ranged ... agriculture ... nightclubs and included the four cdmaOne
networks. It seemed that transferring ownership ... these networks
... China Unicom was the perfect solution. But other obstacles lay
... the path ... full deployment. ... the background a political battle
appeared to be raging ... China’s Ministry ... Information Indus-
tries and Premier who saw a link ... the adoption ... cdmaOne
technology and China’s entry ... the World Trade Organization.
... the end it may not have been WTO-related factors that
won the day ... cdmaOne. Pressure ... domestic manufactures ...
cdmaOne played a major part.
Furthermore, cdmaOne*s efficient use ... spectrum may have
played its role. The number ... cellular subscribers ... China is
growing faster than even the most optimistic forecasts. The urban
areas are already facing pressure ... the radio spectrum. Granting
the right to build out cdmaOne ... 800 MHz will help alleviate
problem - some networks.
134
Часть 2
Exercise 161
Read the following text. Underline phrasal verbs and translate
them into Russian. Read the text again, write its plan and retell
the text.
A Step away from Ideal
All the indications are that the era of traditional silicon com-
puters is coming to a close. A discovery made by scientists could
turn around the high-tech market.
The researchers built a computer with DNA molecules. Ac-
cording to the scientists the computer of one trillion molecules will
be able to perform one billion operations per second with a 99.8
per cent accuracy.
This claim is not at all groundless. One cubic centimeter of
DNA can contain more information than a trillion CDs. Moreover,
DNA-computers use very little energy.
Research in DNA computer technology began when scientists
saw a striking similarity between the way a DNA works and the
way an ideal computing machine the so-called Turning machine
- could be organized, in 1994 the test-tube DNA was first used to
solve a mathematical problem. Already at the time it was clear that
it was far more convenient to work with the DNA computers than
with the usual kind. They have capacity to store and work out vast
amounts of information. The density of data storage on such ma-
chines is approximately 100,000 times higher than on a regular
hard disk.
The DNA computer consists of DNA molecules and mole-
cules of enzymes, or DNA analyzing substances. The new com-
puter can work entirely on its own. This miniature electronic com-
puting machine does not need a human. Thus far it can only proc-
ess sythesised DNA. But it will soon graduate to read molecules.
An ordinary computer is unable to perform several tasks si-
multaneously. It performs them consecutively - true, very fast, so
fast in fact that users are unaware of the defect. If a defect it is.
The DNA computer is free from any such shortfall. DNA mole-
cules work as a team, and this is why the new machine is poly-
chronic being able to perform several tasks at once.
The DNA computer processed information and stores it in the
form of a chain of symbols.
Основной курс
135
So far the DNA computer operates, with only two symbols,
the way ordinary computers operate with the notions of "logical 0"
and "logical I". Thus far the system is too elementary to work out
any specific task. But it can serve as a platform for DNA com-
puters of the future that will be able to work directly in a human
cell identifying potential diseases and curing them. It may still be a
long way to the shining pinnacles of the future. But the first step
has already been made.
Unit 29
Сложные предложения
Who / which / that-придаточные:
Today’s e-commerce which /that was a novelty not long ago
is just an additional channel for conducting business.
On the Web today all customers who /that use it expect good
reliable performance.
Как правило which / that употребляется с неодушевленными,
a who / that - с одушевленными существительными, причем
придаточное следует непосредственно за определяемым существи-
тельным.
Which употребляется с одушевленными существительными,
когда нужно выбрать одного из нескольких.
The teacher didn’t know which of the students spoke French.
Иногда who /which /that можно опустить.
The operators try to compensate for money (which /that) they
lost on the stock exchanges.
В этом случае между which /who /that и глаголом находится
существительное или местоимение.
Whose-придаточные :
В. Moon is a journalist whose article "Real-time services in
Wireless Mobile Networks" has attracted a lot of attention.
136
Часть 2
Иногда whose употребляется с неодушевленными суще-
ствительными.
We need to learn from companies whose trading is more
healthy than our own.
Where-, when-, whereby-, why-придаточные :
We are looking forward to a time when everyone will be able
to use cellular phones.
The government is to end the system whereby providers
make more money from increasing payments than from in-
troducing new services.
I didn’t get a pay rise, but this wasn’t the reason why I left.
I don’t remember where I put my notes.
What, who, whatever, whoever, whichever-придаточные :
Can you give me a list of who has fulfilled the task?
The staff didn’t know what to expect of a new director.
I’m sure I’ll enjoy doing whatever you ask me to do.
Whichever one of you broke the device will have to pay for it.
Whoever wins the tender will have to pay all the taxes.
И- н what-придаточные:
Was it by cutting the staff he managed to save the firm? -
No, jt was by improving distribution that he succeeded.
What I’d like you to work on is exercise 3 page 8.
Dave lost his flat and was short of money, so what he did
was to sell his flat and move in with his brother.
Иннерсня
Were packets forwarded to the terminal by dynamically established
paths, the establishment of these paths would be triggered by
the mobile terminal. =
If the packets were forwarded to the terminal by dynamically es-
tablished paths, the establishment of these paths would be trig-
gered by the mobile terminal.
Should you need more information, please telephone our main of-
fice. =
Основной курс
137
If you should need more information, please telephone our main
office.
I believe, as did my colleagues (=... as my colleagues did), that the
plan would work.
Research shows that children living in villages watch more televi-
sion than do their counterparts (... than their counterparts do)
in inner city areas.
Hardly had the modifications been introduced when a change in
access segment occurred.
Only in this was it possible to consider the handover decision algo-
rithm.
Under no circumstances are customers permitted to open these
doors.
Not a single word had she written since the exam had started.
Little did they then realize how lucky they were.
So successful was his business that he was able to retire at the age
of 60. -His business was so successful that he was able to re-
tire at the age of 60.
Exercise 162
Complete the sentences with who /which /that or do without
them if possible.
1.	There are two different stages ... are possible in the handover
decision algorithm.
2.	This work has been performed in the framework of the project
... is funded by the European Community.
3.	The decoding function may be applied to a frame ... corre-
sponds to a datagram previously corrected.
4.	Not that long ago each of the telecommunications networks
was developing in a specific way ... it used to support its ser-
vices.
5.	My successor, ... is a current member of Our Board, is the first
woman to be elected Com Soc President.
Exercisel63
Complete the sentences with whose, where, when, whereby,
why, what, whatever, whoever, whichever.
Translate them into Russian.
П2
Чаешь 2
1.	A lot of regards to the Nigerian section ... good efforts sup-
ported the committee.
2.	By means of our list the participants receive ... information
they need concerning scientific conferences, programs, re-
search grants.
3.	Statistics of our list shows ... percentage of subscribers is re-
lated to radio engineering and electronics.
4.	We don’t know ... is appointed a chairman of our students*
society.
5.	It is not clear ... the University of New Mexico solely distrib-
uted three microelectronic graduate courses on video.
6.	The main reason ... the committee is particularly interested in
presenters with experience in the identified subject areas is that
such specialists are in great demand nowadays.
7.	The committee hasn’t settled yet ... the 5,b International Sym-
posium will take place.
8.	... wants to take part in the symposium should submit an appli-
cation form.
9.	... you would like to write in your paper should be approved
for presentation during the conference.
10.	The aim is to promote the interface ... the researchers will be
involved in the development and application of methods and
technologies within the framework of video /image processing
and multimedia communications.
Exercise 164
Give the following two-way translation. Retell the dialogue in
indirect speech.
Student А.: Заседание регионального комитета начало свою
работу 2 августа?
Student В.: No, it was on August 31 when it started and it finished
on September 2.
S. А.: Все заседания проходили в Новом Городе, не так ли?
S. В.: No, it was Edinburgh Castle where the sittings took place.
What I’d like to say is that it is situated in the center of the Old
Town.
S. А.: Неужели? Значит, то, что сделали организаторы, это
предоставили возможность насладиться достопримечательностя-
ми старого центра шотландской столицы, да?
OcwowoO Jtypc
J39
S. B.: Certainly. What is the dominent feature of the capital is the
imposing Edinburgh Castle.
S. А.: А как вы проводили свободное время? Путешествуя, посещая
кинотеатры, выставки? Или же вы были так заняты, что
единственное, что вас интересовало были доклады участников на
заседаниях?
S. В.: As a break from the serious business on Saturday eyening
the delegates were taken on a conducted tour of Holyrood Pal-
ace. What the guides did was to provide a wealth of information
of Scotland's romantic and turbulent past.
Exercise 165
Transform the following sentences using the inversion. Trans-
late them into Russian.
1.	A truly unified communication standard with a common well-
defined management and operation system would be implemented if
it were profitable to implement it.
2.	New material for photoelectric power generation would be very im-
portant if intelligent power distribution systems attracted solar
power.
3.	The introduction of smart sensors .was so successful that they began
to be widely used.
4.	1 believe, as my colleagues did, that the intelligent home might in-
clude smart appliances with wireless or wired communications inter-
faces.
5.	Only in some cases semiconductor-based optical amplifiers and
wavelength converters could become more reliable, accurate, and
cost effective.
Exercise 166
You are the Purchasing Supervisor at ICC, 13 Station Road,
London, England. Your Manager has jnst sent you this memo.
To purchasing supervisor	Date April 15,2002
From Manager	Subject Order 564
We sent you an order for the equipment on January 4 but little have
we received as yet. Please write to them and ask them when they can
deliver the equipment. Their address is Calle Mayor 340, Madrid, Spain.
140
Часть 2
Write the letter to Corona taking the memo given above as an example.
Compose an answer to your letter.
Exercise 167
You work in Bahrain, at Eastern Bank. You are to write to Interfon
Inc. informing them that you have received their letter of February
8 enquiring about agents for their products and have got some sug-
gestions. Their address is 1677 Sea Harbor Drive, Orlando, Florida
3509. Compose an answer to your letter.
Exercise 168
Translate the following letter into English:
Уважаемые господа!
Опыт нашего сотрудничества был таким успешным, что мы
вновь обращаемся к вам с просьбой принять заказ на публикацию
рекламных объявлений наших клиентов в каталоге ярмарки.
Просим вас сообщить о готовности рекламных объявлений.
В случае возникновения каких-либо трудностей просим не-
медленно информировать нас.
Заранее благодарны за ваше внимание.
Приложение:, фото -5экз.
тексты - 5 экз.
марки - 5 штук.
Exercise 169
Translnte the following sentences into Russian:
1.	Using new products and services against growing competition is tough
enough, but companies that are saddled with slow customer report-
' ing mechanisms and substandard tools for analyzing information are
staring into the jaws of a marketing disaster.
2.	Over the next three to six months, the provider will develop enhanced
models to identify likely prospects for its services - a practice that's
almost unheard of in the telecommunications business.
3.	The problem with the new approach is that it doesn’t enable providers
to use the transaction data they've collected for cross-marketing or
customer acquisition.
Основной курс
141
4.	By getting into the data analysis game relatively early, Comcast Cellu-
lar is now in position to develop targeted marketing plans that other
service providers may not be able to pursue.
5.	By tracking usage patterns - the numbers that subscribers call, how
often and at what times they call them, and what other services they
use - the firm can better target promotions.
6.	Subscribers, who use cal) waiting might be targeted for a marketing
pitch for voice mail or call forwarding; subscribers using the phone
while driving may be interested in voice connect, which offers
voice recognition devices to automatically dial preselected num-
bers.
7.	Billing data has to come in clean and properly formatted from the bill-
ing application; it also has to be appended with demographic infor-
mation, such as whether a subscriber is a homeowner or a renter,
and whether he or she owns a car.
8.	Low- and medium-earth-orbit satellite system or network will reach
every comer of the globe >- even places where no phone has gone
before; they will act as providers, who can offer their customers
worldwide service and partake of a new revenue stream: money
from people making calls that would otherwise never be placed.
9.	To consider which partner to choose - if any - service providers must
first look at the systems.
10.	With four operators jumping into the fray at almost the same time
and trying to capture the same customers, there are concerns about
the viability of these services.
11.	In light of the world-wide growth and panetration of wireline and
wireless systems, is there really a market for mobile satellite-based
telephony, or are we going to witness the multibillion-dollar in-
vestments in these systems vanish into thin air?
12.	Developing countries are rapidly expanding the reach of their tele-
phone systems in underserved and unserved areas.
13.	Cellular and personal communications services beve been widely
implemented in industrialized countries and are quickly penetrating
developing countries.
14.	Since new services will be used essentially as “fill-in” services -
filling in gaps in coverage between cellular networks, for example,
- cellular users will carry dual-mode handsets that'will support both
the satellite system and the local cellular networks.
142
Часть 2
15.	If a user travels out of range of the cellular network, the handset will
automatically switch to the satellite. In either case, the service pro-
vider will partake of the revenue.
16.	Microsoft regards the development of digital TV as a battle for com-
puter screens and recently tried to slow HDTV standards by propos-
ing alternative Windows 95-complaint (of course) television stan-
dards that offer approximately half the resolution of the current
HDTV solution proposed by the television industry.
17.	The broadcast industry isn't fretting about "revenue models" for push
technology or advertising revenues from Web pages like the rest of
the new media crown: broadcasters already have the big bucks to
pay hard.
18.	If you are a carrier, look at how you can provide linkage and feeder
services to the broadcasters trying to make the new medium happen.
19.	A lot of work on SMT-2000 is now aimed at ensuring that different
flavors of the base standard are compatible with one another,
thereby giving vendors economies of scale and ensuring that users
can travel the world without changing their phones.
20.	Even in the arcane world of standard-setting and industrial policy-
making, a kind of market exits, and difficult trade-offs between be-
ing first and being left behind must be made.
21	In the increasingly competitive world of mobile communications,
operators and customers will be able to pick and choose systems
that meet their needs, especially if, as seems likely, third-generation
systems are equipped with clever technical fixes that ensure com-
patibility.
22.	Even if new competitors don't have the resources to offer other kinds
of services, they don't necessarily have to settle for the razor-thin
margins of simple resale.
23.	Of course, long-term sustainability is exactly why local competitors
are in business: to get there, experts say, they'll have to do a lot
more than serve as an alternative billing agent for incumbent ser-
vice.
24.	New entrants that are taking the facilities-based approach to compe-
tition believe they can maximize their investments easily, even
though the price of building a fiber optic network or installing
switching equipment starts at about $1 million and grows exponen-
tially depending on the scopa of the project.
Основной курс
143
25.	Competitors with their own networks can often bypass the incum-
bent's network, thus avoiding access charges that incumbents assess
on any provider that has to use its network to reach the customer.
26.	Of the large interexchange earners, MCS seems to be the most ag-
gressive as far as facilities-besed local competition is concerned.
27.	One of the most dramatic structures that local service providers are
contemplating is the division of the company into two organiza-
tions: a wholesale arm to sell network services to resellers, and a re-
tail arm comprised of one or more business units within the corpo-
ration.
28.	Once profits are on the line, the network organization begins to ex-
amine and carefully manage its cost-leading to better efficiency,
profitability, and eventually lower prices.
29.	Despite the deep cost reporting skills that reside within telco organi-
zations, their reports have been designed to produce regulatory in-
formation - not data that can contribute directly to company profit-
ability.
30.	Bell company information systems are configured to produce analy-
ses that support the regulated telephone subsidiaries as they report
to regulatory bodies, usually the state public service commissions.
31.	The rise in demand meant the company was in the position of having
to add more generation capacity just to run all the heaters it had
been selling.
32.	There may be larger telecom mergers than the one recently sealed
between SBC Communications Inc. and Pacific Telesis but few are
likely to have such involved OSS integration challenges.
33.	Tightly connected OSS management systems would undoubtedly
help promote today's marketing hot button, bundling; and would
also help reduce staffing needs and create greater operating effi-
ciencies through centralized control of billing, order management,
and customer service.
34.	AT&T has spent most of its time since the McCaw Cellular acquisi-
tion forming the business processes to support an integrated corpo-
ration.
35.	Nevertheless, it's hard to ignore the ultimate benefits AT&T could
reach from combining OSSs, including efficiencies and economies
of scale gained from operating a single billing and customer care
operation.
144
Часть 2
36.	Databases with information from the old and new Marcus systems
are integrated, so a single interface needs to be written for each
function such as managing the deployed base of addressable set-top
converters, billing and program authorization for pay-per-view, in-
ventory tracking, marketing campaign reporting, and data ware-
housing.
37.	While the partnerships differ in scope - Concert involves the merger
of ВТ and MCI, Global One is a minority equity investment, and
Uni World a looser alliance of service providers - they are all plac-
ing OSS integration on the back burner.
38.	Major carriers may be almost tripping over themselves to choose up
sides for international team play, but that doesn't mean they are
rushing to merge their operations support systems.
39.	Of course, cable companies have forged a high-speed game plan in
their inimitable style: they want to deliver state-of-the art service
- while spending as little as possible on their aging cable plants.
40.	Unstream traffic travels the old dial-up dirt road, via what cable op-
erators call the telephone return path.
4]	. Two-way high-speed cable modem service is not dead - the market
entry strategies can work in tandem - but it does raise the possibil-
ity of even longer and more limited hybrid fiber/coax deployment.
42.	If the cable industry's history of being reluctant to make investments
before a revenue stream is proven is any indication, however, at last
some of the operators probably will elect never to take the second
step.
43.	While rebuilds continue - many design and construction firms say
they are busy - the overall momentum has slackened and in some
cases activity ceased.
44.	Given all their immediate troubles and concerns - the two biggest
being massive debt and growing competition for their most lucra-
tive subscribers from providers of satellite service-cable companies
have some good reasons to focus on short-term fixes instead of
looking at the long-term picture.
45.	Cable modems that use the telephone return path give cable opera-
tors a way to rejigger the equation in their favor - at least in the
short run.
Основной курс	145
46.	As a sort of low-cost, entry-level data service, telephone return-path
cable modems can help cable companies establish a quick revenue
base for data services and build some brand recognition with cus-
tomers.
47.	Assuming a fairly conservative market penetration rate of 5 percent,
a telco return-path service offered in a 100,000-subscriber cable
system at a monthly fee of $30 would generate $1.8 million per
year in revenue.
48.	A bigger question is whether the one-way strategy will work in the
commercial sector, now viewed by most convergence players as the
key to long-term success.
49.	The difference between building a convergence platform and offer-
ing a single convergence product is subtle but important, because
the speed and extent of infrastructure investment are determined by
that single product.
50.	If the cable industry can solve its financial problems and if demand
for high-speed service remains as strong as it now appears today,
the balance will likely tip toward the installation of more two-way
systems.
51.	While service providers wonder if they can afford the luxury of look-
ing too far ahead right now, equipment makers are in the opposite
bind.
52.	Gazing into next millennium * even if ifs less than five years away -
something that Bell South Cellular Corp, just doesn't want to do, at
least not publicly.
53.	The need for a technology overhaul to deliver high-speed data ser-
vices is exactly why wireless service providers have to get involved
in third-generation infrastructure planning now; for the time being,
however, the focus for most service providers remains on the de-
ployment of second generation infrastructure.
54.	One of the big issues concerning modem chip sets right now is rate
adaptation, the ability of modem to adjust to line conditions.
55.	Along with measuring raw throughput and application performance,
telecom and NS-TZ also tested modems for latency and for maxi-
mum operating distance.
56.	Because we used different types of computers for the server and the
workstation, we later found that the test bed was slightly asymmet-
ric when we reran a test on one modem using identical computers
for the server and the workstation; the resulting effect was higher
146	Часть 2
downstream rates than would occur if two identical computers were
used.
57.	The Tl integrator, which is housed at the customer site, can be pro-
grammed to handle any combination of DS-o (64 kbit/s) channels
for voice and data; for instance, a customer can dedicate 16 of the
24 DS-os channels that make up Tl access line voice traffic, which
the other eight DS-os dedicate to data and Internet access.
Unit 30
Что такое резюме?
Резюме - краткое изложение сути написанного, сказанного
или прочитанного; краткий вывод, заключительный итог чего-либо.
Целевое назначение резюме разнообразно. Его функции сле-
дующие:
I.	Резюме отвечает на вопрос, какая основная информация заклю-
чена в рассматриваемом источнике.
2.	Дает описание первоисточника.
3.	Оповещает о выходе в свет и о наличии соответствующих работ.
4.	Является источником для получения справочных данных.
Резюме является также одним из самостоятельных средств
научной информации.
В резюме не используются доказательства, рассуждения и ис-
торические экскурсы. Материал подается в форме описания фактов
или консультации. Информация излагается точно, кратко, без иска-
жений и субъективных оценок. Краткость достигается во многом за
счет использования преимущественно терминологической лексики.
Резюме, как правило, включает следующие части:
а)	библиографическое описание первичного документа;
б)	текст резюме;
в)	справочный аппарат, т.е. дополнительные сведения и приме-
чания.
Текст резюме рекомендуется строить по следующему плану:
а)	цель и методика исследования или разработки;
б)	конкретные данные о предмете исследования или разработки,
его изучаемых свойствах;
Основной курс
147
в)	временные и пространственные характеристики исследования;
г) результаты и выводы.
Заглавие резюме не должно повторяться в тексте. Следует из-
бегать лишних вводных фраз.
Примерный объем резюме находится в пределах 1/8 или 10-
15% объема статьи. При необходимости объем может быть больше
указанного.
Исходный текст для резюме
The End of A Monopoly Era
The GSM community is fond of talking about the benefits of
competition. Competition between operators is said to be good. Compe-
tition between handset suppliers is said to be good. And competition
between infrastructure suppliers is said to be good.
The irony of this is that throughout the first half of the 1990s
GSM was itself a virtual wireless technology monopoly. Japan got a
good Second Generation digital system up and running in the form of
PDC. But it then found that a combination of the frequency band it oper-
ates in, and inflexible commercial acumen on the part of Japanese sup-
pliers, meant that it could not succeed outside Japan. For it's part, North
America floundered between fledgling TDMA and IS-95 CDMA sys-
tems. Neither of them looked like succeeding in the United States, let
alone anywhere further afield.
During the first five years of commercial deployment, GSM has
enjoyed startling success'. But it has only done so by virtue of being the
only credible Second Generation technology on the market. Tbat com-
fortable position has changed during 1996 with the posing of the first
serious challenges by alternative technologies. IS-95 CDMA has got off
the ground and is alive and commercially kicking at last in the Far East
and in the United States. IS-136 TDMA now looks like a far more seri-
ous option than 1S-54. And Japan’s cordless PHS has clearly stolen the
wireless limelight from GSM with its extraordinary take-up rates. All of
a sudden, the world looks like a different place. GSM can no longer as-
sume continued success on the same scale as before. It is no longer the
only credible digital wireless solution.
Часть 2
143
This new reality necessitates a change of strategy on the part of
the GSM community. The first thing which has to go is the negative
mindset which some Europeans have had towards other digital technolo-
gies. True, some of the marketing of IS-95 has been highly derogatory
about GS. But now that that seems to have peaked, there is no point pre-
tending that the alternatives to GSM are not a lot more credible than
they were a couple of years ago.
In any case it is childish to deny the hugely positive impact which
the rise of these rivals has had on the GSM standard. But for the threat
posed by IS-95, it is doubtful whether PCS-1900 operators in the US
would have pushed so hard for an enhanced 13kbits/s vocoder - an en-
hancement which other GSM operators world-wide are now able to
benefit from. It is also doubtful whether the migration towards Phase 2+
would now be moving as fast as it is were it not for the GSM camp’s
need to stay ahead of the game in the value added service, data and in-
formation stakes.
Faced with a new competitive landscape, the GSM community
also needs to be more thorough in its marketing. The IS-95 camp have
been pushing themselves as much - if not more - as wireless local loop
suppliers. The GSM community, by contrast, has done very little to posi-
tion itself for wireless local loop.
The evolution of regnlatory and standardization policy for GSM
has become a little less Euro-centric but it is still too wrapped up in the
blue and yellow of the European Union. The American Way has defi-
nitely been a positive influence in the last couple of years. The doors
should be opened still wider. Asia's GSM operators are also key to
GSM's future. Regrettably, the only Asian countries with sufficiently
powerful and outward looking telecomms policy bodies are Japan and
Korea, both of which are outside the GSM camp.
1997 opens a new chapter - a Phase Two so to speak - in GSM's
development. Europa's technology has done fantastically well without
any real rivals. Now it must do just as well in the face of real competi-
tion.
Patrick Donegan GSM World Focus 1997, p. 7
Основной курс	149
Резюме
Donegan Р. The End of Monopoly Era. GSM World Focus, 1997, p. 7
The End of Monopoly Era
The aim of the article is to show the reader that real competition
in the GSM field is now a reality and should be faced both by reducers
and operators.
The research method used in the article is description.
Recognizing that in the first half of the 1990s GSM was a virtual
wireless technology monopoly the author admits that nowadays that
situation has changed dramatically due to the appearance of alternative
technologies such as IS-95 CDMA, 1S-136TDMA, PHS.
This new reality leads to change of strategy in the GSM commu-
nity. Measures should be taken to let some Europeans* negative mindset
towards other digital technologies go and to become more thorough in
marketing; the doors should be opened for America's and Asia's GSM
operators.
The article describes the period of GSM's development beginning
with the first half of the 1990s and ending with 1997 which was mainly
a Europe-centric one.
The author's conclusion is that GSM's development has entered a
new chapter, i.e. the phase of competition. And it's up to GSM's technol-
ogy to do as well in the face of real competition as it did without any
real rivals.
Exercise 170
Read the following text and do the tasks given after it
Data Communications, June 1997, A4-A5
Solving the SNA and LAN Problem Using Frame Relay
by Robin Leyland
SNA networks are stable and reliable, apd the business world de-
pends on them. LANs are growing but require higli maintenance. At first
glance, combining the two into one integrated network seems like mix-
ing oil and water, but this is exactly what network managers are under
pressure to do. The reason is simple: Maintaining, installing, and man-
150
Части 2
aging two networks is an expensive headache. With budgets being
stretched to provide ever-increasing support and band-width, network
managers need a simple solution to the integration problem: frame relay.
Frame relay provides the look and feel of a leased line network by
employing virtual circuits while delivering the performance, manage-
ability, and cost savings of a single network. Unfortunately, you still
have to select the correct frame relay solution for your network, so that
nothing can be difficult and time consuming. This challenge amplifies
the selection process by presenting eight leading equipment vendors who
show you how they integrate frame relay. This lets you compare their
different solutions and techniques as they all respond to a common net-
working problem.
The Challenge
The network given here is based on a real corporation's national
network. Two physically separate networks have grown up over time.
The older SNA network serves SNA cluster controllers that are primar-
ily 31 74s but could just as well be older 3274s or AS/400s. This is a star
network of leased lines connecting to FEPs at the company's data center
in Atlanta, The line speeds are 19.2 and 56 kbps, supporting single
3174s or multidrop 3174s, depending on the size of the locations.
The second network is comprised of PCs and LAN servers. This
network supports a range of applications from database inquiries to
groupware and even SNA accessing using emulation software running
on the PCs. Besides servers located at many of the remote sites, there is
a large server farm at the headquarters location in Philadelphia.
The challenge as presented to vendors is to combine these two
networks into one using frame relay. The first part of this challenge fo-
cuses on the equipment needed at the remote sites, headquarters, and
data center to support combined SNA and LAN networking over frame
relay. The second part addresses the frame relay service portion of the
problem.
Whose and what equipment should be used to connect the remote
sites headquarters and data center to the frame relay network? CSU/DSU
are not necessarily part of the challenge, but vendors can include them if
they desire.
Основной курс	151
Network Details
The network in the SNA-Frame Relay Challenge consists of 80
remote sites scattered across the United States, with the bulk on the East
Coast.
These 80 remote sites fall , into two types. Sixty-one of the sites
have both LAN and SNA cluster controllers (3174s). Twenty-eight of
these sites need 56-kbps bandwidth to the frame relay network; 21 sites
have a greater bandwidth need requiring a 128-kbps access line, and 12
require a 256-kbps access line. The LANs a mixture of token ring and
Ethernet, split approximately 50:50. This is the result of a corporate
merger in the past in which the two companies had different LAN stan-
dards. There are 19 sites that have only SNA cluster controllers. Sixteen
of these smaller sites are currently supported with a 19.2-kbps link,
while three use a 56-kbps link to the data center.
The traffic from the remote sites goes to two locations. The ,SNA
traffic is destined for the mainframe data center located in a suburb of
Atlanta. Each site in the network needs a PVC from the site to the data
center. A second PVC is needed from the sites that have a LAN. The
LAN servers are located at the company's headquarters in Philedelphia.
The second PVC, or LAN PVC, is from the sites to the heedquarters.
The network manager has estimated that the compeny needs three Tls
from the frame relay network to both the data center and the headquar-
ters. Three lines were selected because the company wants to be sure
that that is enough handwidth. In addition, the equipment at the head-
quarters and data center must have ports installed for five T1 s so that it
can be quickly upgraded if needed. The company is willing to pay extra
for this future growth insurance.
The network manager has decided that the SNA traffic needs a
guarantee of either 16 or 32 kbps from each remote site,'depending on
the number of attached stations at the site. In frame relay terms, this
means that the committed information rate (CIR) - the amount of band-
width guaranteed - needs to be either 16 or 32 kbps. The LAN traffic
needs a CIR of either 16 or 32 kbps, again depending on the size of the
LAN. Whatever the guarantee, the equipment needs to be able to support
traffic bursts up to the maximum of the access line - .256 kbps in some
cases. The reason of these guaranteed bandwidth requirements is to en-
sure that service levels are'maintained in the combined network.
152
Часть 2
The data center has multiple IBM mainframes that are channel-
attached to the two 3745s using an Escon channel connection. The FEP
is running NCP 7.2, and VTAM is at 4.2. The mainframe applications
are CISC-based, with devices accessing the mainframes using the 3270
protocol (PU2 and LU2). The FEP has a token ring connection (TIC) to
a 1 б-Mbit backbone token ring LAN, with plants to add TI ports for the
frame relay connections if necessary.
Network management for the SNA network is provided by IBM's
Host Net View running on the mainframe. The LAN hubs are managed
using one of the more popular SNMP managers, such as Hewlett-
Packard's, IBM’s, Cabletron's, or Sun's SNMP management platform.
Network Manager’s Concerns
There are always concerns when integrating two different types of
networks. Each solution given here should address the following:
•	Response time: The solution should help the network nianager meet
the service-level commitment to the end-users, SNA end-users espe-
cially expect good and consistent response times. The solution should
protect the SNA traffic from potentially bursty LAN traffic.
•	Reliability: One of the chief concerns is network reliability. How
does the solution address this?
•	Cost: The solution should be cost effective, not only in terms of
equipment but also in relation to staff needs and network manage-
ment requirements. While cost is a primary concern, this doesn't al-
ways mean that the lowest initial cost is always the best. The solution
should strike a balance between providing the lowest cost with the
most benefits while meeting the needs of the business.
•	Network management and support: The solution should say how the
vendor proposes to manage and monitor the network. It is safe to as-
sume that there is no network technical support of people at the re-
mote sites. Thus the preferred solution is one that allows the manager
to control the network from the headquarters. Additional concerns
involve the type of visibility into the frame relay network, the role of
Host Net View, and the need for the operators to understand Inc rela-
tionship between the existing SNA networking and the vendor's solu-
tion.
•	Service and problem resolution: The solution should outline how the
new software is installed aqd note whether the network needs to be
Основной курс
153
taken down for any potential problem fixes. It should be easy to
maintain and should accommodate central-site maintenance and
problem determination. Also, the vendor should specify the type of
support that will be provided.
Other Features
The real world is more complicated than the challenge presented
here. Vendor's solutions can also solve more than just the basic problem
outlined above. Examples of additional services or features include sup-
port for BSC devices in a banking environment or support for voice calls
between the branch office and headquarters of a corporation. Vendors
are free to explain how their solutions provide edditional features that
solve SNA-LAN networking problems.
Pricing Guidelines
The following rules are applied to all prices. The cost for the solu-
tion must cover the equipment and any software required, including any
special network management software. The .cost of network management
software, however, does not include the SNMP manager or NetView, as
it is assumed that the network already has these managers in place. If
this is not the case with your particular setup, remember to edd this cost
into your network plans when you migrate to frame relay. The cost for
any equipment or software must be based oh the US list price. The cost
of the WAN service is not part of the equipment challenge.
Tasks:
•	Write down the imprint of the article and define its genre (scientific,
methodical etc.).
•	Find an extract where the main problem of the article is described.
Give its summary.
•	Name the main ways of solving the problems touched upon in the
article.
	What are the main characteristics of the network?
•	Write out specific terms used in the article and translate them into
Russian.
Часть 2
154
•	Give a written translation of the article into Russian, Use a diction-
ary. Try to do it as quickly as possible. Mark the time.
•	Write a resume of the article.
Exercise 171
Do the following tasks:
•	Read the first extract of the text and express its main idea.
•	Read the whole text. Name the main problems mentioned in it.
•	Give the full version of the following abbreviations:
ATM, ALA, Mbps, Md, VSAT, ITU, ALE.
Translate them into Russian.
•	Divide the text into logical parts and give their summaries.
•	What are the author’s conclusions?
•	Give a written translation of the text into Russian. Use a dictionary.
Try to do it within three hours.
» Write a resume of the article.
Banking on ATM by satellite
By Renee Sounders, Washington correspondent
The general population prohably thinks ATM by satellite means
their favorite automated teller machine uses a satellite link to talk to an
unseen computer brain. Well, in some instances that could be true, but
it's another story for another time. In addition to the automated tellers,
the acronym ATM represents a powerful telecommunications protocol
aimed at making broadband communications a reality. The challenge of
using this protocol in satellite transmissions captured the attention of
scientists at the Clarcksburg, Md.-based Comsat Laboratories several
years ago. Now those scientists and executives with Bethesda, Md. par-
ent company Comsat Corp., are banking on ATM via satellite in a whole
new 1 ight.
ATM, or Asynchronous Transfer Mode, is a telecommunications
protocol originally developed for use on terrestrial networks for simulta-
neous transmission of a phenomenal array of information, including
Основной курс
1S5
voice, data and video. This translates into videoconferencing, telemedi-
cine, high-resolution imaging, and advanced Internet services. Until
now, customers using ATM technology on their terrestrial networks
have not been able to use satellite links with the same capabilities.
Reinventing ATM
"ATM is a powerful networking standard that has the ability to
convey multimedia information in a unified structure", according to
Benjamin Pontano, president of the labs. "Unfortunately, ATM was in-
vented for fiber-optic cable, not satellites”, Pontano explained that ATM
had to be reinvented to operate on a satellite link because satellite
transmissions are subject to noise and interference, unlike fiber-optic
cables which experience very little noise and few errors.
Comsat Labs has developed two products that company officials
say will permit satellite-customers to use the ATM protocol over satel-
lites.
During recent years, ATM has continued to grow in the fiber-
optic community, under high standards for performance set by the Inter-
national Telecommunications Union (ITU), according to Susan Miller,
director of advanced business applications for Comsat World systems.
"Typically, satellite transmissions are disturbed by none, so performance
that is possibly cost-effective has not quite been what we need to sup-
port ATM", Miller says. To solve the problem, Miller says, Comsat Labs
developed special technology that interfaces between the terrestrial and
satellite networks to improve the satellite link and meet those stringent
ITU performance standards.
Comsat Labs developed two of these interfaces to serve two dis-
tinct markets. The ATM Link Accelerator-2000 (ALA-2000) offers data
speeds up to 8.44 Mbps. With this device, Comsat will target multina-
tional companies that want to use ATM over their very small aperture
terminal networks, or to connect remote computer networks using the
ATM standard.
The ATM. Link Enhancer (ALE-2000) offers speed of 45 Mbps,
and is geared more towards large telecommunications network operators
that want to connect two or more large public ATM networks. For ex-
ample, Miller says, long-distance carrier Sprint Corp, of Kansas City is
currently beta-testing the high-speed product.
The lower speed product will cost about $9,000 per unit, and the
higher-speed interface will cost $13,000 per unit. However, Miller said,
Часть 2
159
during the current "precommercial phase", customers with existing
Comsat satellite transponder leases, and those who sign up before De-
cember, can use the equipment free of charge for the remainder of their
current leases. According to Miller, most leases are for five to seven
years.
Once the current lease runs out, the customer can either purchase
the hardware outright, or lease it. Leases would cost $300 per month for
low-speed units, and $450 per month for high-speed. Both would include
24 hour technical support, Miller says.
Nuts and bolts
The new satellite ATM interface is not a switch, but a translator.
Miller says it can be installed in one of several locations: on the cus-
tomer's premises, at an ATM switch site or at a satellite Earth station.
The box of electronics accepts the generic ATM signal and proc-
esses it using a set of algorithms, "It picks apart the ATM signal and ap-
plies error corrections and protects the signal over the satellite link",
Miller says. "The interface also uses other algorithms to improve the
ATM performance".
Then the traffic is prioritized according to real-time vs. non-real-
time. Real-time signals would be voice calls or videoconferences; non-
real-time transmissions could be data file transfers, for example. The
voice or video transmission would receive priority, because real-time
transmissions depend on encountering as few errors as possible. Mean-
while, the data for file transfers or other non-reai-time applications can
be compressed and, since its delivery need not be instantaneous, correc-
tions for any errors in the initial transmission can be sent.
The ATM interface can also act as traffic cop, by detecting con-
gestion in certain streams and instructing the switch to adjust the throttle
of data streams; Miller says.
Miller acknowledges some of these signal management tasks
could be accomplished without ATM. For instance, she said, a customer
could have a satellite modem that performs extra forward-error correc-
tion. However, she adds, that method takes up more valuable bandwidth
than the unencoded signal, she said, so it is more cost-effective.
Основной курс	1S7
In English please...
But what does satellite ATM actually do? Miller and others say it
will allow customers to do things they have never been able to do before
with their satellite capacity.
Veteran satellite consultant Walter Morgan, president of the
Communications Center, also located in Clarksburg, says ATM-capable
satellite transmissions are a significant step toward solving a number of
problems,
"A customer'could have voice lines, video conferencing, data, and
so on all multiplexed together on one ATM stream. The customer could
tear down applications and put different types of traffic up all day long
without having to do anything", Morgan says.
For example, say an international company has multiple transat-
lantic locations linked via satellite, and suppose 10 individuals were us-
ing the satellite link for voice communications. Now suppose two of the
10 want to switch to a video-conferencing mode. With ATM, those two
users can seamlessly switch without disturbing the other users. Without
ATM, every one of those 10 users would have to disconnect to allow the
two to engage in their videoconference.
Miller also notes the bandwidth-hungry applications of today will
only become more demanding of speed and space. "ATM is future-
proof’, Miller concludes. No matter what customers want to send down
the pipe in the future, ATM can handle it, she adds.
Technology ahead of the Market
Satellite customers are not breaking down Comsat's doors,
screaming "1 want my ATM"! On the contrary, "We are intentionally
ahead of the market", Miller says. Operators, whether big or small, do
not decide to add new capabilities to telecommunications networks
overnight, "so when customers do facilities planning, now they have our
ATM option".
According to Miller, there will likely be some commercial instal-
lations of the service by the second part of this year, but the company is
focusing on the long-term growth potential.
At first glance, Comsat is facing little if no competition from
other satellite technology developers on the ATM front.
Shekhar Bhandaru, senior director of products for Hughes Net-
work Systems, Rockville, Md., told Satellite Communications that
Часть 2
158
Hughes is not independently developing a similar product "because it
doesn't fit into the main (VSAT) focus of our business". Bhandari says
Hughes Network Systems has been working with Comsat labs for one
mutual customer to assemble a system relating to Comsat's 8-megabit
ATM interface.
Bhandaru says he doesn't see a lot of demand for the ATM capa-
bility from customers using pure VSAT configurations. However, he
adds, it could be of interest to customers looking to integrate wireless
and satellite networks with a broad-band capability.
A spokeswoman with the Norcross, Ga.-based Scientific Atlanta
also said they are not developing a competing product. "It does not fit
with our market focus”, she said.
Satellite Communications, June 1997, 43-45
Unit 31
Exercise 172
Read the given text and answer the following questions:
•	When and where was the Academy of sciences founded?
•	What can you say about the time when the Academy appeared?
•	What required a thorough study and rapid development of Russia’s
natural resources?
•	What gave rise to the Russian national culture?
•	What became a basis of the famous Cabinet of Curiosities?
•	When did a thought occur to Peter the Great about the creation of an
academy of sciences m Russia?
•	What did Peter the Great original project include?
•	Who was sent on a mission abroad?
♦	What was Schumacher instructed to do?
•	Where was the problem of the foundation of the academy of sci-
ences discussed?
•	What did his Emperial Majesty order?
•	How was the Academy called?
Основной муре
15$
Historical Review
The Academy of Sciences was founded in St Petersburg according to Peter the
Great's order and by the decree of the Govemn^ Senate of January 28 (February
8), 1724. The date is considered to be the day of the foundation of the Russian
Academy of Sciences
This was the time when science, as we know now, was gaining
ground and rapidly accumulating the true knowledge about the nature
based on the experiment and mathematical methods. It was the time
when life itself demanded closer contacts between science and practice.
The creation of the Academy was one of the key elements of the Russia's
deep-cutting transformation initiated by Peter the Great's reforms. The
developing industry, transport and trade needed scientific support and a
higher cultural level to facilitate the state to gain both domestic and in-
ternational ground. These tasks, and economy in the first place, required
a thorough study and rapid development of Russia's natural resources.
The Emparor was also trying to involve the country into the European
cultural stream. The transformations, initiated by Peter the Great in the
first quarter of the 18th century, in the field of industry, agriculture,
trade, state management and culture, were of progressive importance.
They gave rise to the Russian national culture.
During his multiple visits abroad Peter the Great acquiredthe first
collections which became later a basis of his famous Cabinet of Curiosi-
ties, the forefather of all our museums. Already in 1714, he registered
officially the Cabinet of Curiosities (Museum of Anthropology and Eth-
nography named after Peter the Great todey) and the Library (Library of
the Russian Academy of Sciences today), which became later the first
establishments of the created Academy of Sciences. To replenish their
collections and funds, Peter the Great issued the special decrees "On
Acquisition of Bom Freaks and Unusual Things Found in All Towns"
and on the delivery, from all eparchies and monasteries to Moscow, of
"ancient manuscripts of church and civil annals, chronicles, etc." (he
ordered that copies should be made of them and the originals be returned
to the owners).
1W
Часть 2
It was already at the close of the 17th century when a thought oc-
curred to Peter the Great about the creation of an academy of sciences in
Russia. Later, he came back repeatedly to such idea, in particular, when
discussing with Gottfried Laibnitz the programs of cultural and elucida-
tive reforms in Russia (the years of 1711,1712,1716) and writing letters
to C. Wolf at the end of 1719.
The idea of the creation of an academy of sciences was finally
formed during his foreign trips. Not once he gave instructions "to make
an academy". One foreign journal even wrote about his intention. After
Peter the Great visited the Paris Academy of Sciences in 1717, he wrote
on the report of his adviser G.Feke (1718): "To make an academy". At
that time, he implied an educational establishment by this idea. Later, he
formed his original project of an all-round institution just needed, in his
opinion, for Russia and comprising an academy of sciences proper and
two educational establishments, namely, a university and a grammar
school. According to his conception and with regard for the specific fea-
tures of Russia of that time, the national academy of sciences should
differ from any of the West-Europeah academies.
In 1721 the court librarian I. Schumacher was sent on a mission
abroad. He was instructed to select a scientific staff "for the organization
of sciences like in Paris, London, Berlin and other places". Schumacher
visited the Royal Society in London and the Paris Academy of Sciences.
He passed to the Paris Academy's Secretary B.Fontannel a proposal of
Peter the Great of strengthening the scientific ties and his invitation to
the French scientists to come to Russia, which was announced at a pub-
lic meeting in the Paris Academy. Soon the negotiations started on send-
ing the foreiga scientists to Russia.
In January, 1724 Peter the Great asked his physician-in-ordinary
L.BIyumentrost to put down his ideas in the draft regulations of the
academy. He approved the prepared draft and introduced a number of
additions and amendments (on the income for the academy’s mainte-
nance, on the necessity of providing the foreign members of the aced-
emy with Russian pujms, and others).
Основной курс	131
On January 20, 1724 the Office of Peter the Great sent a note to
the Senate, which read:
"On Academy where languages will be studied. Also other sci-
ences and best arts. And books will be translated. To provide a place for
such occupation. And an income
Within the framework of "Draft Regulations of the Foundation of
the Academy of Sciences and Arts", the problem of the foundation of the
academy of sciences was discussed at the meeting of the Senate on the
22nd of January attended by such major state figures as Admiral
F.Apraksin, Chancellor G.Golovkin, A.Menshikov, Procurator-General
of the Senate P.Yaguzh insky, and others. Unfortunately, no details of the
discussion are preserved. Though one can maintain that Peter the Great
raised a question of the translation work which, apart from other objec-
tives, was to become a part of the future Academy’s activity.
Several days later a brief nominal decree of the Senate of January
28 (February 8), 1724 on the foundation of the acedemy was announced:
"ON ACADEMY AND MONEY FOR ITS MAINTENANCE. January
28, His Emperial Majesty ordered that an academy should be estab-
lished, in which languages will be studied as well as other sciences and
the best arts, and books will be translated. On January 22, His Emperial
Majesty acquainted himself with the project of the foundation of the
academy and wrote with his own hand on the project: The Academy will
be maintained at the expense of the customs and license income drawn
from the towns of Narva, Derpt, Pemov and Arensburg in the amount of
24,912 roubles. According to such decree of His Emperial Majesty, the
Governing Senate ordered tbat the drawn income should be kept in the
State Treasury, paid out to the Academy by the Senate decree and spent
on no other purposes. The corresponding decrees were forwarded to the
Chamber Board and tbe State Office. The decree is certified by the Gov-
erning Senate".
As "Draft Regulations of the Academy" were never officially pub-
lished, and the first Regulations were put into force only in 1747, the
Academy was called in a different way during more than 20 years (when
it was mainly guided by the non-approved Draft): Academy, Acedemy
162
Часть 2
of Sciences, Acedemy of Sciences and Arts, Emperial Academy of Sci-
ences, Russian Academy of Sciences, but more often as Petersburg
Academy of Sciences, According to the 1747 Rules the Academy was
called the Emperial Academy of Sciences and Arts in St. Petersburg,
between 1803 and 1836 it was called the Emperial Academy of Sci-
ences, from 1836 till July 1917 it was the Emperial St. Petersburg Acad-
emy of Sciences, in July 1917 it became the Russian Academy of Sci-
ences, in May ] 925 was renamed into the USSR Academy of Sciences
and since December 1991 - the Russian Academy of Sciences.
Exercise 173
Retell the text given above.
Exercise 174
Read the following text and give the general outline of the
structure of the Russian Academy of Sciences.
The Russian Academy of Sciences
The Russian Academy of Sciences is the higher scientific institu-
tion of Russian Federation uniting the most outstanding scientists of the
country as its members.
The Academy conducts research promoting the advancement of
all branches of science in Russia in keeping with the procedure deter-
mined by the General Meeting of tbe Academy.
It includes such sections as Physics and Mathematics, Chemistry,
Geology and Geography, Biology, Engineering Sciences, History, Eco-
nomics, Philosophy and Language and so on.
The Academy consists of the following Institutions:
Research institutes, laboratories, observatories, taiions, branches
of the Academy, libraries, museums, botanical gardens, standing and
special commissions and committees, scientific expeditions and others.
Attached to the Academy there are scientific Societies founded in
accordance with a procedure fixed by the Academy’s Presidium.
Основной курс	163
The Academy participates in establishing international scientific
institutions and organizations by agreement with scientific institutions of
other countries.
It convenes scientific sessions, congresses, conferences and meet-
ings to discuss scientific problems and the coordination of research
work.
The Russian Academy of Sciences establishes and promotes sci-
entific contacts with scientific academies and other scientific institutions
abroad, participates in international scientific congresses, conferences,
and meetings and joins international scientific organizations.
The Academy trains scientific personnel through the post-
graduate courses attached to its institutions and conducts work to ad-
vance the qualifications of scientific workers.
The Russian Academy of Sciences consists of full members (aca-
demicians), corresponding members, and foreign members.
164
Часть 2
The elections of full members, corresponding members, and for-
eign members of the Academy are held in accordance with the present
Charter and the Regulations governing elections of the Russian Aced-
emy of Sciences subject to approval by the Academy's General Meeting.
The highest body of the Academy is the General Meeting consist-
ing of the Academy’s full and corresponding members.
The General Meeting of the Academy defines the basic trends in
the Academy’s Scientific work: it deals with major organizational mat-
ters; it hears the reports of Sections, branches and others of the Academy
institutions, as well as of individual members; it discusses problems of a
scientific, scientific-technical and scientific-organizational nature; it
elects full and foreign members of the Academy and directors of the
Academy’s research institutions.
Sessions of the General Meeting of the Academy are convened
whenever necessary but at least twice a year.
Every member of the Acedemy wishing to raise some question at
the General Meeting must give written notice of it to the Academy’s
Presidium in advance.
The Presidium of the Academy consists of the Academy’s Presi-
dent, Vice-Presidents, Head Scientific Secretary of the Presidium and
Presidium members - Secretary Academicians of the Academy’s Sec-
tions and other members whose number is determined by the Academy’s
General Meeting.
The President and Vice-President of the Academy, Secretary
Academicians of the Sections and other members of the Academy’s Pre-
sidium are elected from among its full members. The elections are con-
ducted by a simple majority vote by ballot.
The Presidium of the Academy carries out the decisions of the
Academy’s General Meeting and directs all the Academy’s activities in
between General Meetings.
A Section of the Russian Academy of Sciences is a scientific and
organizational center uniting within the Academy scientists of one or
several fields of science.
A Section of the Academy embraces institutes and other scientific
institutions subordinated in all their scientific and organizational activi-
ties directly to the Section.
Основной курс
185
The highest body of the Section of the Academy is the General
Meeting of the Section consisting of the full and corresponding members
of the Academy in that Section.
The leading body of the Section between General Meetings is the
Section Bureau elected by the General Meeting of the Section by ballot
from among the members of the Section.
The Bureau of the Section exercises scientific and organizational
guidance of the institutions belonging to the Section, as well as of the
Scientific activities of institutions of the Academy’s branches working
in corresponding fields which unite research institutes and other scien-
tific institutions of the Academy according to the territorial principal.
The principal research bodies of the Academy are its research in-
stitutes.
The research institutes of the Academy are headed by directors.
The scientific and historical manuscripts of the Academy are preserved
in the Archives of the Russian Academy of Sciences.
The Academy exchanges publications with scientific institutions,
higher institutions of learning, libraries, museums, publishing houses,
scientific societies, and government institutions of other countries.
Exercise 175
Ask your neighbor 10 questions based ou the text and let him an-
swer them. Then change the parts.
Exercise 176
Speak about the International activities Of the Russian Academy of
Scieuces.
Find some additional information to make your report iuterestiug.
Exercise 177
Read the following text. Compare the structure of the Royal Society
of London with the structure of the Russian Academy of Sciences.
Часть 2
Тбб
The Royal Society of London
The Royal Society founded in 1660 occupies a special place in the
country's scientific affairs. Its Fellowship consists of approximately 500
eminent scientists and 50 foreign members. Admission of the former is
restricted to 25 a year, and of the latter to four a year, ten eminent non-
scientists are also elected to Fellowships. The Society maintains a Li-
brary (140,000 books of a purely scientific nature), issues a large num-
ber of publications, including the "Philosophical Transactions” and the
"Proceedings", and convenes conferences which are attended by scien-
tists from al! countries. In addition the Society is responsible for the ad-
ministration of many research funds derived from various sources and a
number of Government grants. These funds and grants are used for the
promotion of science through research, publications, congresses, the
award of medals, lectures and in many other ways.
The Royal Society has its Statutes and Charter. The Statutes was
adopted by Council in 1915-and subsequently amended. The Council
from time to time makes Standing Orders for the regulation of the affairs
of the Society. Such Standing Orders may be made amended or repealed
at any meeting of the Council.
Election and Admission of Fellows
Every candidate, who must be a British subject or citizen of Eire,
is proposed and recommended by a certificate in writing signed by six or
more Fellows, of whom three at least certify their recommendation from
personal knowledge.
The Council selects by ballot from a printed list of candidates a
number not exceeding twenty-five, to be recommended to the Society for
election.
Persons may be elected into the Society, under the title of Foreign
Members, who are neither British subjects nor citizens of Eire; they are
selected from among persons of the greatest eminence for their scientific
discoveries and attainments.
Every Fellow of the Society takes part at the Anniversary Meeting
for electing the Council and Officers.
Основной муре
167
The Council for the ensuing year, out of which the President,
Treasurer, two Secretaries, and Foreign Secretary, are chosen, consists
of eleven members of the existing Council, and of ten Fellows who are
not members of the existing Council.
The President annually appoints two or more members of Council
to be Vice-Presidents. In the absence of the President, one of the Vice-
Presidents acts as his deputy.
Committees
The Council appoints from among the Fellows of the Society,
Committees representing the several branches of Natural Knowledge,
and called "Sectional Committees". The members of each Committee are
chosen with a view to secure, so far as is possible, a representation of
the several subdivisions of each branch of Natural Knowledge, and to
obtain the assistance of Fellows who, from their connection with otber
societies, and otherwise, are specially qualified to advise the Council in
respect to particular parts of Natural Knowledge.
The Sectional Committees are eight in number viz.:
A 'Mathematics' Committee
A 'Physics’ Committee
A 'Chemistry* Committee
An 'Engineering Sciences* Committee
A *000108/ Committee
A'Botany'Committee
A 'Zoology' Committee
A 'Physiology and Medical Sciences’ Committee.
The Chairmen of Sectional Committees, together with the Offi-
cers of the Society, are a Standing Committee with powers to make re-
commendations to the Council. They meet at least once a year.
Meetings of tbe Society
The Session of the Society commences in November, and ends in
June.
. The business of the Society in their Ordinary Meetings is to order,
consider, and discourse on experiments and observations; to read, hear,
168
Часть 2
and discourse upon letters, reports, and other papers containing philoso-
phical matters; as also to view, and discourse upon rarities of nature and
art; and thereupon to consider what may be deduced from them; and
how far they may be improved for use or discovery.
The Anniversary Meeting for the election of the Council and Of-
ficers, and the Annual Meeting for the election of Fellows, take place at
an hour determined by the Council.
The President of Council may at any time call a Special General
Meeting of the Society when it appears to them to be necessary.
Research Professorships and Research Appointments
Professorships are awarded only to candidates who have shown
outstanding ability for independent research.
A Royal Society Professor is appointed for a period of five years,
the appointment can be renewed on the application of the Professor for
further successive periods of five years, provided that the President and
Council approve his work.
The President and Council may appoint men of proved ability for
independent research to research fellowships of student-ships for the
purpose of carrying out original work. Research appointments usually
are for two years in the first instance, but may be renewed for such peri-
ods if Council determines.
A Research Fellow or Student annually, or more often if required,
presents to Council a report on the progress of his work.
The Lectures of the Society
The Society's Lectures are delivered annually or at the intervals
decided by the Council.
Members of the Council at a meeting (in December) propose can-
didates for the lectureships for the following year.
Bakerian Lecture was originated in 1775 for an oration or dis-
course on natural history or experimental philosophy.
Croonian Lecture is delivered for the advancement of natural
knowledge.
Основной курс
199
Ferrier Lecture is given triennially on the structure and functions
of the nervous system.
Wilkins Lecture established tn 1947 is on the history of science.
Leeuwenhoek Lectures were instituted in 1948 and delivered on
microbiology annually.
Rutherford Memorial Lecture was established in 1952. The Lec-
ture is to be delivered at selected University centres in the British Com-
monwealth overseas.
Books and Publication of Papers of the Society
The Society keeps a book called the Charter Book. This Book
contains the copy of the Charters, the Obligation subscribed by the Fel-
lows of the Society in their own handwriting, etc.
The Society also has a book called the Statute Book where all the
Laws, Statutes, and Constitutions made concerning the government and
regulating of the Society or Council are written or printed. The Fellows
of the Society are registered in this book with the times of their election
and admission.
All the minutes, orders, and business of the Society and Council
enter in Journal Books of the Society. Journal Books are kept at the Li-
brary of the Society.
The papers communicated to the Society, and other matters are
published under the title of "the Philosophical Transactions of the Royal
Society of London", and under the title of "the Proceedings of the Royal
Society of London".
The Library and the Archives of the Society
The Royal Society has its own Library. Any Fellow may loan al-
most any printed book of the Society.
The scientific and historical manuscript collections of the Society
are preserved in the Archives, and catalogued so as to be available for
consultation and study.
170
Часть 2
Exercise 178
What are tbe Professorship and Research Appointment of tbe Royal
Society?
Are there similar titles in the Russian Academy of Sciences?
Exercise 179
Read the following text and tell yonr groupmates what is said about:
•	the election;
•	the meeting;
•	the sessions;
•	the committees;
•	the publications.
National Academy of Sciences
and National Research Council (USA)
The National Academy of Sciences'adopted in 1863 the constitu-
tion and bylaws approved by the President of the United States.
The Academy organized the National Research Council during the
first World War. Its members numbering about 250 are drawn from aca-
demic, industrial and Government organizations throughout the country.
Most members are nominated by the major scientific and technical so-
cieties, but the representatives from Government scientific bureaus are
designed by the President of the United States.
The over-all organization of the National Academy of Sciences -
National Research Council has come to be known generally as the
Academy-Research Council.
Matters of executive policy are considered at bimonthly meetings
of a Governing Board composed of the Council of the Academy and the
Division Chairman of the Research Council.
The Academy-Research Council does not maintain laboratories of
its own but supports the work of individual scientists and coordinates
investigations dealing with broad problems in research. This is carried
out through a wide variety of means including conferences, technical
Основной курс
171
committees, surveys,collections and collation of scientific and technical
data, the sponsorship of scientific publications and research organiza-
tions, and the administration of public and private funds for research
projects and fellowships.
The Council and the Sections of the Academy
The Academy consists of members, members emeriti, and foreign
associates. Members must be citizens of the United States.
The officers of the Academy are a president, a vice-president, a
foreign secretary, a home secretary, and a treasurer, all of whom are
elected for a term of 4 years, by a majority of votes present, at the an-
nual meeting of the year in which the current terms expire. The date of
expiration of the terms of office is June 30.
The officers of the Academy, together with six members who are
elected by the Academy, and the chief executive officer of the National
Research Council (provided he is a member of the Academy) constitute
a Council for the transaction of business.
There is also an executive committee of the Council of the Acad-
emy, composed of seven members, consisting of the president and vice-
president of the Academy, the chief executive officer of the National
Research Council, the home secretaiy of the Academy, the treasurer of
the Academy, and additional members of the Council of the Academy
appointed by the president
The Academy is divided by the Council into sections representing
the principal branches of scientific research. Each section elects its own
chairman to serve for 3 years. The chairman is responsible to the Acad-
emy for the work of his section..
There is the following division of the Academy into sections:
Mathematics, Astronomy, Physics, Engineering, Chemistry, Geology,
Botany, Zoology and Anatomy, Physiology and Bacteriology, Anthro-
pology, Psychology, Geophysics.
Часть 2
172
The Meetings, Election, Sessions and Committees
The Academy holds one stated meeting, called the annual meet*
ing, in April of each year in the city of Washington, and another stated
meeting, called the autumn meeting, at a place determined by the Coun-
cil. The Council also has the power to fix the date of each meeting.
Special scientific meetings of the Academy are held at times and
places designated by a majority of the Council. Election of members is
held at the annual meeting in Washington.
Communications on scientific subjects are read at scientific ses-
sions of the Academy, and papers by any member may be read by the
author or by any other member.
Persons who are not members also may read papers in scientific
sessions of the Academy on invitation of the Council or of the commit-
tee in arrangements.
The president of the Academy presents an annual report to Con-
gress. This report is presented to Congress after authorization by the
Council. It is also presented to the Academy at the annual meeting.
Fellowship
The fellowship activities of the National Academy of Sciences —
National Research Council comprise large program. The administration
and information regarding them is centered in the Fellowship Office or
the Office of Scientific Personnel.
Publications
The Academy provides the publications of Proceedings, Scientific
Memoirs, Biographical Memoirs and Reports.
The publications of the Proceedings is under the general charge of
the Council. They contain original articles in brief form of permanent
scientific value.
The Scientific Memoirs give opportunity for the publication of
longer and more detailed scientific investigations.
The Biographical Memoirs contain an appropriate record of the
life and work of the deceased members of the Academy.
Основной курс
173
National Research Council
The National Research Council serves as the principal operating
agency of the Academy, furnishing professional and research advice to
governmental and other organizations, and administrating certain funds.
The Research Council is composed of:
I.	Representatives of national scientific and technical societies;
2.	Representatives of the Government;
3.	Representatives of other research organizations;
4.	Persons whose aid may advance the objectives of the Council.
The Council is organized in Division dealing with branches of
science and technology. It includes the following eight Divisions: An-
thropology and Psychology, Biology and Agriculture, Chemistry and
Chemical Technology, Earth Sciences, Engineering and Industrial Re-
search, Mathematics, Medical Sciences, and Physical Sciences.
These Divisions carry on their work through permanent Boards
and Institutes, Committees, Subcommittees and Panels, as well as ad hoc
groups for special projects.
Ah Office of Scientific Personnel and an Office of International
Relations deal with problems in those areas common to all sciences.
The executive board of the Research Council consists of the
Chairman and officers; the chairman of the Divisions of the Council;
and members of the executive committee of the Council of the National
Academy of Sciences.
The Chairman of the National Research Council is appointed by
the Council of the National Academy of Sciences. The Chairman is the
executive officer of the National Research Council. He acts as chairman
of its. executive beard in the absence of the president and vice-president
of the Academy.
An annual report on the work of the National Research Council is
presented by the Chairman to the National Academy of Sciences for in-
clusion in the annual report of the Academy to Congrass.
174
Часть 2
Unit 32
Exercise 180
Read tbe text and follow the instructions.
Moscow Technical University of Communications and Informatics
MTUCI - History
The MTUCI is one of the largest academic-research centers aimed
at educating students and retraining professionals in the field of tele-
communication, radio engineering and economics.
The history of the University goes back to its predecessors, the
Moscow Institute of Electrical Engineering and National Communica-
tions founded in 1921 and merged in 1938 with the Engineering.^nd
Technology Academy of Communications. -These two institutions
formed the basis of the Moscow Institute of Communications Engineers
renamed in 1946 into the Moscow Institute of Telecommunications En-
gineers (MITE). In 1988 three institutes - the MITE, the All-Union Insti-
tute for Correspondence in Electrical Engineering and All-Union Insti-
tute for Administrative Staff Retraining formed the basis for the Mos-
cow Institute of Communications (MIC).
In 1992 the MIC was transformed into the Moscow Technical
University of Communications and Informatics (MTUCI) by a decree of
the Government of Russia.
MTUCI-today
The teaching staff of the University consists of about 700 indi-
viduals employed as professors, assistant professors and lecturers of
whom seventy per cent possess scientific degrees of Doctor of Science
or Candidate of Science and have certified academic ranks of Professor
or Assistant Professor.
Among the tuitors of the University, there are 42 members and
corresponding members of various academies, 17 Lenin Prize and State
Prize winners, 10 were awarded the State honorary title in communica-
tions and 1 - in economics.
Основной курс
175
Among the Russian academic institutions the MTUCI was one of
the first to introduce multilevel training providing the probation for
Bachelors' and Masters' degrees and Engineers.
ACADEMIC ACTIVITIES
More than 15000 under- and postgraduate students, doctorants,
trainees and learners both full time and correspondence study at the
University.
The academic structure of the University comprises:
•	educational administration,
•	13 faculties,
•	45 departments,
•	97 laboratories and 11 study-rooms,
•	new technology testing ground for educational and research'pur-
poses.
The educational facilities include:
•	non-graduate upgrade center,
•	distance learning center,
•	computer center,
•	information and postal services technology center,
•	training centers.
The University collaborates with secondary schools in Moscow
and the Moscow Region. It has two branches: in Rostov-on-the Don and
Nizhny Novgorod.
Its library contains more than 1,073,000 publications on.science
and technology, its computer resources are based on 850 computers, 90
per cent of which are IBM compatible.
The University organizes annual scientific and technological con-
ferences. The results of researches are published in scientific journals,
monographs and collected articles. Advanced information and telecom-
munication technologies are penetrating the teaching process deeper and
deeper: the distance teaming center for under-and postgraduate training
has been organized; all departments have access to the Internet;'special
study-rooms have facilities for video conferences' through the ISDN
channels and multimedia net in Russia.
176
Часть 2
A distance learning net in Russia has been developed and started
to operate under the supervision of the University in collaboration with
the largest communication service operators, such as Rostelecom,
MGTS and the leading Russian Universities.
Moreover, the International distance learning project for the CIS
countries has been launched in collaboration with the International Tele-
communication Union, the Communications Administration of the CIS
countries and their leading higher educational centers.
The following disciplines are taught at tbe University:
•	Accounting, Financial Analysis and Audit,
•	Economics of and Control over Communications Enteprises,
•	Radiophysics and Electronics,
•	Physics and Technology of Optical Communication,
•	Information Systems in Engineering and Technology,
•	Applied Mathematics,
•	Radio Engineering,
•	Communication Networks and Switching Systems,
•	Multichannel Telecommunication Systems,
•	Wireless Communication, Broadcasting and Television,
•	Communication with Mobile Objects,
•	Secured Communication Systems,
•	Automation in Technological Processes and Industry,
•	Computers, Complexes, Systems and Networks,
•' Computer-Aided Data Processing and Control,
•	Software Development,
•	Applied Informatics in Economics,
•	Management,
•	Economics,
•	Automation and Control,
•	Telecommunications,
•	Information Systems in Economics,
•	Radio Engineering,
•	Informatics and Computer Technologies.
Основной курс
177
Scientific - Research Activity
The MTUCI is a large scientific center with a high rating among
other institutions of technical education in Russia.
The scientific schools founded by famous scientists, such as Ko-
telnikov V.A., Kharkevich A.A., Levin G.A., Mints A.L, Kliatskin
LG., Shulejkin M.V., Pistolkors A.A., Aizenberg G.Z., Kataev S.I.,
Goron LE., Terentjev B.P., etc., ensure the high potential of research
activities at the University.
The University participates in a number of federal projects in the
field of telecommunication and informatics, projects of the Russian
Foundation for Basic Research and the Ministry of Education, is deeply
involved in the project "Fundamental Aspects of New information and
Alternative Technologies" of the Ministry of Communications.
The basic research efforts are concentrated on:
•	perspective and non-traditional systems and means of communication,
•	new principles, methods and algorithms of data transmission and
processing,
•	methods of the efficiency upgrade of information networks,
•	physical problems in systems and communication means, including
optical communications,
•	ecology and environment monitoring,
• economic strategies for communications as a branch of industry,
• modem technologies in education.
A considerable part of applied research results in software appli-
cations, pilot models, design documentation, technical descriptions. In
recent years more than 40 types of devices have been constructed of
which the most important ones are;
•	local TV transmitters up to I kWT, modulators and power amplifiers
for TV transmitters,
•	secured systems for extended objects,
•	software for satellite communications design automation,
•	communication devices for the power transmission lines control ser-
vice at the Russian Energy System LTD,
•	highly effective power amplifiers of high- and extremely high-
frequency bands.
17В
Часть 2
•	the telecommunication terminal,
•	autoinformation equipment for national public exchanges,
•	sound mixer panels for high-quality broadcasting,
•	electrosurgical HF apparatus for biological tissues coagulation, and
many others.
Investigations and researches are held in 63 research laboratories
(RL) and scientific department groups that are united in the MTUCI re-
search center where about 700 employees including one third having
scientific degrees work. Annually more than 350 scientific research ex-
perimental design works (SR.EDW) that are invested with more than I
million US dollars are carried out in the subunits of the research unit
(RU).
2 experimental certification laboratories and the training center
of metrologists were opened. The MTUCI is the leading higher educa-
tional institution that conducts the All-Russia competition of students*
scientific works on radio engineering, electronics and communications.
Many of the MTUCI students used to be the prize winners of this com-
petition.
Turning out highly qualified staff is provided through defending
Doctor degrees and postgraduate courses where 160-180 postgraduates
study annually. There are 4 specialized councils for defending theses for
Doctor and Candidate degrees in almost all the specialities of the Uni-
versity.
Exercise 181
Make up a detailed plan of each part of tbe text.
Retell each part of the text separately.
Exercise 182
Write down a summary of the text.
Exercise 183
Bearing tbe text in mind say a few words about the faculty you are
going to graduate from, the chair you perform your research at, the
theme of your would-be thesis and about your scientific adviser.
Основной курс
179
Unit 33
Exercise 184
Read the following text and discuss it with your neighbor.
Retell the text.
Alexander Popov* the First Inventor of the Radio
Today, when powerful radio stations transmit the latest news all
over the globe, and the remotest comers of the world have the possibility
to listen in, we realize how great is the name of Alexander Popov, the
first inventor of the radio.
It was about 100 years ago. At that time electrical engineering was
a new science. Popov took great interest in electricity and began to work
at it. He made experiments with electric waves. But his work went on
under very hard conditions. He had neither money nor special equipment
for his numerous experiments. But in spite of all difficulties Popov did
not stop his experiments. He spent all his money on his work and made
many parts of his equipment with his own hands.
On the 24th of March, 1896 a meeting took place in one of the
auditoriums of the Petersburg University.
The greatest scientists of the city were present at that meeting.
Popov made a report about the results of his work and demonstrated the
first radjograms in the world.
After his report the government gave him permission to make his
experiments on board a small ship. And that was all. Again he had to
work without any help.
At this time an Italian, Marconi, began making the same kind of
experiments. He already knew about Popov’s experiments, and as he was
a businessman he plagiarized Popov’s ideas to make money out of them.
He wanted to show he was the first inventor of the radio. His mother
was an Englishwoman. She recommended him to go to England.
Часть 2
180
Не packed his apparatus and in spring, ) 896, left Italy for London.
In London he found the protection of rich businessmen and the English
government, so that in June, 1897, he received a patent for his invention
and organized a commercial company named "The London Commercial
Company of Marconi's Wireless". This English company wanted to keep
Popov in the background and gave ten thousand roubles to a Russian
reactionary newspaper which often printed articles about Marconi's
work.
Popov and Marconi were people of a different kind. Popov was a
professor, a great scientist, a modest man. He called his work a repro-
duction of the Hertz experiment. Whereas Marconi was a young busi-
nessman who looked upon his work as means of getting rich.
While the great Russian inventor lived and worked under very
hard conditions, Marconi’s company already had a capital of 2,000,000
roubles.
It was only in 1899 that Popov could build a radio station. This
was the first radio station in the world..
In August 1903 Popov took part in the work of the first Interna-
tional Conference on the Wireless. Marconi was also present at this con-
ference, and tried to prove that he was the inventor of the radio. But the
French scientist Bourdulong protested against this. He got up and spoke
about Popov and his great invention.
In 1904, during the Russian-Japanese war, the government real-
ized the importance of the wireless. Shipa could communicate at long
distances only by means of the radio. Then the government gave money
and was ready to supply Popov with all the necessary equipment. But as
it was wartime and there were no instruments and no specialists in Rus-
sia, it was quite impossible to do anything.
Popov died in 1905.
A few years after Popov’s death, the Russian Physical Society set
up a commission to settle the question of Popov's invention. This com-,
mission stated that Popov was the first inventor of the radio.
Основной курс 181
Exercise 185
Read the text and follow the instructions.
Kolmogorov, Andrey Nikolavevich (b. April 25 [April 12, Old
Style], 1903, Tambov, Russia - d. Oct. 20, 1987, Moscow), Russian
mathematician whose work influenced several branches of modem
mathematics. Notably, he presented some basic postulates for probabil-
ity theory that have since served to make the subject an integral part of
analysis.
At the age of 17 Kolmogorov was enrolled in the Moscow State
University. In the autumn of 1921 he worked on complex problems - in
the theory of trigonometrical series and operations on sets - closely tied
with the basic directions of the Moscow mathematical school of that
time, namely, with ideas in the theory of functions of real variables. Jn
the spring of 1922 he completed a study in the theory of operations on
sets (published in 1928).
In 1925 Kolmogorov graduated from the faculty of physics and
mathematics of Moscow State University and was appointed a research
associate of the faculty. At this time he became interested in probability
theory. His important ’’General Theory of Measure and Probability The-
ory", published in 1929, gave the first description of an axiomatic con-
struction of probability theory based on measure theory. In 1933 Kol-
mogorov expanded the paper into the monograph "Grundbegriffe der
Wahrscheinlichkeitsrechnung", which in 1950 was translated into Eng-
lish under the title "Foundations of the Theory of Probability".
in 1931 Kolmogorov was elected a professor of Moscow State
University; two years later he was appointed a director of the Institute of
Mathematics of the University. During the period of this appointment he
elaborated the principles of stochastic processes, including the Markov
processes, in the monograph "Analytical Methods of Probability The-
ory". Other contributions concerned aspects of functional analysis - a
comparatively recent branch of mathematics in which the traditional
techniques of algebra and calculus are applied to entire collections of
functions. He also made contributions to studies of topology and turbu-
lent flow of fluids. In the study of probebility theory, which is consid-
ered his besic speciality, Kolmogorov formulated two systems of partial
differential equations that bear his name; they describe transition prob-
abilities controlling a Markov process. The Kolmogorov equations pro-
vide a means of dealing with problems in the theories of Brownian mo-
182
Часть 2
tion and diffusion. The work marked a new period in the development of
probebility theory and its application in physics, chemistry, civil engi-
neering, and biology.
This fundamental study in probability was succeeded by a funda-
mental study of Markov chains that embodied many new ideas in the
theory of dynamic systems and served as a starting point for numerous
works of other mathematicians.
Of considerable importance were Kolmogorov's investigations in
problems of random stationary processes, which he related to the analy-
sis of locally isotropic turbulent flow. Wiener, the founder of cybernet-
ics (the theory of control and communication as applied to animals and
machines), had independently investigated many aspects of stationary
processes, particularly those identified with statistical prediction, and he
pointed out that the investigations by Kolmogorov were relevant to the
statistical theory of information upon which the science of cybernetics in
part depended.
In topology, Kolmogorov, simultaneously with US mathematician
James Alexander but independently of him put forward certain consid-
erations relating to an operator called the nabla operator and applied
these to complexes and later to any topological space. Related algebraic
structures called nabla groups turned out to be very effective and pro-
vided suitable instrumentation in the study of numerous problems of to-
pology, including continuous maps. On this foundation, Kolmogorov put
forward a conception of a homological ring, an important idea in topol-
ogy. His formulation of the duality law (on equivalent representations of
certain mathematical properties) was very important for the period from
1935 to 1936. In this context the duality law concerned closed sets situ-
ated in a topological space that is locally bicompact and fully regular.
During the 1930s Kolmogorov also published the articles entitled
"On Topological Group Formulation of Geometry" and "On Formultion
of Projective Geometry", as well as others on the areas of functional
analysis and the optimum approximation of functions.
Later Kolmogorov’s interests broadened into problems of mathe-
matical logic and the foundations of mathematics. In 1938, he published
a large article, "Mathematics", in the first edition of the "Bolshaya
Sovyetskaya Entsiklopediya" ("Great Soviet Encyclopaedia"), in which
he described the development of mathematics from ancient to modern
times and interpreted it in terms of dialectical materialism.
Основной курс
183
In 1939 Kolmogorov was elected an academician of the Academy
of Sciences of the USSR and, a little later, an academician-secretary of
the department of physical and mathematical sciences of the acedemy;
the department had been established to unite and direct scientific work
of the most prominent researchers in this field. In the mid-1950s Kolmo-
gorov turned his attention to information theory, dynamic-system theory,
interconnections of information theory with function theory, classical
mechanics, the 13th Hilbert Problem (representation of functions of a
large number of variables by functions of a lesser number of arguments),
and complex theory. Throughout the latter part of his life, Kolmogorov
paid great attention to problems of mathematical education of school-
children. He was appointed chairman of the Commission for Mathemati-
cal Education. Under his leedership a new state program of training in
mathematics in the Soviet general school was developed and introduced.
Exercise 186
Define the main facts mentioned in the text.
Exercise 187
Write the theses of the text and retell it using them.
Exercise 188
Who can be considered an outstanding scientist? Give your reasons.
Exercise 189
Do you know outstanding scientists working at your University?
Speak about one of them. Use the texts given in exercises 184,185 as
examples to follow.
184
Часть 2
Unit 34
Exercise 190
Read the text, write its detailed plan and retell it.
CONFERENCES, SYMPOSIUMS, CONGRESSES
Global English for Global Understanding
Moscow 23-25 May, 2001
Before the Conference a preliminary work was performed.
The Organizing Committee composed the following letter and sent it to dif-
ferent higher educational institutions in Russia and abroad.
The Global Divergence of English
Dear Colleagues,
For the first time, several key organizations and institutions of
higher education have joined together to hold a truly international con-
ference. This Conference, "Global English for Global Understanding",
will be devoted to the emerging issues and challenges of English Lan-
guage Teaching in the 21 st Century.
Anthony Burgess once observed, "The privilege of being an inter-
national language is to suffer the divergence". English is, at present, not
uniform; it is increasingly conceptualized not in the singular, but in the
plural - as a number of "Englishes" exist all over the world.
The aim of the conference is to provide a forum in which to
evaluate and examine precisely this phenomenon - an exciting and chal-
lenging undertaking that the Organizing Committee for "Global English
for Global Understanding" invites you to attend.
The Conference will be comprised of a series of keynote speakers,
sessions, and poster presentations, in order to facilitate the intensive dis-
cussion of research findings. Genera) areas of interest for the Confer-
ence include the following:
•	GLOBAL ENGLISH
Teach local, think global!
Основной курс
185
In what manner do various "Englishes1* exist in the world? Do they
represent a "divergence" or a "convergence?" Out of all "Englishes",
what kind of English are we teaching? What kind of ELT will assure
quality language knowledge and skills? What is the future of ELT (its
forms, methods, and approaches)? How can we address the question of
equity of learning opportunities?
•	GLOBAL UNDERSTANDING
Mind the gap, be tolerant!
What is needed to facilitate cross-cultural communication in a
world of multiple Englishes? What is the relationship between ELT and
cultural diversity/cultural awareness? What do students need to be com-
fortable and proficient in a multicultural world?
•	GLOBAL USE
Discover the world through English!
Who is the English learner of tomorrow? What is the role of ELT
in the Labor Market? In civic education? Why do we need English? How
is English teaching changing?
CONFERENCE ORGANIZERS
Ministry of Education, Russian Federation
Moscow State University
Research-Methodological Council for Foreign Languages
(Ministry of Education, Russian Federation)
NA ТЕ (National Association of Teachers of English)
LA TEUM (Linguistic Association of Teachers of English at University of
Moscow)
United States Embassy, Moscow
British Council
Часть 2
186
С. II.Р- (Cambridge University Press)
D internal, Longman, MacMillan
KEY DATES:
Deadline for receipt of abstracts:
- 10 FEBRUARY 2001 -
Deadline for non-resident registration:
-	1 MARCH 2001 -
Deadline for resident registration:
15 APRIL 2001 -
Phone: ... -
The Conference was quite crowded. There was a few hundred par-
ticipants from Russia and foreign countries. The Chairman of the session
who was also the Chairman of the Organizing Committee started the
meeting with an opening address in which he pointed out that there had
been a remarkable progress in our understanding of the role of English
as a means of international communication. He stressed that the main
goal in holding that Conference was to discuss various aspects of teach-
ing, learning and understanding English. The total number of papers in-
cluded in the Program was over 100. Some abstracts could be sent only
by title so as to keep the meeting, within reasonable proportions. The
Structure of the Conference was outlined in the program distributed be-
forehand. It included sessions of 9 working groups or workshops which
were held correctly in the moming and in the afternoon for three days. In
addition there was a plenary session on the first day and a general clos-
ing sessions on the last day. The plenary session included invited lec-
tures by prominent researchers who surveyed recent developments in
their respective areas. Each participant was allowed 20 minutes for the
normal presentation of his paper in working group sessions and 40 min-
utes for the lecture in the plenary session. Everyone had a chance to par-
ticipate in the discussion and exchange of personal experience during
Основной курс
197
private discussions was promoted? The Conference provided a stimulat-
ing ground for the exchange of information and for the generation of
new ideas.
There were also a few social events scheduled for three days.
Exercise 191
Speak about the conference (congress, symposium, workshop) on
telecommunication problems you have read about recently.
Use the plan you have written for the previous text.
Exercise 192
Have you ever taken part in a conference (congress, symposium,
workshop)? Share yonr experience with your neighbor.
Answer his/her questions. Then change the parts.
Unit 35
Exercise 193
Read the text. Find the English equivalents of the following sen-
tences.
1.	Но особенно важные детали, от которых зависит успех или
провал соглашения, все еще обсуждаются, и предпринимается
мало реальных шагов для решения проблемы.
2.	По оценкам ученых мы можем позволить себе выделить в ат-
мосферу лишь ограниченное количество углерода, в противном
случае мы перейдем "безопасные11 границы изменения климата.
3.	Вот почему мы должны немедленно сократить выделение дву-
окиси углерода и готовиться к этапу отказа от использования
ископаемого топлива.
4.	Первым шагом к этому является устранение препятствий для
перехода на другие источники энергии.
5.	Таким образом, мы боремся за капиталовложения в возобнов-
ляемую энергию и за устранение препятствий для обеспечения
возобновляемой энергией.
Часть 2
188
Environmental problems
Greenpeace has identified global climate change as one of the
greatest threats to the planet. Governments and scientists alike have
agreed that the problem is real, and serious. Last year at the climate
summit in Kyoto, industrialized countries agreed, at least on paper, to
reduce the amount of carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases they
pump into the atmosphere. But crucial details, upon which the success or
failure of the agreement rests, are still under negotiation, and in the
meantime little real action is being taken to address the problem.
Greenpeace is therefore campaigning for governments to face up
to their responsibilities and urgently address this problem. The longer
action is delayed, the more drastic it will need to be in order to avoid
dangerous interference with the planet's climate from the so-called
greenhouse gases.
Carbon Hypocrisy
Governments should be leading the way to a fundamentally new
energy direction based on clean renewable energy, like wind or solar
power. But at present many governments instead use taxpayers money to
support the agenda of the companies which continue to spend billions of
dollars on development of coal, oil or gas - the climate-damaging fossil
fuels.
The Carbon Logic
Scientists estimate that we can only afford to release a limited
amount of carbon into the atmosphere; otherwise, we pass the "safe"
limits of climate change. It is at this point that climate change happens
so fast that ecosystems are unable to adapt. Greenpeace believes that a
temperature increase of I degree C is the absolute maximum that should
be allowed. The amount of carbon that we can release to keep within
these limits can be calculated and is in the range of 112.5 to 337.5 bil-
lion tonnes of carbon over the next 100 years.
But industry already has around four times this amount of carbon
~ over one thousand billion tonnes - in existing reserves of oil, coal and
Основной лурс
189
gas. This means that three quarters of the oil, coal and gas already found
cannot be burned if we want to avoid dangerous climate change.
If we continue burning fossil fuels at present levels, the "safe" limit of
I degree C will be reached in just 40 years. That is why we have to start
reducing carbon dioxide emissions immediately and prepare for an or-
derly phase out of fossil fuels. Greenpeace calls this the "carbon logic".
The oil companies alone have already found enough oil to cause
dangerous climate change. Yet they continue to look for more. And of
course once they have invested in finding the oil, they will not be pre-
pared to give up their right to pump it out and sell it. The effects on the
climate could be catastrophic.
In other words, we are in a second world oil crisis. But in the
] 970's the problem was a shortage of oil. This time round the problem is
that we have too much.
In the meantime, every dollar spent on new oil exploration for oil
which cannot be used is a dollar not spent on the real solutions to cli-
mate change: a conversion to renewable energy sources such as wind
and sun.
Oil companies, such as Exxon, Shell, Mobil and BP continue to
extend their reach - exploring for oil in ever more remote ’frontier1 areas,
previously too expensive or harsh to contemplate. Governments are li-
censing this to happen, even encouraging it with favourable tax rates,
despite the climate threat.
In order to do this, a first step is to remove the obstacles to a
switch, of energy sources. Greenpeace is therefore campaigning against
new oil exploration. We are challenging the oil industry to stop explor-
ing for more oil - oil we cannot afford to see used - and to switch in-
vestment into renewable energy. We are focussing on halting oil explo-
ration in two 'frontiers' - the Arctic in Northern Alaska and on the Atlan-
tic Frontier in the wild ocean to the north and west of Ireland, Scotland
and Norway.
1 go	Часть 2
Renewable Energy for the Future
Greenpeace firmly believes that it is possible to completely
change the way the world provides for its future energy needs. We can
no longer assume that fossil fuels will provide the bulk of our energy in
the future. Instead, changes need to be made now to move towards a fu-
ture where our energy needs are met by clean, renewable energy. We are
therefore campaigning for investment in renewable energy; and for re-
moval of the barriers to the provision of renewable energy.
Buying a Fridge to save the Climate
The most important greenhouse gas is carbon dioxide (C02).
However, also powerful - and regulated by the Kyoto Protocol - are the
hydrofluorocarbons (MFCs). These have been widely used in recent
years to replace the ozone-destroying CFCs (chlorofluorocarbons) which
are now being phased out under the Montreal Protocol. As part of
Greenpeace's campaign to protect the ozone layer, Greenpeace devel-
oped Greenfreeze technology, which is a cooling system that is safe both
for the ozone layer and the climate. Greenpeace wants this solution to be
applied throughout the world to replace HFC refrigeration.
Exercise 194
Answer the following questions:
•	What is Greenpeace?
•	What is Greenpeace campaigning for?
•	What should governments do?
•	What is "carbon logic"?
•	Why is it necessary to find energy sources?
•	What does Greenpeace firmly believe?
•	What is the most important greenhouse gas?
•	What is known about Greenfreeze technology?
Exercise 195
Read the text.
Основной курс 191
Compare it with the text from exercise 193. Combine the informa-
tion given in both texts. Make up a detailed plan and retell them as a
single story.
The Science of Climate Change
The Changing Climate
The natural greenhouse effect keeps the planet 33°C warmer than
it would otherwise be, allowing the earth to sustain life. Over the last
200 years human activities have resulted in emissions of greenhouse
gases (primarily carbon dioxide from the burning of fossil feelsX which
have altered the composition, of the atmosphere and caused an 'enhanced'
greenhouse effect. As a result the earth's temperature is rising and this,
in turn, is changing the climate.
The Framework Convention on Climate Change
Using computer models, the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate
Change (1PCC) has projected that if human interference continues to
alter the composition of the atmosphere, average surface temperatures
could rise between 2 and 3°C globally over the next 100 years. This un-
precedented rate of climatic change would cause significant damage to
ecological systems and economies on a global scale.
In response to these climate projections the United Nations
Framework Convention on Climate Change (Climate Convention) was
adopted by the Intergovernmental Negotiating Committee and signed by
162 countries at the Rio Earth Summit in 1992.
The Climate Convention is a blueprint for precautionary action
against the threat of global climate change. Its ultimate objective is to:
‘achieve stabilisation of greenhouse gas concentrations in the at-
mosphere at a level that would prevent dangerous anthropogenic (human
made) interference with the climate system.
Such a level should be; achieved within a timeframe sufficient to
allow ecosystems to adapt naturally to climate change, to ensure that
food production is not threatened and to enable economic development
to proceed in a sustainable manner.’
192	Часть 2
То achieve these objectives requires limits to both the total
amount of change and the rate at which it happens.
Setting Limits
The United Nation's AGGG - Advisory Group on Greenhouse
Gases - worked out “targets and indicators” for climate change in 1990.
The "indicators" set limits to the total amounts of temperature rise and
sea level rise on the basis of known behaviour of ecosystems. In other
words, what level of change nature can tolerate, or "ecological limits".
The AGGG report identified these indicators to "protect both eco-
systems as well as human systems".
Sea-Level Rise
Maximum rate of rise 20 - 50mm per decade
Maximum 0.2 - 0.5 metres above 1990 global mean sea-level
The lower rate of rise - 20mm per decade - would permit the vast
majority of vulnerable ecosystems, such as natural wetlands and coral
reefs to adapt. Beyond this rate, damage to ecosystems will rise rapidly.
Global Mean Temperature
Maximum rate of 0.1 °C per decade
Maximum temperature increase of 1.0°C
2.0°C was "viewed as an upper limit beyond which the risks of
grave damage to ecosystems and of non-linear responses are expected to
increase rapidly".
In view of this Greenpeace believes that the 2.0°C limit should be
seen as one to be avoided by a significant margin. A long term increase
in temperature of 1.0°C above pre-industrial levels, with a rate of change
of 0.1 °C per decade, is the absolute maximum that policy makers should
accept.
Основной курс 193
Carbon budget
Working from the IPCC emissions scenarios and models it is pos-
sible to estimate a "budget" for fossil fuels: how much we can extract
and bum while limiting the temperature increase to l°C. The small
amount of oil, coal and gas that we can afford to bum could then be used
wisely, in an ordered phase out.
Analysis of carbon cycle models suggests that to avoid dangerous
climate change over the next 100 years, the total amount of carbon diox-
ide from the burning of fossil fuels that can be released is around 225
billion tonnes - or gigatonnes - of carbon (GtC).
If no action is taken on deforestation (which also releases carbon
dioxide into the atmosphere), the amount will be lower.
Fossil Fuel Reserves
Reserves of oil, gas and coal identified as "economically recover-
able" currently stand at 1,053 GtC. This would, if burnt, lead to a 5.0°C
rise in temperature.
In reality ‘reserves’ are rapidly expanding due to oil, gas and coal
exploration. The resource base that could be brought into reserves is
4,000 GtC.
Carbon Logic
The 225 GtC "carbon budget" is vastly exceeded by known fossil
fuel reserves.
At current rates of fossil fuel energy use, the budget e.g. 225 GtC,
will be exceeded in 40 years globally.
At current rates of increase in energy use (about 2% per annum)
the budget will be exceeded in 30 years.
The logic of this is that 75% of the known, economically recover-
able reserves of conventional fossil fuels (as carbon) can never be used
as fuel.
Часть 2
194
If this is considered in terms of the actual resources of oil, coal
and gas and other fossil fuels, 95% must remain in the ground,
So logic dictates that fossil fuels must be phased out. Given the
size of the oil, coal and gas industry it is clear that governments have
never before had to face such a task and are not giving it serious consid-
eration.
Exercise 196
Read the text. Find the sentences beginning with the following:
I.	Following the trend, in March ...
2,	The average monthly mean over the Pole ...
3,	For example, scientists have known for years ...
4,	In other findings, the 1996...
5.	The environmental imperative has always been ...
6.	The alarming state of the ozone layer dictates ...
7.	The goal must be not only to minimize ...
Translate them into Russian. Retell the text using these sentences.
THE HEALTH OF THE OZONE LAYER
If we were to assume the role of a physician in order to diagnose
the health of the ozone layer, no doubt we would state that our patient is
in very poor health, and that the patients condition is getting worse.
•	In 1995, 1996 and now in 1997 we have experienced record ozone
depletions over both the Southern and Northern hemispheres.
•	The 1996 Antarctic ozone hole reached a record 10 million square
miles - an area greater than the total surface area of North America,
and twice the size of Europe.
•	During November and December of 1996, ozone levels over North-
ern Europe and the north Atlantic were 20% lower than the average
measurements between 1957 and 1970. More than 25% ozone de-
pletion was measured over some populated areas.
Основной курс 1BS
•	Following the trend, in March 1997, the ozone layer was 15 to 25
percent thinner over the Arctic than it was a year earlier, and Envi-
ronment Canada reported a record of nearly 40% ozone depletion
over the North West Territories.
•	The European Commission's Environment and Climate Programme
reported in May, 1997, that "For the third winter in succession, re-
cord low temperatures in the Arctic's lower stratosphere, coupled
with the presence of man-made pollutants, have resulted in ... up to
40% ozone depletion in the Northern Hemisphere ... (with) total
ozone as low as 270 Dobson Units near the pole during March this
year".
Of further concern is the recurrence of extremely cold spring time
temperatures over the Arctic, which is a precondition for increased
ozone depletion. The European Commission noted that "Analyses of
stratospheric temperature data shows that the stratosphere during March
1997 was by far the coldest on record. The average monthly mean over
the Pole was some six degrees lower than the previous minimum aver-
age. These very low temperatures in the Arctic springtime for the third
successive year give rise to the concern that they may be part of a
longer-term trend. It is important to understand whether, for example,
this represents part of changes induced by chemistry-climate feedback".
Concurrently, scientists are reporting alarming data due to in-
creases of UV-B radiation. For example, scientists have known for years
that UV-B radiation reduces the reproduction of phytoplankton, the mi-
cro-organism at the bottom of the marine food chain which are vital to
the survival of marine animals; but this past year'they have also found
species of fish with UV-B induced skin cancer and DNA damage. In
other findings, the 1996 UNEP Scientific Assessment states that "recent
studies suggest that potentially detrimental effects of UV-B radiation in
evergreen woody plants may accumulate from year to year... and that
there are accumulating intensified adverse effects on plants from genera-
tion to generation". In other words, UV-B damage is cumulative and
passed on from one generation to the next.
Часть 2
The environmental imperative has always been, and continues to
be, to stop using all ozone depleting substances as quickly as possible,
without resorting to the use of substances, such as HFCs, that signifi-
cantly exacerbate the crises of global wanning and the toxification of the
environment.
The alarming state of the ozone layer dictates that it is essential,
from both a short term and a long term perspective, that the Parties to
the Protocol adopt policies that aim to eradicate the use of .all ozone de-
stroyers on an emergency time scale. Greenpeace calculations show that
an emergency phase out of ozone depleting substances could accelerate
recovery of the ozone layer by nearly fifteen years (to 2026) and this
would reduce ozone depletion by nearly 40%.
The goal must be not only to minimize further ozone loss, but ul-
timately, to facilitate - as much as it is humanly possible - the earliest
recovery of the ozone layer.
Exercise 197
What other problems besides the ones mentioned in the texts from
exercises 193,195,196 are of vital importance today for environ-
mental protection? Discuss them with your neighbor. Make up a
short report devoted to environmental problems both in Russia and
in the whole world.
Часть 3
Приложение
Text 1
Read the text and follow the instructions.
History and Regulation of the Telephone Industry
"Mr. Watson, come here, I want you11. With these historic words
Alexander Graham Bell called to his assistant Thomas Augustus Watson over
the so-called "telephone", and an industry was bom.
The place: 5 Exeter Place, Boston, Massachusetts.
The time: evening, March 10,1876.
As with all inventions, the road had not been smooth. For years, Graham
Bell (as he liked to be called) had been experimenting with harmonic telegraph.
It should be possible, he reasoned, to send six tones over the same wire at the
same time and cause six reeds attached to the receiving end to be operated.
Furthermore, if all worked well, varied combinations of these six pitches could
reproduce human speech.
Simultaneously he was working on a scheme that utilized the varying
resistance of a wire. A diaphragm, which would be vibrated by the human voice,
was attached to a wire that was dipped into a mixture of acid and water. In
theory, as the diaphragm moved downward, forcing more wire into the acid, the
resistance of the wire would be decreased. As the diaphragm moved upward, the
wire would be withdrawn from the conducting liquid, and its resistance would
be increased.
It was this device that was ultimately successful and that formed the
basis for the telephone industry for many years.
A year later, on July 9, 1877, the Bell Telephone Company was formed,
and Alexander'Graham Bell became the company's electrician, at a salary of
S3,000, and Watson became superintendent in charge of research and
manufacturing. Unfortunately for Bell, the basic patents were due to run out in
1893 and 1894. But by this time. Theodore Newton Vail had been brought in as
general manager, and he immediately set about establishing an organization
strong enough to survive without a monopoly. **What we wanted to do was get
possession of the field in such a way that, patent or no patent, we could control

Часть 3
tt'\ Vail said. The first step was to obtain a captive manufacturing facility, and
this was accomplished in 1881 with the purchase of Western Electric Company.
Vail also sent his salesmen into the field to set up telephone exchanges in
virgin territory. Generally, local promoters were encouraged to organize a local
telephone company and sell stock. Thus, by 1885 Vail had established a
vertically integrated supply division, a network of companies licensed by the
parent, and a strong research and development arm. The expiration of Bell's
basic patents in 1893 and 1894 was the starting signal for open competition.
Independent telephone operating companies sprang up throughout the country;
by the turn of the century there were approximately 6,000 of them, and these
6,000 provided service to some 600,000 subscribers. Through the years, mergers
and acquisitions took their toll; at the present time there are approximately 1,300
local exchange carriers.
Unfortunately for the general public, all of these telephones were not
interconnected. Therefore, it was necessary for a subscriber to have two or three
instruments to communicate with the total population of the city. However, the
great asset of AT&T, which became the official name of the company at the end
of 1899, was the control of all the long-distance circuits and its steadfast refusal
to interconnect any other company to it.
This would never do, and the Justice Department Hied suit in 1912. The
world was angry with AT&T, and an AT&T vice president - Nathan C.
Kingsbury - realized it. He recognized that the best demonstration of AT&T
not being in a monopoly position was to point to thousands of independents
apparently operating in harmony. To this end, AT&T agreed to provide
interconnection arrangements to all independents. This 1913 agreement was
henceforth called the Kingsbury Commitment.
By 1934 telecommunications had become so important to the country
that Congress passed a Communications Act and, simultaneously, created the
Federal Communications Commission (FCC). The section of this Act that has
turned out to be most important has to do with what we now call universal
service. It said: ’ For the purpose of regulating interstate and foreign commerce
in communication by wire and radio so as to make available, so far as possible,
to al) the people of the United States a rapid, efficient, nationwide, and
worldwide wire and radio communication service with adequate facilities at
reasonable charges”.
As a result of this principle, a support structure has been established
whereby certain groups of subscribers (e.g., long-distance users, business
subscribers, subscribers in locations where telephone service can be provided
with relative ease, etc.) will pay more than true costs, and other groups of
Приложение
fW
subscribers (eg., subscribers in rural and other high-cost locations) will pay less
than true costs.
In 1949 the Justice Department again filed suit against AT&T, claiming
that Western Electric charged inordinately high prices from their customers (i.e..
the operating telephone companies owned by AT&T), thus making it possible
for the operating telephone companies to charge their subscribers
inappropriately high rates. The suit dragged on, and a consent decree was
reached in 1956. AT&T won; Western Electric need not be divested from
AT&T, the Bell System would be engaged only in telecommunications
business, and nonexclusive licenses would be granted to any applicant on fair
terms. This was the final judgment. The eventual breakup of the Bell System in
1984 was accomplished through a modification of this final judgment, hence the
modification of final judgment (MEI).
Although the Bell System appeared to be the winner in this 1956 suit,
over the next two decades it would lose battles, one at a time. There was the
Hush-a-Phone case in 1955; the Carterfone case in 1968; MCl's "above 890”
case in 1959, and the MCI case dealing with a long-distance route from Chicago
to St. Louis in 1969. In November, 1974, the Justice Department once again
filed suit to break up the Bell System. The case trudged on until 1978. when
Judge Harold Greene took over. He moved things quickly, and on January 4.
1982, a terse announcement was issued by the Justice Department and AT&T
saying that negotiations had been reopened. Then, on January 8,1982, the news
broke; AT&T had agreed to break .up its $136.8 billion empire. It was agreed
that AT&T would divest the local parts of the Bell operating telephone
companies, h would keep its manufacturing facilities and its long-distance
network. The agreement would take effect on January к 1984.
The 22 regional Bell operating companies (RBOCs) agreed to form 7
regional holding companies (Bell Atlantic, NYNEX, BellSouth, Ameritech, US
WEST, Pacific Telesis, and Southwestern Bell), The agreement also said that
the Bell operating companies would not be allowed to manufacture nor would
they be allowed to get in the long-distance business within their territories.
AT&T would not be allowed to get in the local-exchange business nor to
acquire the stock or assets of any RBOC.
That remained the state of affairs until the passage of the 1996
Telecommunications Act. This Act threw most of the rules established in 1984
out of the window and left the implementation of the Act to the FCC. There
have been problems ever since. What did the Congress mean by "promote
competition"? Should AT&T be allowed to get in the local-exchange business?
(Answer yes.) Should the RBOCs be allowed to get in the long-distance
business? (Answer: yes, but only after passing a 14-point checklist.) What did
"expanded universal service" mean? Should the RBOCs be allowed to merge?
200
Часть 3
(Answer: yes. Bell Atlantic has merged with NYNEX; Southwestern Bell [SBC]
has merged with Pacific Telesis and is planning to merge with Ameritech. Bell
Atlantic intends to merge with GTE. If all of these are ultimately approved,
there will remain four RBOCs). Today, many questions remain* and there is no
assurance that they will be answered in the foreseeable future.
Task 1
Find the English versions of the following sentences in the text.
1.	Одновременно он работал над схемой* использовавшей меняющееся
сопроти эл ение провода.
2.	Независимые телефонные эксплуатационные компании появились по
всей стране; к концу века их насчитывалось примерно 6000* и они
предоставляли услуги приблизительно 600 000 абонентам.
3.	Таким образом, абоненту нужно было иметь два или три аппарата,
чтобы общаться со всем населением города.
4.	Раздел этого закона* оказавшийся наиболее важным* относится к тому,
что мы сейчас называем всемирным обслуживанием.
5.	Соглашение вступит а силу 1 января 1984 г.
Task 2
Translate the following sentences from English into Russian.
I.	It should be possible* be reasoned, to send six tones over the same wire at
the same time and cause six reeds attached to the receiving end to be
operated.
2.	But by this time, Theodore Newton Vail had been brought in as general
manager, and he immediately set about establishing an organization strong
enough to survive without a monopoly.
3.	However, the great asset of AT&T, which became the official name of the
company at tbe end of 1899* was the control of all long-distance circuits and
its steadfast refusal to interconnect any other company to it.
4.	It said: "For the purpose of regulating interstate and foreign commerce in
communication by wire and radio so as to make available* so far as possible,
to all the people of the United States a rapid, efficient, nationwide, and
worldwide wire and radio communication service with adequate facilities at
reasonable charges".
5.	In 1949 the Justice Department again filed suit against AT&T, claiming that
Western Electric charged inordinately high prices from their customers (i.e.*
the operating telephone companies owned by AT&T), thus making it
possible for the operating telephone companies to charge their subscribers
inappropriately high rates.
Приложение
201
Task3
Agree or disagree with the following statements.
L By 1880 Vail had established a vertically integrated supply division.
2.	The best way for AT&T to survive was to use a monopoly.
3.	The expiration of Bdl*s basic patents in 1393 and 1894 was the starting
signal for open competition.
4.	The Justice Department did not file suit against AT&T.
5.	The 1996 Telecommunications Act solved all the problems.
Task 4
Write the theses of text 1 and retell it using them.
Text 2
Read» the following extracts and put them in the correct order so as to form
text "Network11.
Network
1.	However, this methodology has proven to be disadvantageous to the
CATV companies, because it is extremely difficult to sand signals upstream. Of
course, in a telephone system, signals (voices) must be sent in both directions.
CATV companies are spending billions of dollars to upgrade their systems not
only by utilizing fiber instead of the coax but by adding electronics to the many
nodes that permit both upstream and downstream transmission.
2.	If there were only three or four telephones in a locale, it would make
sense to connect each phone to all other phones and find a simple method of
selecting the desired one. However, if there are three or four thousand phones in
a locale, such a method is out of the question. Then it is appropriate to connect
each phone to some centrally located office and perform switching there. This
switching could be a simple manual operation using plugs and sockets or could
be done with electromechanical devices or with electronics. In any case, this
central-office (CO) solution is the one that has been chosen by the
telecommunications industry.
3.	But what if a particular telephone call is not originated and terminated
within the particular CO’s geographic coverage? How do we get to another city
or another state or even another country?
4.	As we connect each of these thousands of telephones to the central
office, we have what is a star configuration; all lines are particular to one and
only one station, and ah terminate on the nucleus of this star - the CO.
202
Часть 3
5.	The answer of course, is to connect these COs to a higher-echelon CO
(see Figure I). We apply numbers to these levels of offices; tbe local office, also
called the end office, is called a Class-5 office. The office to which it connects is
called the Class-4 office. The top level, the Class-1 office, appaars in only a few
places in the country. Please note that tbe only office that has people as its
subscribers is the Class-5 office. The other offices in this hierarchy have lower-
level COs as their subscribers. Those lines connecting switching offices to
switching offices, rather than to subscribers, are called trunks.
Class-1
Regional
S
Class-3
Primary
Class-2
Sectional
Class-4
Toll
Class-5
End Office
s s s
S
Subscribers
Figure I. The Hierarchy of Switching Systems in its Most Basic
Form Consists of Five Classes of Offices
6.	These connections are called the local exchange plant, and the
telephone company handling this function is called the local exchange carrier
(LEC). The connections themselves are often called the ''local loop", at other
times we refer to them as "the last mile", tn more technical terms, the section
closest to the customer's premises is called the distribution plant and that section
closest to the CO, the feeder plant (see Figure 2).
(Note: This is certainly a generalization, as will be much that follows.
Although the feeder plant usually consists of one or more cables leading to some
point of demarcation [a terminal box or an enclosure] after which the lines are
spread out going in many smaller cables to the customer premises [the
distribution plant], there are cases where there is no need for a point of
demarcation. Then what do we call the plant? We will not struggle with such
semantic difficulties here.)
Приложение
203
Figure 2. Particular Names are Applied to the Various Parts of the PSTN;
End Offices are Class-5 Offices;
Toll Tandem Offices are Generally Class-4 Offices
7.	This section of the telephone infrastructure - the section leading
upward from the Class-5 offices - is handled not by the LECs but by the
interexchange carriers (IXCs)» the long-distance carriers. This entire structure
has been titled the ’‘hierarchy of switching systems". The total network is called
the public switched telephone network (PSTN)*
8.	However, this hierarchical network is not the only network in the
telephone system of today. There are many others including the following:
•	A local-area network (LAN) is a limited-distance network connecting a
defined set of terminals. It could connect workstations in an office,
offices in a building, or buildings on a campus.
• A wide-area network (WAN) links metropolitan or local networks,
usually over common carrier facilities.
204
Часть J
•	The intelligent network is a concept that centralizes a significant amount
of intelligence rather than installing this intelligence in individual COs.
For instance, how does a particular CO know which long-distance carrier
is to receive a particular call?
•	The synchronous optical network (SONET) is a particular set of
standards that allows the interworking of products from different
vendors. It usually embodies a fiber-optic ring that will permit
transmission in both directions.
•	The Internet is really quite different from the network we have been
describing. It is a packet network (rather than a circuit-switched
network), but, as has been discussed, it is an overlay network,
•	The common channel signaling network is espacially important; it works
closely with the PSTN. We also apply the term out-of-band signaling. In
the original PSTN, signaling (e.g., call setup) and talking utilized the
same common trunk from the originating switching system to the
terminating switching system. This process seized the trunks in all of the
switching systems involved. Hence, if the terminating end was busy, all
of the trunks were set up unnecessarily. In the mid-1970s, the common
channel signaling network was established; it utilizes the protocol called
signaling system 7 (SS7). With this system, a talking path was not
assigned until all signaling had been satisfactorily completed. This
network, incidentally, was and is a packet network rather than a circuit-
switched network.
8.	The PSTN we have been describing utilizes a star configuration.
However, this is not the only configuration being applied in today's
telecommunications world. The cable-television (CATV) companies, for
instance, use a tree-and-branch technology. In this case, the head end
(equivalent to the CO) receives programming from satellites and sends all
signals downstream, out on the trunk. At various points along the way, branches
extend outward, toward various neighborhoods. These branches are split several
more times before the coaxial cable (the media of choice in past CATV systems)
reaches the customer's premises. Frequently the signals must be amplified along
the way, and therefore power must be sent along with the TV signal. In any
case, because the intent of the CATV system is broadcast - that is, send the
signal to everyone - there is no need to send an individual and distinct wire to
each and every subscriber, as was the case with the telephone system.
9.	In days of old there was only one long-distance carrier - AT&T.
HenceT any time a telephone number was dialed with an area code up-front, the
LEC knew that it must be handed off to AT&T. But then came MCI Sprint, and
hundreds of other long-distance carriers. What was an LEC to do with a
Лршкыгетое
205
particular long-distance call? To whom should it be handed off? This was and is
a technical challenge. In political terms, it was called "equal access", which
means that a requesting long distance carrier could require that the LEC
examine the number and hand off the call to the proper long distance carrier
This handoff was from the CO of the LEC to the point of presence (PoP) of the
IXC. This PoP could be in a building edjacent to the telco’s CO, or it could be in
some convenient site in the suburbs where it could serve several of the telco's
COs. The pure hierarchy of switching systems was becoming somewhat
corrupted; new hierarchies in the long-distance part of the network were being
applied on top of the old one.
10.	Although it is not pertinent to the topology of this network, it should
be recognized that the interconnections between these various COs can be
twisted copper-pair carrier systems utilizing copper pairs (e.g., T1), microwave,
satellites, and certainty fiber.
TaskS
Read text 5» find the abbreviations given below and give their meanings:
PSTN, AT&T, WAN, IXC, CO, PoP, LEC, SS7, SONET, CATV
Task 6
What do the following terms mean?
network, switching, plug, manual, socket, electromechanical device, electronics,
telecommunications industry, star configuration, nucleus, connection, local
exchange, handle, function, carrier, customer, premises, distribution plant,
feeder plant, cable, terminal box, enclosure, line, coverage, point of
demarcation, local office, end office, hierarchy, subscriber, trunk, infrastructure,
long-distance carrier, public switched telephone network, dial, area code, equal
access, handoff, copper pair, fiber, terminal, intelligence, intelligent network,
synchronous optical network, fiber-optic ring, circuit-switched network, overlay
network, vendor, packet network, common channel signaling network, out-of-
band signaling, call setup, tree-and-branch technology, coaxial cable, amplify,
broadcast, node
Task 7
Ask 10 questions to the text Let your neighbor answer them.
Task 8
Write a summary of the text.
206
Часть 3
Text 3
Read the text and follow the instructions.
Switching Technology
The PSTN we have been describing has a star configuration. Local loops
(usually one per subscriber) terminate in a CO, This CO completes connections
from one local loop to another local loop, or from one local loop to a trunk that
terminates on some other CO. This CO has gone through a number of
fundamental technological changes (see Table 1).
Table 1. Types of End-Office Switching and their Evolution
Switching System	Operation	Method of Switching	Type of Control	Type of Network
1878 manual operator	manual	space/analog	human	plug/cord/jack
1892 step-by-step	electrome- chanical	spacc/analog	distributed stage- by-stage	stepping switch train
1918 cross-bar	electrome- chanical	space/analog	common control	X-bar switch
I960 ESS-first generation	scm (electro- nic	spacc/analog	common control	reed switch
1972 ESS-second generation	semielectro- nic	space/analog	stored program control	reed switch
1976 ESS-third generation	electronic	limc/digital	stored program common control	pulse code modulation
The manual system required, of course, constant attention from
operators. In the late 1800s, telephone calls were connected manually at the CO.
When a call came in, an attendant would plug into a horizontal bar line. He then
would yell to the operator who handled the customer being called, and that
second operator would connect to the bar and finish setting up the call. When
the call was completed, another operator would yell to all in the room that the
line was clear again. The step-by-step system, which is still in operation in many
parts of the country, utilized what is known as the Strowger switch. The
intelligence in the system was located in relays mounted on each switch. The
switch itself responded to the dial pulses of the rotary dial.
The crossbar system was still electromechanical in nature, but the
intelligence of the system was separated from the actual switch. Thus, this
common control could be used repeatedly to set up and tear down calls and
never sit idle.
Проложение
207
When electronics came along, (be electromechanical control of the
common control system was replaced with electronics, and the network, or
matrix, was usually replaced with tiny glass-encapsulated reed switches. Hence,
only a part of the switch was electronic. In the next generation, the stored
program operation of a digital computer was applied to the switch, although the
network remained a complex of reed switches. In the final generation, called a
digital switch, the talking path was no longer an electrically continuous circuit;
rather the spaech being carried was digitized into a stream of "Is" and "Os11.
Notice that this final generation depicted a significant change from the previous
generations in that there was no longer an electrical talking path through the
switch. We were, in fact, operating in a digital (rather than analog) domain.
However, whether the system was- analog or digital, one thing must be
recognized: there was an actual talking path - a circuit - from the calling party
to the called party. This talking path was established at the beginning of a call
and held for the duration of a call. We call it circuit switching. This system is
not actually efficient. When I am talking, you are listening, and the circuit is
being used in only one direction - that is, 50 percent. When you are talking and
I am listening, it is still 50 percent. When neither of us is talking, or when there
is silence between words, the efficiency is 0 percent.
There is, however, a different kind of connection, and we see it today in a
number of applications:
•	credit-card verification;
•	automated teller machine;
•	SS7;
•	Internet and the World Wide Web.
This system is called packet switching (as opposed to circuit switching).
In a packet-switching system, the information being transmitted (be it data or
digitized voice) is not sent in real time over a dedicated circuit; rather it is stored
in a nearby computer until a sufficiently sized packet is on hand. Then a very
smart computer seizes a channel heading in the general direction of the
destination, and that packet of data is transmitted at very high speeds. Then the
channel is released. So, except for some necessary supervisory information
(destination, error checking codes, etc.) the channel is 100 percent efficient.
When the distant station gets that message no more than a few milliseconds
later, it responds with the necessary handshaking information - again, by
accumulating a packet of data, seizing a channel, and bursting the information
out over that channel. Again, 100 percent efficient.
As mentioned earlier, the packet networks in the world (actually overlay
networks to the PSTN) are being used extensively for data; only recently are we
208
Часть 3
seeing them being used for voice. As systems are perfected, this also will
change.
Task 9
Find al! the terms and abbreviations given in the text, write them down and
give their meanings.
Task 10
Give a written translation of the extract beginning with I. 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 When electronics
came along and ending in a digital (rather than analog) domain"
and the extract beginning with “This system is called packet and
ending "... 100 percent efficient”. While making your translation you may
use a dictionary.
Task 11
Make up a plan of the text Retell it using your plan.
Text 4
Read the text and find the endings of the following sentences in it. Translate
them into Russian.
I. Technically known as unshielded ...
2. However, this is the way.,„
3. These load coils
4. For example, a drop wire ...
5. Usually an outer insulating cover...
6. Whereas transmission over copper...
7. However, if a local loop ...
8. The message is clear ...
9. With single-mode fiber...
10. Most of the disruptions ...
11. With microwave there is no ...
Transmission Media
There are four types of media that can be used in transmitting
information in the telecommunications world:
• copper wire;
• coaxial cable (actually an adaptation of copper wire);
• fiber;
• wireless.
Прштожеще
203
In days of old. copper wire was the only means of transmitting
information. Technically known as unshielded twisted pair (UTP), this consisted
of a large number of pairs of copper wire of varying size in a cable. The cable
did not have a shield and therefore the signa) - primarily the high-frequency part
of the signal - was able to leak out. Also, the twisting on the copper pair was
very casual, designed as much to identify which wires belonged to a pair as to
handle transmission problems. However, this is the way it was done, and for
voice communications it was quite satisfactory. Consequently, there are millions
of miles of copper in the PSTN - miles that must be used.
Not only did the copper cable itself have limitations, but things were
done to this cable to make it even more unsuitable for high-speed data
transmission. These actions primarily took two forms:
•	loading - Load coils were frequently added to loops longer than 18,000
feet. These load coils were essentially low-pass filters. That is, they
passed without attenuation all voice frequencies but effectively blocked
frequencies above the voiceband. This is disastrous for data
communications, which depend on high frequencies to achieve the
desired speed of transmission,
•	bridge taps - A bridge tap is any unterminated portion of a loop not in
the direct talking path. A bridge tap may be a used cable pair connected
at an intermediate point or an extension beyond the customer. For
example, a drop wire that provided a second line to a home is left in
place even after the second set of customer premises equipment (CPE) is
removed. Records of this were not alwnys kept and assigning a particular
copper pair to a high-speed data circuit is far from a sure thing. Bridge
taps do nasty things to data transmission.
Coaxial cable consists of a single strand of copper running down the axis
of the cable. This strand is separated from the outer shielding by an insulator
made of foam or other dielectrics. A conductive shield covers the cable. Usually
an outer insulating cover is applied to the overall cable - this has nothing to do
with the carrying capacity of the cable. Because of the construction of the cable,
obviously coaxial in nature, very high frequencies can be carried without
leaking out. In fact, dozens of TV channels, each 6 MHz wide, can be carried on
a single cable.
The fact that a coaxial cable - or coax - can support a tremendous
bandwidth has not been lost on the CATV folk. A leader of the CATV industry
said, some years ago, "We have more bandwidth by accident than the telephone
people have on purpose1'. Indeed, that is correct; piggybacking a telephone
channel on a coax cable is no challenge at all.
Fiber is the third transmission medium, and it is unquestionably the
transmission medium of choice. Whereas transmission over copper utilizes
210
Часть 3
frequencies in the megahertz range, transmission over fiber utilizes frequencies
a million times higher This is another way of saying that the predominant
difference between electromagnetic waves and light waves is the frequency.
This difference, in turn, permits transmission speeds of immense magnitudes.
Transmission speeds of as high as 9.9 Gbps have become commonplace in the
industry today. At this speed, the entire fifteen-volume set of Encyclopedia
Britannica can be transmitted in well under one second.
Laying fiber on a per-mile basis still costs somewhat more than laying
copper. However, on a per-circuit basis there is no contest; fiber wins hands
down. However, if a local loop is being laid to a residence, there is little
justification to installing fiber - there will never be a need for more than one or
two or three circuits. This realization has led to a transition in our thinking.
Shortly after the commercialization of fiber, we talked about fiber-to-the-home
(FTTH). It was then realized that there was little need to install fiber for a final
several hundred yards, so the industry shied away from fiber-to-the-curb
(FTTC). In such a system, fiber would carry a plurality of channels to the
"curb," whereupon they would be broken dowa and-applied to the copper drop
leading to the home. In many cases even this was overkill, and fiber-to-the-
neighborhood (FTTN) is now being used. The message is clear apply fiber
when it is economical to do so, and otherwise rely on copper.
One final approach is being used in many areas, and it often proves
workable. This is a combination of fiber and coax or, as it is known, hybrid
fiber/coax (HFC). As we have seen, coax has a greater bandwidth than copper
but a smaller one than fiber. Also, in some 60 percent of the homes in the
United States, coax in the form of CATV goes to the home; tying fiber to coax
for the final several hundred yards makes technological sense.
Fiber comes in several forms; the two predominant ones are multimode
and single-mode (see Figure 3). As can be seen, the total strand diameter for
both is about 125 microns (a micron is a millionth of a meter). However, the
ultrapure glass that forms the core transmission medium is between 50 and 62.5
microns for the multimode fiber and about 8 to IO microns for the single-mode
fiber. One would think that the multimode fiber would have a greater carrying
capacity; however, just the opposite is true. With single-mode fiber, only one
ray or mode can travel down the str&nd, and this makes for a simpler job in
regenerating the signal at points along the span. In fact, single-mode fiber makes
up the majority of today's long-distance network.
The tremendous capacity of fiber certainly makes for more efficient
communications; however, placing so much traffic on a single strand makes for
greater vulnerability. Most of the disruptions in the long-distance network are a
result of physical interruption of a fiber run. It is called backhoe fade.
Приложение
211
Wireless communications is the final option as a transmission medium.
This can take several forms: microwave, synchronous satellites, low-earth-orbit
satellites, cellular, personal communications service (PCS), etc. Some of these
will be described in more detail later. In every case, however, a wireless system
obviates the need for a complex wired infrastructure. In the case of synchronous
satellites, transmission can take place across oceans or deserts. With microwave
there is no need to plant cable, and in mountainous territories this is a significant
advantage. Cellular and PCS afford mobility. There are advantages and
disadvantages to each.
Single-Mode	MultiMode
Task 12
Read the text again and find the sentences where the following terms are
used. Translate them into Russian,
media, copper wire, cable, transmission, high-speed data transmission, load
coils, data communications, customer premises, high frequency, coaxial cable,
bandwidth, telephone channel, local loop, curb, multimode, single-mode, span,
long-distance network, capacity, traffic, transmission medium, wireless system
Task 13
Find all the abbreviations in the text Give their meanings.
Task 14
Discuss the text with ytfur neighbor in a form of a dialogue.
212
Часть 3
Text5
Read the text and answer the following questions.
I.	What kinds of transmission are used in local exchange plants and in long-
distance networks?
2.	What is die most popular TDM system? Describe it.
3.	What kinds of a talking path are in die PSTN?
4.	How can a digital signal be transmitted?
5.	What challenges are given in the text?
Transmission Technology
Most transmission - at leest most transmission in the local exchange
plant - is analog in nature. That is, the signal being transmitted varies
continuously, both in frequency and in amplitude. A high-pitched voice mostly
contains high frequencies; a low-pitched voice contains low frequencies. A loud
voice contains a high-amplitude signal; a soft voice contains a low-amplitude
signal.
In the long-distance network, and more and more in the local exchange
plant, digital transmission is being used. A digital signal is comprised of a
stream of Is and Os that portray the analog voice signal by means of a code.
Analog signals can be combined (i.e., multiplexed) by combining them
with a carrier frequency. When there is more than one channel, this is called
frequency division multiplexing (FDM). FDM was used extensively in the past
but now has generally been replaced with the digital equivalent: time division
multiplexing (TDM). The most popular TDM system is known as tier I (Tl). In
a Tl system, an analog voice channel is sampled 8,000 times per second, and
each sample is encoded into a 7-bit byte. Twenty-four such channels are mixed
on these rwo copper pairs and transmitted at a bit rate of 1.544 megabits per
second. Tl remains an important method of transmitting voice and data in the
PSTN (see Fignre 4).
Such a digital transmission scheme (and certainly there are modifications
of it that improve efficiency, capacity, or quality, etc.) works hand in glove with
the digital-switching schemes we talked about previously. Those Is and Os need
not be transmitted through an actual circuit in that switch; rather, one can simply
turn on and off the various electronic devices that make up that switch.
Thus a talking path (i.e., a switched circuit) in the PSTN can be either
analog or digital or a combination thereof, tn fact, a digital signal can be
transmitted over a packet-switched network as easily as a circuit-switched
network. Now if we consider the next step, we see that digitized voice is not
very different from data, and if data can be transmitted over a packet network,
then so can digitized voice. This, of course, is now known as voice over the
црцдожшше
213
Internet. The challenge, of course, is to get the transmitted signal to the
destination fast enough. After all, this may well be a time-sensitive voice
conversation. A second challenge is to get each packet, which is a small piece of
a voice conversation, to the destination in the proper order. Progress is haing
made, and we can well believe that packet switching will play an important role
in tiie PSTN of tomorrow.
Figure 4. Pulse Code Modulation (PCM) Sampling, Quantizing and
Encoding Process: in this Example a 3-bii Encoding Scheme is Used
for Quantizing the Total Amplitude
Task 15
Find all the abbreviations in the text and give their meanings.
Task 16
Make up a list of terms you can find in the text. Translate them into Russian.
214
Часть 3
Task 17
Make up 10 sentences of your own with the terms used in the text Let your
neighbor translate their Russian versions into English, then change the
parts.
Text 6
Read the text and follow the instructions.
Broadband Access and Service
Transmission in the telecommunications networks of today is, more and
more, digital in nature, and the transmission medium of choice is fiber.
"Digitalhowever, does no more than imply a string of Is and Os racing
through the network. But how are these Is and Os to be arranged? At what speed
are they to travel? What route should they take? Answers to questions such as
these have taken many forms and have made for the most complicated aspect of
the telecommunications business.
There has never been a scarcity of coding schemes in the industry.
Starting with Morse code, going to die Baudot code, then the ASCII code, we
have seen each providing for better transmission and higher quality. In this
section we will discuss the most popular and important three codes.
SONET
SONET is a standard for optical telecommunications transport. The
SONET standard is expected to provide the transport infrastructure for
worldwide telecommunications for at least the next two or three decades. It
defines a technology for carrying many signals of different capacities through a
synchronous optical hierarchy. The standard specifies a b)ie-interieaved
multiplexing scheme. The synchronous optical hierarchy mentioned is shown in
table 2.
Table 2- SONET Hierarchy
Signa)	Bit Rate	Capacity
OC-192	9953.280 Mbps	5376DS-1S
OC-48	2488.32 Mbps	I344DS-1S
OC-12	622.080 Mbps	336 DS-1s
003	155.520 Mbps	84DS-1S
OC-I	51.840 Mbps	28 DS-Is
ОС = optical carrier
The DS-1 channel can carry Iwenty-tbnr voice circuits, each called a DS-0
Приложение
215
The SONET standards govern not only rates, but also interface
parameters; formats; multiplexing methods; and operations, administration,
maintenance, and provisioning (OAM&P) for high-speed transmission. We
most often hear of SONET rings in which fitter strands are strung around a
metropolitan area in a ring configuration. The system is designed so that
transmission can take place in either direction; should there.be a fault at any one
location, transmission will immediately take place in the opposite direction.
That is, the system is self-healing.
ATM
Asynchronous transfer mode (ATM) is a high-performance switching
and multiplexing technology that utilizes fixed-length packets to carry different
types of traffic. Information is formatted into fixed-length cells consisting of 48
bytes (8 bits per byte) of pay load and 5 bytes of cell header. The fixed cell size
guarantees that time-critical information (e.g., voice or video) is not adversely
affected by long data frames or packets. Of course, if the cells were longer in
length the system would be more efficient, because the header would take up a
smaller percentage of the total cell.
Multiple streams of traffic can be multiplexed on each physical facility
and can be managed so as to send the streams to many different destinations.
This enables cost savings through a reduction in the number of interfaces and
facilities required to construct a network.
ADSL
Asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) is, essentially, a modem that
employs a sophisticated coding scheme. This coding scheme permits
transmission over copper pairs at rates as high as 6 Mbps for distances of 9,000
to 12,000 feet Speeds of this magnitude bring to mind television signals; a 6-
Mbps channel can easily handle a television movie.
ADSL succeeds because it takes advantage of the fact that most of its
target applications (video-on-demand, home shopping, Internet access, etc.)
function perfectly well with a relatively low upstream data rate - hence the word
asymmetric. LECs are now using ADSL as an access technology for their
television businesses and for Internet access.
Task 18
Complete the following sentences from the text Translate them into Russian.
L Transmission in the telecommunications networks of today is, more and
more,... in nature.
2.	What... should they take?
2f6
Часть 3
3.	There has never been ... of coding schemes in the industry.
4.	The SONET ...is expected to provide ... for worldwide telecommunications
for at least two or three decades.
5.	We most often hear of SONET ... in which .............. are	strung around a
metropolitan area in a ... configuration.
6.	Information is formatted into fixed-length ... consisting of 48 bytes (8 bits
per byte) of... and 5 bytes of... header.
7.	Of course, if the ... were longer in length the system would be more ...,
because the ... would take up a smaller ... of the total cell.
8.	Multiple ... of... can be ... on each physical facility and can be managed so
as to send the ... to many different....
9.	Asymmetric digital subscriber line (ADSL) is, essentially, a ... that employs
a sophisticated... scheme.
10.	Speeds of this ... bring to mind television ...; a 6*Mbps channel can easily
... a television movie.
ll.	LECs are now using ADSL as an ... technology for their television
businesses and for Internet....
Task 19
Find and write down all the abbreviations from the text Say, which of them
are new for you and which are already known. Translate into Russian the
sentences where the abbreviations are used.
Task 20
Make up a plan of the text and retell it
Text 7
Read the text and define the main problems touched upon in it.
Wireless
The first commercially available radio and telephone system, known as
improved mobile telephone service (I MTS), was put into service in 1946. This
system was quite unsophisticated - but then there was no solid state electronics
available.
With IMTS, a tall transmitter tower was erected near the center of a
metropolitan area. Several assigned channels were transmitted and received
from the antenna atop this tower. Any vehicle within range could attempt to
seize one of those channels and complete a call. Unfortunately, the number of
channels made available did not come even close to satisfying the need. To
Приложение
217
make matters worse, as the metropolitan area grew, more power was applied to
the transmitter or receiver, the reach was made greater, and still more subscrib-
ers were unable to get dial tone.
The solution to this problem was cellular radio. Metropolitan areas were
divided into cells of no more than a few miles in diameter, each cell operating
on a set of frequencies (send and receive) that differed from the frequencies of
the adjacent ceils. Because the power of the transmitter in a particular cell was
kept at a level just high enough to serve that cell, these same sets of frequencies
could be used at several places within the metropolitan area. Beginning in 1983,
two companies, one called a wireline company and the other called a
non wireline carrier, were given a franchise to operate in each major territory.
Two characteristics of cellular systems were important to their
usefulness. First, the systems controlled handoff. As subscribers drove out of
one cell and into another, their automobile radios, in conjunction with
sophisticated electronic equipment at die cel) sites (also known as base stations)
and the telephone switching offices (also known as mobile telephone switching
office [MTSO]), transferred from one frequency set to another with no audible
pause. Second, systems were also designed to locate particular subscribers by
paging them in each of die cells. When the vehicle in which a paged subscriber
was riding was located, the equipment assigned sets of frequencies to it, and
conversation could begin (see Figure 5).
Tbe initial transmission technology used between the vehicle and the cel I
site was analog in nature. It is known as advanced mobile phone service
(AMPS). The analog scheme used was called frequency division multiple access
(FDMA).
But the age of digital transmission was upon us, and many companies
operating in this arena concluded that a digital transmission scheme would be
preferred. The result was time division multiple access (TDMA). In Europe, the
selected scheme was an adaptation of the TDMA used in the United States, and
it was called groupe special mobile. Since then, the name has been changed to
global system for mobile communications (GSM).
As if that was not enough, a third group of companies determined that a
special spread-spectrum or frequency-hopping scheme would be even better,
and this also was developed and trialed. This is called code division multiple
access (CDMA). Thus, there are at least four schemes that may be used for
communications between a vehicle and the cell site. Communications between
the cell site and the MTSO utilized more conventional techniques, such as
microwave, copper pairs, or fiber optics.
2J8
Часть 3
Mobile Telephone
Switching Office (MTSO)
Class-S
Telephone
Office
Figure 5. Jn a Cellular System Vehicle-to-Site Communications
Take Place Using FDMA, TDMA, CDMA, GSM. etc.:
Communications between the Cell Site and the MTSO Utilize
Conventional Techniques
The continuing growth of cellular communications (there are presently
about 20.000 new subscribers signing on each day), led government and
industry in the United States to search for additional ways to satisfy the obvious
need not only for ordinary telephone service but also for special services and
features, smaller telephones, and cellular phone use. This search led to the PCS
industry. Additional frequency bands were allocated for their use. and rather
than assign them to the first comers or by way of a lottery, the FCC auctioned
them off through a sophisticated bidding contest that brought the US treasury
billions of dollars.
Geosy л* hronous satellites represent yet another way of providing
wireless communications. These satellites, located 22,300 miles above the earth,
revolve around the earth once each twenty-four hours - the same as the earth
itself Consequently they appear to be stationary. Communications between two
places on earth can take place by using these satellites; one frequency band is
used for the uplink, and another for the downlink Such satellite systems are
/Приложение

excellent for the transmission of data, but they leave something to be desired for
voice communications. This is a result of the vast distance and the time it takes
for an electrical signal to make an earth-satellite-earth round trip. That time
amounts to one quarter of a second. A reply from the called subscriber takes
another quarter of a second, and the resultant half a second is definitely
noticeable. Consequently, voice communications is seldom carried via
geosynchronous satellites.
Yet another wireless telecommunications technology is the low earth
orbit (LEO) satellite system. LEOs are satellites that communicate directly with
handheld telephones on earth. Because these satellites are relatively low - less
than 900 miles - they move across the sky quite rapidly.
In a LEO system the communications equipment on a satellite acts much
like the cell site of a cellular system. It catches die call from earth and usually
passes it to an earth-based switching system. Because of die speed of the
satellite, it Is frequently necessary to hand off a particular call to a second
satellite ju^t rising over the horizon. This is akin to a cellular system, except that
in this case it is the cell site that is moving rather than the subscriber
Several systems are now in the planning stage, and in fact many satellites
have already been launched. The most noted is Iridium, created by Motorola,
which would utilize sixty-six satellites. A second system, called Globalstar,
would employ forty-eight satellites. There are at least two or three others that
are well advanced in terms of preparations to launch.
Task 21
Answer the following questions:
1.	When was the first commercially available radio and telephone system put
into service?
2.	What problem did cellular radio solve?
3.	Which characteristics of cellular systems were important?
4.	What technology was used between the vehicle and the cel] site?
5.	How many schemes may be used between the vehicle and the cell site?
6.	How did the PCS industry appear?
7.	What do geosynchronous satellites represent?
8.	What is LEO?
9.	What are the most noted satellites?
Task 22
Retell the text.
no
Часть 3
Text 8
Read the text and follow the instructions.
Code Division Multiple Access
Summary
Code division multiple access (CDMA) is a wireless communications
technology that uses the principle of spread spectrum communication. The
intent of CDMA technology is to provide increased bandwidth in a limited
frequency system, but has also other advantages including extended range and
more secure communications. In a CDMA system, a narrowband message
signal is multiplied by a spreading signal, which is a pseudo-noise code
sequence tbat has a rate much greater than the data range of the message.
CDMA uses these cude sequences as a means of distinguishing between
individual conversations. All users tn the CDMA system use the same carrier
frequency and may transmit simultaneously.
CDMA is a driving technology behind the rapidly advancing personal
communications industry. Because of its greater bandwidth, efficiency, and
multiple access capabilities, CDMA is becoming a leading technology for
relieving the spectrum congestion caused by the explosion in popularity of
cellular mobile phones, fixed wireless telephones, and wireless data terminals.
Since becoming an officially recognized digital cellular protocol, CDMA is
being rapidly implemented in the wireless communications networks of many
large communications corporations.
Introduction
CDMA stands for "Code Division Multiple Access". It is a form of
spread-spectrum, an advanced digital wireless transmission technique. Instead
of using frequencies or time slots, as do traditional technologies, it uses
mathematical codes to transmit and distinguish between multiple wireless
conversations. Its bandwidth is much wider than the required for simple point-
to-point communications at the same data rate because it uses noise-like carrier
waves to spread the information contained in a signal of interest over a much
greater bandwidth.
However, because the conversations taking place are distinguished by
digital codes, many users can share the same bandwidth simultaneously. The
advanced methods used in commercial CDMA technology improve capacity,
coverage and voice quality, leading to a new generation of wireless networks.
Old-fashioned radio receivers separate stations and channels by filtering
in the frequency domain. CDMA receivers, conversely, separate communication
Дршюжение
221
channels by a pseudo-random modulation that is applied and removed in the
digital domain. Multiple users can therefore occupy the same frequency band.
This universal frequency reuse is crucial to CDMA’s distinguishing high
spectral efficiency. CDMA bas gamed international acceptance by cellular radio
system operators as an upgrade because of its universal frequency and noise-like
characteristics. CDMA systems provide operators and subscribers with
significant edvantages over analog amt conventional TDMA-based systems. The
main advantages of CDMA are as follows:
♦ increased capacity;
* improved voice quality, eliminating the audible effects for multipath fading;
• enhanced privacy and security;
♦	improved coverage characteristics which reduce the number of cell sites;
•	simplified system planning reducing deployment and operating costs;
*	reducad average transmitted power, thus increasing talk time for portable
devices;
•	reduced interference to other electronic devices;
« reduction in the number of calls dropped due to bendoff failures;
♦ development of a reliable transport mechanism for wireless data
communications;
• coexistence with previous technologies, due to CDMA and analog operating
in two spectras with no interference.
Background
To understand why there is a demand for CDMA, it is necessary to
understand the technology that existed prior to its introduction and to know the
background behind previous spread-spectrum systems. Spread spectrum
communications have been used for encrypting military communication for
many years. Its strengths in the military arena lie in its ability to resist enemy
jamming and to provide secure communication. It is difficult to interfere with or
intercept a CDMA signal because of its use of a spread signal. The great
attraction of CDMA technology from the beginning was its inherent ability to
boost communications capacity and reuse frequencies to a degree unheard of in
narrowband multiple access wireless technology. Its civilian mobile radio
application was proposed theoretically in the late 1940’s, but its practical
application in the market did not take place until 40 years Eater due to the many
technical obstacles that still needed to be overcome. The viability of CDMA
technology was dismissed by TDMA (Time Division Multiple Access)
supporters as a technology that worked fine in theory but would never work in
practice. The rapid development of high density digital ICs, however combined
with the realization that regulating all transminer powers to the lowest level
required for a link would achieve optimal multiple access communication,
allowed CDMA to materialize as a working technology, In 1991. the promising
222
Масть 2
results of the first field trials demonstrated that CDMA could work as well in
practice as it did irr theory. Commercial CDMA was introduced, tested,
standardized, and initially deployed in less then seven years, a relatively rapid
maturation cycle compared to other technologies such as TDM A. The first
commercial CDMA service was launched in Hong Kong in 1995, followed by a
launch in Korea and Pennsylvania. It has rapidly become the primary choice of
carriers in the US Now 11 of the top 14 cellular carriers, 10 of the top 17 PCS
carriers, the 2 largest PCS C block bidders and 60% of POPs have selected
CDMA for their new digital network.
ТаЛ23
Find in the text words and word combinations given below, translate them
into Russian, put questions to the sentences where these words are used, let
your neighbour answer them. Then change the parts.
wireless communication technology, spread spectrum, narrowband message
signal, code sequences, spectrum congestion, time slots, point-to-point
communications, filtering in the frequency domain, upgrade, civilian mobile
radio application, viability, high density, transmitter powers, field trials,
maturation cycle, launch, primary choice, cellular carrier, digital network
Task 24
Retell the text using words and word combinations given in task 23,
Text 9
Read the text and follow the instructions.
Current Cellular Standards
The cellular solution, originally designed by Bell Telephone laboratories
in the 1970’s makes use of multiple fixed stations. Each station, located in what
is termed a "cel P services subscriber stations within a limited geographical area.
Cellular companies are each granted 25 Mhz of the spectral division in the 800-
900 Mhz region, each split between the two directions of communications.
Typical analog systems such as AMPS employ FDMA schemes that divide the
spectral allocations into uniform frequency channels in the range of 25-30 kHz
wide. Applying simple algebra shows the approximate number of channels to be
around 416. This number, although appearing somewhat large, is rather small
with respect to data communications.
Different types of cellular systems employ various methods of "multiple
access1*, meaning that multiple, simultaneous users can ba supported. These
users share a common pool of radio channels and. can gain access to any
Лршпмкежю
223
channel. Just as each telephone call is granted a specific line for discourse» each
subscriber is assigned a unique channel to propagate data transmission. Only
one subscriber at a time is assigned to each channel; no other conversations can
access it until the call is completed. These channels are a limited resource of
cellular companies, as are the number of phone lines for Ma Bell. Solutions to
achieve greater capacity are central to cellular principles.
Spectral allocations are limited for each ceil» due in part to regulatory
agencies limiting the bandwidth in order for communication companies to create
highly efficient solutions. This spectral efficiency is measured in Erlangs per
unit service area, per MHz. Quite simply» this dimensionless unit of telephone
traffic intensity, known as the Erlang blocking probability (typically 0.05), is
equal to calling rate multiplied by the average call length. This shows the
capacity for a channel to ba completely occupied for some given time freme,
with higher values representing higher channel usage. Due to the explosive
growth of the cellular industry exceeding initial predictions of analysts,
subscribers in many urban cities often experience "blocking11 with the trend
increasing as the number of wireless LAN’s and personal cellular radios
continue to grow. Anyone who has tried to make a call and has baen prevented
or "blocked" will understand this concept One in six Los Angeles subscribers
experiences blocking during peak hours. Many subscribers also experience
"dropped calls? when leaving one cell and moving into another when the new
cell can't allocate a carrier channel to the mobile. Consequently this leads to
poor customer relations which forces the cellular providers to arrive at solutions
that achieve high spectral efficiency to increase cell capacity.
Central to the cellular concept is frequency reuse, which is critically
dependent upon the fact that the carrier wave power decays with increasing
distance. With this information, and some physics (which we won't get into), a
cellular division of frequency channels can be implemented, Ifs the same
rationale when travelling long distances: your favorite radio show on a familiar
frequency is not the same in each city. The channel is allocated to another radio
station far enough apart where signals won't interfere with each other. By
reusing channels in muftipie cells» the system can grow without geographical
limits.
Here each cell represents an allocation of channels where no adjacent
cells share common frequencies, with a typical maximum subscriber load at
about 350 users. This idealized depiction is a hypothetical representation of true
cellular systems that is good for modeling, but unfortunately not substantial
enough for real world implementations of cellular technology.
224
Масть 3
Task 25
Translate the following sentences into Russian.
I.	Applying simple algebra shows the approximate number of channels in the
range of25 - 30 kHz wide.
2.	Only one subscriber at a time is assigned to each channel, no other
conversations can access it until the call is completed.
3.	Solutions to achieve greater capacity are central to cellular principles.
4.	Due to the explosive growth of the cellular industry exceeding initial
predictions of analysts, subscribers in many urban cities often experience
"blocking" with the trend increasing as the number of wireless LAN's and
personal cellular radios continue to grow.
5.	By reusing channels in multiple cells, the system can grow without
geographical limits.
Task 26
Answer the questions given below.
1.	When was the cellular solution designed?
2.	What schemes do typical analog systems employ?
3.	What do multiple access methods mean?
4.	How many subscribers are assigned to each channel at a time?
5.	How is spectral efficiency measured?
6,	What do subscribers experience?
7.	What does frequency reuse depend upon?
Task 27
Retell the text.
Text 10
Read the text and answer the following questions.
I h What has led to a rapid development of the technology?
2. When was the first commercial CDMA network installed in Hong Kong?
3> What has happened since the installation of the first commercial network in
Hong Kong?
4.	Why is the widespread acceptance of the network likely to be accelerated?
5.	What is the trend with the new CDMA networks?
6.	How is the billing performed?
Дрцложе/rw
225
Commercial Applications
The technical advantages associated with the usage of CDMA
technology has led to a rapid development of the technology from its conception
to use in ful (-service telecommunications networks. Despite the claims from
advocates of existing technology that CDMA was a theory that looked good on
paper but could never be refined enough to be applied, the technology was
researched and pursued. By 1991» Qualcomm corporation had demonstrated its
first example of CDMA technology in a rather promising field trial. By proving
that the technology could in fact ba applied, Qualcomm effectively started the
CDMA bandwagon. The next year saw CDMA's acceptance by the Telecom-
munications Industry Association and ANSI as an official digital cellular
technology. By the year 1995, the first commercial CDMA network was
installed in Hong Kong - making CDMA's maturation period less than five
years, a significantly shorter time period than for most other communications
standards.
Since the installation of the first network in Hong Kong, the major
telecommunications corporations have been feverishly shaking their claims in
the future CDMA market, especially in the United States. 1996 saw FCC
auctions for the frequency ranges used by CDMA networks, and several
companies have been trying to capture the most profitable regions of the country
for their coverage. Several pockets of CDMA coverage were established in the
United States in late 1996, and 1997 and 1998 were the years of major
construction for the infrastructure. Sprint claims that the CDMA network will
become the "replacement for current cellular technology0, and many companies
are working on making that statement reality. Technology enthusiasts and those
who live in the center of the initial CDMA coverage areas will probably take
advantage of the services during this first year of service, but it will probably be
at least 2006 before it becomes widespread enough to gnin widespread public
acceptance»
The widespread acceptance of the network is likely to ba accelerated
nearly as much by the change in the typical conventions of cellular service as by
the improved quality due to the new technology. The highly competitive market
has caused companies to place more importance on what consumers see as a
barrier to using cellular and wireless networks. Consumers will be attracted to
the new networks by the promise of increased call quality, range privacy, and all
of the other benefits of CDMA technology, but may likely be convinced by the
changes that have been made from the way cellular service has typically been
billed. One of the major problems that consumers report with existing cellular
service is the ambiguity related to billing. Aside from being expensive, it is
often unpredictable what any particular call will cost. Roaming fees and long
distance fees vary in every location and it is impossible to tell ahead of time
what the rates for any one call will be. The trend with the new CDMA networks
226
Часть 3
is to establish a defined 11 local calling area" and bill any minutes outside of that
area at a constant amount of money per minute* typically 50 or 60 cents. Also,
users of the networks will be able to query their account balance at any time
from their phones, configure the network to notify them when a certain balance
is exceeded, and program the phones to stop working after a maximum balance
has been reached. Other subtle differences, such as not charging for airtime if a
call cannot be completed, are changes in policy tbat are likely to affect the
purchasing decisions of consumers.
Current cellular service providers cover only relatively small geographic
areas, which leads to billing nightmares if a phone serviced by one company is
used in an area serviced by another. While the phone can still be used, the
"foreign” company bills the original service provider who in turn bills the
customer, with unpredictable rates and fees. Sprint's Personal Communications
Services (PCS) division currently plans to operate a network that will cover the
entire nation. Sprint currently hold licenses to operate this network in 33
metropolitan areas, plans to add coverage for 189 more cities tn 2005, and fill in
the remaining areas in the years to follow. Their own estimates place the
potential coverage area between 190 and 260 million people. Such a nationwide
network would alleviate many of the difficulties currently associated with using
cellular technology outside of one's own local coverage area.
Task 28
Find in the text the English equivalents for:
технические преимущества; услуги сотовой связи; улучшенное качество;
испытание в полевых условиях; стандарты связи; зона охвата; период
становления; непредсказуемый; плата за междугородние вызовы; оценки;
широко распространенный; частотный диапазон; ресчет оплаты вызовов
Task 29
Find the endings to the following sentences from the text Translate them
into Russian.
1.	The next year saw the CDMA acceptance by ...
2.	Sprint claims that the CDMA network ...
3.	Technology enthusiasts and those who live in the center...
4.	One of the major problems that consumers report...
5.	Their own estimates place the potential coverage ...
Приложение
227
Text 11
Read the text and follow the instructions.
Software is tbe Key
(Asia-Pacific Satellite - FEBRUARY/ March 1999)
When the manufacturers of satellite receivers first approached digital
technology, a first step they had to get through was the understanding that a
digital satellite receiver software is two orders of magnitude more complex than
ah analogue one.
As a comparison, an analogue satellite software is typically 8 Kbit of
code running on an eight bit micro, while a digital receiver requires typically
800 Kbit of code running on a 32 Reduced Instruction Set Computing (RISC)
processor. This alone would justify totally different methods of software
architecture and debugging management. Furthermore, other features add to the
complexity.
Typically, real-time constraints for an analogue receiver are limited to
detecting the remote control cnde and front panel key sensing. A digital receiver
must also handle in real time the compressed data demultiplexing and supply to
the MPEG video and audio decoders, the update and analysis of a numbar of
Digital Video Broadcasting (DVB) tables'and, when conditional access is used,
the real-time handling of all the software tasks necessary for the descrambling
process.
The need for coordinated renl-time actions has led to the use of a Real-
Time Operating System (RTOS) which facilitates the control of the time used
and allocated to each task, and their priority levels. Also, the task concept
replaces the older logic diagram control of software modules.
Unfortunately, the above list does not show the whole range of additional
difficulties facing the digital satellite receiver software developer. The reason is
that the digital satellite market is split into many more variations than the
analogue one. The major software variations cotne from pay-TV operators who
define which conditional access to use and, if any, which middleware to include.
The middleware, also sometimes called operating system, is a software layer
which allows a generic software to bebave in the same way whatever hardware
platform is used. There are presently two main middleware in use:
Mediahighway and OpenTV, both targeting mainly the addition of interactive
applications to the set-top box. As a result, if a software development for an
analogue satellite receiver is typically a three-man-months work, for a digital
one this ranges from a 15- to 60-man-months work, even if all low-level drivers
are available.
220
Часть 3
Faster, Better Solutions
The first market targeted by most newcomers in the digital satellite
receiver field is Free-to-Air (FTA) broadcasting In this market, no operator
dictates his personal preference, while only the end-user is to be satisfied.
FTA receivers still have variations, just like analogue receivers, to cope
with regional preferences like output standards (e.g., SVHS or SCART), but
they allow an entry point design to be achieved fast. This is why FTA receivers
have baen the first platform developed by STMicroelectronics in Singapore,
complete with all hardware, drivers and application layer
Some customers are even using such reference platform "as is1 to sell to
the Chinese markets. Most of them, however, have chosen to add their own user
interface and application layer, thus differentiating their product and making it
more attractive to the user. Currently, it is estimated that about 70 per cent of
Asian digital FTA satellite receivers are using a solution derived from ST
reference.
Thanks to ST's platforms, over half of the Asian manufacturers have
been able to develop their own model with in-house resources. Such a process,
while attractive for the long-term flexibility it gives the manufacturer, initially is
time consuming since a new knowledge, or even-a new team needs to be trained
and developed.
This is why the use of an external but specialised third party can often be
recommended, either to start faster in this field or complement internal
resources. This trend is also valid for high-end applications which need a lot of
resources and can often be found at attractive prices in Asia,
ST is currently working with such third parties in various countries around the
world, two of them being situated in Asia itself.
Tools
It is easy to guess from the variety of software origins and tasks that the
major part of the work is dedicated to integrating and debugging all the
processes. This is why good development and debugging tools are of prime
importance,
Since 1995, STMicroelectronics complete kit is based on a 32bit micro
core issue from the transputers developed originally by IN MOS. This powerful
core, able to handle over 50 Millions of Instructions per Second (MIPS), is
supplied with an efficient C compiler.
Now, a new improved series of toolset is available for ST customers.
Based on a JTAG interface included in all members of the Omega chip family,
this new toolset, referred to as Diagnostic Controller Unit (DCU), allows the
software developer to get non-intrusive real-time debugging capabilities - a
very useful feature for critical tasks like section filtering and handling for
complex conditional access functions.

229
Satellite Software Trends
Currently, the master word in the satellite TV industry is interactivity,
while other fashionable related items are fast Internet and convergence.
Interactivity, which starts with an Electronic Programme Guide (EPG), is
in its essence purely local: the user employs his remote control and embedded
functions to browse through a transmitted programme guide. It is often believed
that EPG requires a middleware, though this is not necessarily true as can ba
seen in DirecTV or PerfecTV.
The complete set of user functions related to EPG, including such
features as selecting a type of movie at a specific date on any channel is,
however, quite complex to implement. This gives operators an incentive to use a
middleware for which such EPG features have already been developed.
One other type of'local' interactivity is the possibility given to the user to
view his own selection of a set of transmitted programmes. These may be
composed of pure graphics, normal MPEG pictures, still pictures, or a mix of
them. An example is the weather channel broadcast by TPS, where the user can
point and click on the map he wants to see with more details.
Real interactivity needs a return channel. The only return channel used so
far is a modem, but there are projects to get higher data rates using the satellite
itself for the return path.
Because of the user-friendly features available in PCs, these kinds of
functions are most of the time PC add-on cards.
It is to be noted that although a satellite can broadcast data rates up to
about 30M bit/s (compared with 56Kbit/s on telephone lines), the effective bit
rate is much lower, in the order of 400Kbit/s because of the TCP/IP protocol
with its handshaking and the delay due to the distance of the satellites
(36,000km above earth).
As can be expected, with the decreased cost of components and increased
competition, satellite service providers want increasingly more features.
The direct consequence is that software is destined to be the main part of
any development of satellite television. From a technical point of view, it is
expected that set-top boxes will use I OOM IPS to 400MIPS processors within
two years, while the amount of system memory is already requested to go up to
32 Mbit by some operators - this despite the fact that a set-top box can run
perfectly well with only I Mbit.
As a result, with the variety of markets and the increasing complexity of
the requested features, the software skills of the development team, be it in-
house or from a third party, will be the major factor of success.
Task 30
Find the English versions of the following sentences in the text.
230
Часть 3
I * Более того, другие характеристики увеличивают сложность.
2.	К сожалению, приведенный выше список не показывает всего
диапазона дополнительных трудностей, стоящих перед разработчиком
программного обеспечения цифрового спутникового приемника.
3,	Однако, большинство из них предпочитает добавить собственный
пользовательский интерфейс и заявочный слот, таким образом выделив
свой продукт и сделав его более привлекательным для пользователя.
4.	Такой процесс, хотя и привлекает производителя своей
долговременной гибкостью, изначально требует больших временных
затрат на развитие новой базы и подготовку специалистов.
5.	Исходя из многообразия источников и задач программного
обеспечения, легко догадаться, что большая часть работы посвлщена
интеграции и отладке всех процессов.
6.	В настоящее время ключевым словом в индустрии спутникового
телевидения является интерактивность, а другими модными
связанными элементами - быстро срабатывающий Интернет и
конвергенция.
7.	Как можно ожидать, при уменьшении стоимости деталей- и росте
конкуренции провайдеры спутниковых услуг стремятся к постоянному
увеличению числа характеристик.
Task 31
Find the endings of the following sentences in the text
Translate them into Russian.
1.	This alone would justify totally different methods ...
2.	Typically, real-time constraints for an analogue receiver are ...
3.	The major software variations come from pay-TV operators ...
4.	There are presently two main middleware in use:...
5.	The first market targeted by most newcomers in the digital satellite receiver
field...
6.	Some customers are even using ...
7.	This is why the use of an external but specialized ...
8.	Since 1995, STMicroelectronics complete kit...
9.	InterBdivity, which starts ...
10.	This gives operators an incentive ...
11	.An example is the weather channel...
12.	Because of the user-friendly features available ...
13.lt is to be noted that...
14. The direct consequence is that...
15. From a technical point of view ...
Task 32
Write a resume of the text.
Приложение
231
Text 12
Read the text and write down what it said about:
•	traditional voice traffic;
•	internet traffic;
•	traffic engineering methods;
•	traditional switch-based traffic measurements;
•	exponential model;
•	power law model;
•	cull arrival data;
*	dialup Internet access;
•	day-to-day var iabi lity.
L Introduction
Traditional voice traffic on the Public Switched Telephone Network
(PSTN) is currently combined with facsimile, voicemail, cellular mobile red io,
credit card verification, and long holding, time Internet access and modem-
based data calls, some of which may constitute a significant portion of the total
traffic on the network. These various traffic types are associated with call
holding times ranging from short (e.g., credit card verification) to long (e.g.,
internet access calls). Recent evidence indicates that internet treffic is saturating
the Public Switched Telephone Network (PSTN). Currently, the Internet traffic
is engineered and managed using traditional circuit-switched methods.
However, the properties displayed by Internet traffic are not adequately captured
by conventional stochastic processes. Given the fundamental differences in
application traffic patterns and usage between Internet traffic and other services,
the lack of more suitable methods is resulting in capacity and performance
problems. For instance, Internet traffic causes much worse call blocking
performance than traditional voice traffic. Methods must be developed to traffic
engineer and administer the network so that an extensive range of data and voice
services can be provided at reasonable cost. Treffic engineering methods must
determine the sufficient capacity to meet the anticipated demand while meeting
different Grade of Service (GoS) objectives, and ensure that the capacity is not
so excessive as to render network services uneconomical. In order to engineer
and administer the network effectively traffic engineers must recognize and deal
with a variety of new traffic characteristics and be able to evaluate their effects
and the factors that affect them. This paper addresses the impacts of Internet
traffic on the PSTN. И includes an overview of the behavior of the combined
voice and data traffic such as long holding time distribution, call arrival
patterns, call retrials, peakedness and traffic variation, and engineering periods.
232
Часть 3
2.	Call Holding Time Distribution
One source of data for determining the properties of Internet access
traffic on the PSTN is provided by ‘traditional* switch-based traffic
measurements, such as call and load peg counts. However, this data gives very
limited information. For example, it can be used to estimate the mean Internet
call holding time (CHT), but provides no information on the CHT distribution.
In fact even the use of peg count data to estimate mean call holding times can
lead to incorrect estimates unless care is taken to correct for distortions
associated with long holding time (LHT) calls; (this issue will be discussed in
more detail below). For this reason, the results in this paper rely on analysis of
SS7 data. Time-stamped SS7 messages, collected directly from the network,
provide detailed information on the Internet CHT distribution, the call arrival
process, per line load statistics, and customer reattempt behavior. This
information is extremely useful in understanding the impacts of Internet access
traffic on the PSTN, and in designing new engineering algorithms for this
traffic.
The traditional model for the CHT distribution of voice calls is the
exponential model. The exponential model underlies most of the engineering
algorithms and practices currently used to engineer the PSTN, к has assumed
this centre! role for several reasons. First, it has nice mathematical properties,
which make it easier to solve engineering problems and derive useful formulae.
Second, although the true distribution of voice CHTs is not exponential, past
experience has shown that the exponential model is a good approximation: it has
given reasonably good results in practice. Finally, from a mathematical
standpoint, many traditional engineering models are known to be relatively
insensitive to the CHT distribution. This fact has provided justification for using
the exponential model to facilitate mathematical solutions.
It has been recognized for some time that the exponential model needs to
be revised, in view of the many new services supported by the PSTN.
Traditional voice traffic is now supplemented with facsimile, voicemail, cellular
mobile radio, credit card verification, and long holding time data calls, some of
which constitute a significant portion of the total traffic carried by the network.
These various traffic typas are associated with call holding times ranging from
short (e.g., credit card verification) to long (data calls). Other properties of the
traffic - not necessarily related to the call holding time distribution - may also
differ, such as the daily variation in the offered load, the times of busy hours,
the degree of within-the-hour and day-to-day variation, etc. Finally, the
properties of these new traffic types are also impacted by AIN features and new
access technologies such as hybrid fiber-coax.
Based on analysis of data from various sources, it appears that the tail of
the Internet CHT distribution decays according to a power law. The power law
distribution, used by Bellcore to better model LHT traffic, is characterized by
Приложение
ДО
two parameters, a and р. Note that details of Bellcore models are proprietary. A
sample internet CHT distribution derived from SS7 data is shown in Figure 6.
The function plotted in Figure 6 is the complementary cumulative
distribution function (CCDF), denoted by Fc(t), which gives the probability that
a randomly sampled CHT will exceed t seconds. Also shown in Figure 6 are the
best fit exponential and power law distributions. Note that Figure 6 is plotted on
linear-linear axes, and the time axis extends out to 6000 seconds (100 minutes).
On this scale, both the exponential and power law distribution appear to be
reasonable approximations to the true CCDF. Figure 7 shows the same plots on
tog-linear axes, and the time axis now extends out to 30,000 seconds (8 hours,
20 minutes). On this scale it is clear that the exponential model is not a good
model of the true CCDF. In particular, the exponential model significantly
underestimates the probability of long call holding times. In contrast, the power
law distribution appears to model the tnie CCDF quite well.
In the power law model, the dimensionless parameter a determines the
relative weighting of short and loog calls in the distribution. If one holds the
mean CHT constant, while allowing a to lend to one from above, the CHT
distribution becomes very flat, which means that call holding times can vary
enormously from zero to infinity. For larger values of a (e.g., a>4) the
distribution is well behaved, and CHTs tend to cluster closer to the mean.
Intuitively, the value of a can be thought of as characterizing a type of service
(i.e,, Internet access) and is not expected to vary significantly between different
service providers. In contrast, the parameter 0 has dimensions of time. It
effectively determines the mean CHT, and can be expected to vary between
locations (i.e., user populations) and Internet service providers (i.e., classes of
service).
In order to fit the power law model to data, it is necessary to estimate
values for a and p. in principle, a may be estimated from the asymptotic slope
of a plot of log Fc(t) versus log t. However, estimation of a can be complicated
by the sampling bias inherent in any finite-length dataset. Finite samples of SS7
data can exhibit significant statistical bias, due to the under-sampling of longer
calls. An SS7 sample of duration T will provide CHT data only for calls that
both begin and end within the sample. Calls that begin before and/or end after
the interval are lost in this respect. By virtue of their length, longer calls
therefore tend to be under-represented in the observed CHT distribution. When
the SS7 data is corrected for this effect, the difference can be quite significant,
particularly for datasets spanning less than 12 hours. Figure 8 shows the effect
of allowing for sampling bias in a 5-hour dataset. The corrected distribution
decays more slowly than the observed distribution at large t, and produces
correspondingly smaller estimates for a. The effect on 24-hour datasets is much
smaller, though still not negligible.
234
Часть 3
Figure &	ISP Call Holding Time CCDF (Linear-Linear Axes).
		new bellcor	e model		
	/ J / 7 / J L !/>		expone	ntral	
			। / / ' / f /		r  F / ! i » I ! 	г r
		———	- data		
					
0	5000	10000	15000	20000	25000
time /seconds!
Figure 7.	ISP Cali Holding Time CCDF (Log-Linear Axes).
Приложение
235
Figure 8. Statistical Bias in the ISP Call Holding Time CCDF
(Log-Linear Axes)
Jn order to obtain correct a and 0 estimates, it is therefore necessary to
allow for the statistical bias inherent in finite data samples. It is also important
to allow for statistical bias in the observed mean CHT. Failure to do this can
result in the true mean CHT being under-estimated by 40% or more, depending
on the length of the measurement interval. Clearly, an under-estimate of this
magnitude in the mean Internet call holding time could result in significant
under-engineering of the PSTN, leading to excessive blocking and other
problems.
3.	Internet Traffic Load Patterns
5J. Daily Load Profile
Figure 9 shows the hourly variation of ISP call arrivals and offered load
(in units of erlangs) during a weekday. This figure was derived by combining
measured call arrival data, with the theoretical power law call holding time
(CHT) distribution described in section 2. Figure 9 shows that the ISP call
arrival rate is fairly constant during business hours, and continues on through
the early evening at approximately the same rate. The new feature of the ISP
call arrival profile is the pronounced spike in arrivals around 10PM. This spike
23fi
Часть 3
appears to occur on weekdays only, and is responsible for the weekday Internet
busy hour at around 10PM. (The weekday Internet busy hour in fact appears to
run from 9:30-10:30PM, though it could vary between offices.)
Aside from indicating where the Internet bosy bour occurs, Figure 9
highlights an important aspect of Internet traffic, namely that there is a lag
between the ISP call arrival profile and the corresponding load profile. Each call
generates toad from its arrival time through to its disconnect time. The load
generated by a typical call is therefore centered on a point r/2 after the call
arrival, where т is the mean call holding time. In this respect, the load profile
lags behind the call arrival profile by approximately half the mean CHT. For
traditional voice calls, the mean CHT is of the order of 3 minutes, and this effect
is not noticeable. However, ISP calls have a mean CHT equal to approximately
20 minutes, and the effect becomes noticeable, particularly at times of day
where the call arrival rate is changing rapidly, and the lag between load and
arrivals is pronounced.
The lag between call arrivals and lond can lead to errors in traffic
calculations unless care is taken. Figure 9 shows the call arrival and load peg
counts that would be produced by a switch handling this ISP traffic. A typical
way to arrive at an estimate of the mean call holding time is to divide the load
during a given clock hour by the calls that arrived during that hour. The top
(dashed) plot in Figure 10 shows the results that would be obtained by applying
this method to the call and load data in Fignre 9. This plot shows that the mean
ISP CHT varies significantly during the day from a low of 14 to a high of 35
minutes. However, this result is incorrect. From direct analysis of the SS7 data
we know that the ISP CHT varies from a low of 10 minutes to a high of 23
minutes, as shown in the lower plot in Figure 10.
It is no accident that the error in the dashed estimate is greatest at times
of day when the ISP traffic is ramping up or down quickly, and is negligible
when the traffic is constant. The error is due to the lag between loed and
arrivals. A significant portion of the load in any hour is due to calls that arrived
before the start of the hour. During bours when the load is ramping up or down
these calls are not capturad in the call arrival peg count - the call and toad peg
counts get out of step - and consequently the mean CHT calculation is incorrect.
This is another example of the statistical bias effects discussed in section 2. It
also highlights the fact that switch based data can hide die real nature of SS7
traffic, by summarizing it only in the form of hourly peg counts.
Црцлаженме
237
Figure 9. Weekday ISP Offered Load Profile (Erlangs)
Figure 10. Mean ISP Call Holding Time by Time of Day (Minutes)
2за
4*Cf№ 3
3.2.	Per-ltoe Load
A critical element in network capacity planning is to understand the
fraction of total subscribers that access the Internet via ISP calls, aed the load
per line generated by these subscribers in ISP calls versus other calls. This sort
of information is needed not only to perform routine capacity planning, but also
to assess the economics of alternatives to tha PSTN for supporting Internet
access. For example, tins information can help identify the fraction of ISP
customers that would have to be provided with alternative access methods in
order to reduce the ISP load on tbe PSTN by a specified amount. Of course, per
line load statistics will vary according to tha subscriber population (location,
mean income, etc), so this information needs to be accumulated for a range of
populations.
Figure II. Busy Hour CCS Load Distribution per ISP Subscribers
Based on Bellcore's market analysis, the current percentage of PSTN
subscribers that use a dialup Internet access service is expected to be in the
range lb 13%, on a US-wide basis. These figures are consistent with data
collected from the PSTN. More specific figures can be obtained using census
data and economic models for specific cities, towns, suburbs, etc. Of course, this
percentage is changing as PC and modem penetration grows. Figure i 1 shows a
sample CCDF for the load generated per ISP subscriber (i.e., per line) during the
Internet busy hour. It shows that on a given day, as many as 40% of the ISP
callers that are active during the busy will generate a busy hour load in excess of
10 CCS. (A centrum call second (CCS) is a load unit equal to one hundred
seconds of connect time.) The same data that was used to generate Figure 11 can
be used to determine the percentage of ISP load generated by the top x percent
of ISP subscribers, asx is varied from 0 to 100%. This type of data suggests that
Приложение
239
the total ISP Toad on the PSTN can be substantially reduced by providing a
relatively small percentage of subscribers with an alternative access method
(e.g., pre-switch adjunct) that routes Internet calls to a data network rather than
through the PSTN. Identification of heavy ISP users therefore becomes a critical
problem.
3.3.	Peakedness
Peakedness, or within-the-hour variation, is a property of the offered load
generated by a traffic stream. By definition, ft is equal to the ratio of the
variance to the mean of the offered load. Traditionally, peakedness is associated
with overflowed traffic streams on alternate route trunk groups. The peakedness
of Poisson traffic is equal to one. Overflowed traffic typically has peakedness
values between 1 and 10, which is ibe largest value occurring in the standard
Neal-Wilkinson tables for trunk engineering. Peakedness captures the
‘burstiness* of overflowed traffic. Traffic streams with large peakedness values
are more volatile than Poisson traffic, and require correspondingly more
resources (eg., trunks) in order to produce the same grade-of*service (e.g.,
blocking).
Intuitively, one might expect first offered ISP traffic to be Poisson, in
which case its peakedness would be equal to one. However, in the process of
being overflowed onto alternate route trunk groups the peakedness of ISP traffic
is likely to be magnified relative to traditional traffic. The question therefore
arises as to 'whether ISP traffic will exhibit paakedness values greater than 10.
Peakedness can be calculated using either direct or indirect methods. Indirect
methods rely on traditional (i.e., exponential holding time) theories of trank
performance to deduce the peakedness of the offered loed from the observed
mean load and blocking. Because traditional theories are not valid for Internet
traffic, these indirect methods will not give accurate results for ISP traffic.
Direct methods of peakedness calculation will also encounter problems.
For example, one direct methnd is described in. It involves measuring the
number of calls tn progress at 50 second intervals during a given hour.
Assuming that blocking is negligible, the ratio of the variance to the mean of
this quantity is the peakedness of the offered load. If this ’first principles'
method is applied to first offered ISP traffic, it can produce peakedness values
that are much less than one (e.g., 0.2). Peakedness values less than one are
rarely encountered in the network, and are not expected in this context.
The problem with the calculation is that long bolding time (LHT) calls,
such as Internet access calls, introduce a high degree of correlation into the
offered load. The first principles method is based on the assumption that these
numbers of active calls at points in time 50 seconds apart are essentially
unconelated. This assumption is correct for traditional voice traffic, composed
of relatively short calls. However, it breaks down for Internet access traffic. The
strong correlation in the ISP offered load process severely distorts the calculated
240
Часть J
peakedness values, to the point where they cannot be trusted. It will be
necessary to develop reliable new methods of peakedness calculation in order to
facilitate accurate trunk engineering for Internet access traffic
3.4,	Day-To-Day Variability
Consider a specific hour on a specific day of the week (e.g., Tuesday 10-
11 AM). If the offered load is measured for this same hour over many weeks,
the measurements will generally exhibit a degree of variability over and above
that which is due to the inherent statistical variability of the call arrival process.
This additional variability is referred to as day-to-day (DTD) variability. In
traditional voice traffic DTD variability was analyzed and modeled by
Wilkinson in classic studies of trunk performance. For ISP traffic, the question
arises as to whether DTD variability will exceed the levels documented by
Wilkinson. If so, it could produce worse switch and trunk blocking than might
otherwise be expected (i.e., than might be predicted by traditional engineering
algorithms).
In order to estimate DTD variability, one must first measure the total
variability of the load, and then subtract the component which is due to the
statistical variability inherent in the call arrival process. For ISP traffic,
calculation of this last component is difficult, due to fact that, the call arrivals
occurring many hours prior to the time in question can affect the offered load
process. Another way of stating this is that, due to the long holding times of ISP
calls, the statistical variability of the call arrival process becomes difficult to
quantify, since it is strongly dependent on the time variation of the call arrival
process throughout the course of the daily cycle. Traditional methods of
quantifying the statistical variability of the call arrival process make the
simplifying assumption that each hour can be considered in isolation, which is
true for traditional exponential traffic. This assumption breaks down for ISP
traffic, due to the longer time scales involved.
Creative methods of measuring day-to-day variability can still he
devised. And in fact, they suggest that the DTD variability of ISP traffic will be
no worse than that traditionally documented by Wilkinson. Nevertheless, the
difficulty of measuring the magnitude of ISP DTD variability ^according to
straightforward traditional methods highlights the unique properties of ISP
traffic.
4.	Network Design and Operations Systems
The impact of the Internet traffic has already been observed in many
Regional Bell Operating Companies (RBOCs) in the United Sates in the form of
busy hour shifts, busy day shifts, larger blocking levels in certain switches,
substantially increased variability in subscriber line usage, congestion in
interoffice trunk groups, and congestion in internal modules of Local Exchange
Приложение
241
Carrier (LEC) switching systems- The result is an increase in the cost of
providing the PSTN, with little or no compensating offset in operating revenue.
The impacts of this increased data traffic is estimated to cost millions of dollars
for each metropolitan area in switch upgrades alone this year.
The Total Network Data System/Trunking (TNDS/TK) of Bellcore uses
traffic theory and procedures to determine the number of circuits required based
on usage and congestion data which are collected from central office switching
systems. It also creates a long-term forecast, providing a snapshot of trunk
requirements for multiple periods of time.
The selection of the proper theory and procedure for sizing a trunk group
is largely dependent on trunk group types. Trunk group type is, in turn,
determined by the nature of the offered load and the treatment to be afforded
calls which overflow the group. Some offered load characteristics can be
assumed and, need not to be considered explicitly when identifying a trunk
group type. The current assumptions which include finite and independent
sources as welt as exponentially distributed variable call holding times need to
be reevaluated and possibly revised as specified in Section 2.
Perhaps the most significant characteristics of various trunk groups are
the peakedness and day-to-day variation of the offered , load. Since in large
measure, peakedness and day-to-day variation levels on a trunk group are a
function of the group's relationship to and interaction with other groups in the
network, it is reasonable to determine trunk group types based on whether or not
a group receives overflow, and whether it overflows to another group or blocks
calls which find no idle trunks. Based on the routing structure, four groups types
can be modeled in TNDS/TK. These are Only-Route, Primary High Usage
(PHU), Intermediate High Usege (IHU), and Final. An only-route group
provides the only route for all traffic offered to it. This type of group neither
receives overflow nor overflows to another group. Therefore, it is reasonable to
assume its combined Internet and voice offered load to be Poisson distributed
with a peakedness of one.
Like the only-route traffic, the PHU group has an offered load which
consists only of first-route traffic. It does not receive any overflow, however,
calls which find no idle trunks are overflowed. Therefore, the characteristics of
the offered load can also be assumed to be Poisson distributed, statistical
equilibrium across the hoiir, and random or systematic day-to-day variations.
The IHU group offered load consists of overflow traffic from subtending groups
and, ordinarily, some first route traffic. Figure 12 illustrates that the volume of
traffic which could overflow to a ! HU group may be extensive. The overflow
can be route advanced overflow or switched overflow. Route advanced overflow
comes from subtending PHU groups whereas switched overflow is the overflow
that has been route advanced at a preceding office. Although this traffic loses its
identify as it passes through a switch and is combined with other traffic and then
offered to the IHU group, the question is then whether it is reasonable to ^sume
that the combined traffic retains a peaked characteristic, and to engineer the IHU
242
Часть J
group using the Wilkinson equivalent random theory where the peakedness
factor of the combined overflow load is approximated by adding individual
overflow loads, adding their variances, and then dividing the total variance by
the total overflow to develop the weighted peakedness factor. The day-to-day
variation level should also be evaluated depending on the nature of the overflow
load component of tile offered load.
Finally, final groups are the last choice trunk group which are usually
engineered for a low probability of blocking. The offered load on final groups
consists of the same component as an I HU group. Currant assumptions which
include statistical equilibrium over the hour, an ordinarily day-to-day variations
which range from low to high, and Wilkinson engineering methods must also be
evaluated for the combined Internet and voice peaked offered load.
To size the network efficiently with Internet and traditional traffic, it is critical
to determine how much of the offered load to a high-usage group should be
carried and how much should be overflowed to alternate route. If cost were the
only consideration, the high-usage group would be sized to cany the entire
offered load. However, in practice, an alternate route path, though more
expensive, can also be more efficient in load carrying capacity than a high-usage
trunk. Thus, it is necessary to evaluate the relationship of the costs and
efficiencies of the two route to determine how to allocate the total offered load
to the high-usage group and its alternate route in a way which will minimize the
total cost.
In order to account for the immediate impact of Internet traffic on PSTN,
Bellcore has developed stand-alone tools based on statistical analysis,
mathematical' modeling and new administration and engineering recom-
mendations. The Switch Capacity Engineering/Administration Tool would be
used lo transform input load measurements obtained from each centra! office's
data collection system into new equivalent loads. The output of this tool would
Приложение
243
quantify the reduced capacity of existing modules and could allow line
concentration selection inputs to existing switch-vendor-provided engineering
tools. This results in switches sized adequately to cany a call mix inclusive of
LHT calls. It can be viewed as a pro-processor for traffic engineering data as
well as an administration system.
The Internet Access Planning Tool will aid service providers to cost
effectively evaluate alternatives of deloading the Internet traffic off the PSTN
and carrying it on Frame Relay and/or ATM networks. It provides engineering
and economic breakpoints in determining: which central offices are candidates
for offloading, when should offloading be implemented in each candidate
central office, when and where is it more economical to continue to cany traffic
on the PSTN, and how should offloaded traffic be aggregated for efficient
transport to the Internet Service Providers.
5.	Conclusions
Due to a variety of market drivers, including wider availability of
personal computers, the popularity of web browsers, and the rapid increase in
Internet service providers, Internet traffic on the PSTN has experienced
explosive growth in the past 6 to 12 months, and is projected to continue this
growth for at least the next 5 years. The PSTN is already struggling under the
increased volume of this traffic, and network problems such as congestion,
excessive blocking of subscriber calls, and exhaustion of switch capacity point
to the danger of network failures unless effective short term and long term
network solutions are identified and implemented soon.
Internet traffic is essentially data traffic, and can be carried most
effectively on data networks. However, since the PSTN is currently the only
near-universal method of access, any longterm solution will necessarily involve
a staged migration from the present mnde of operation to some data network
solution. The burning issue for LECs is how to engineer this migration in a cost
effective and timely manner, given current technological constraints. Regardless
of the ultimate solution selected by an LEC, it will be necessary in the short
term to develop accurate techniques for engineering the PSTN for Internet
traffic. This paper has identified the properties of Internet traffic that need to be
captured in any engineering algorithm, and has discussed some of the
difficulties associated with obtaining accurate measurements of these properties.
Finally, the paper has survayed some of the areas in which existing operations
support systems (OSSs) need to be' enhanced in order to deal with Internet
traffic. OSSs underlie the day to day operations of the PSTN* and are critical to
its profitability.
244
Часть 3
Task 33
Translate the following sentences into Russian.
I.	Traffic engineering methods must determine the sufficient capacity to meet
the anticipated demand while meeting different Grade of Services (GoS)
objectives, and ensure that the capacity is not so excessive as to render
network services uneconomical.
2.	For this reason, the results in this paper rely on analysis of SS7 data. Time -
stamped SS7 messages, collected directly from the network, provide
detailed information on the Internet CHT distribution, the call arrival
process, per line load statistics, and customer reattempt behavior
3.	Other proparties of the traffic - not necessarily related to the call holding
time distribution - may also differ, such as the daily variation in the offered
load, the times of busy hours, the degree of within-the-hour and day-to-day
variation, etc.
4.	In order to fit the power law mndel to data, it is necessary to estimate values
for a and p.
5.	By virtue of their length, longer calls therefore tend to be under-represented
in the observed CHT distribution.
6.	Failure to do this can result in the true mean CHT being under-estimated by
40% or more, depanding on the length of the measurement interval.
7.	Aside from indicating where the Interact busy hour occur, Figure 9
highlights an important aspect of Internet traffic, namely that there is a lag
between the SSP call arrival profile and the corresponding load profile.
8.	A typical way to arrive at an estimate of the mean call holding time is to
divide the load during a given clock hour by the calls that arrived during
that hour.
9.	A critical element in network capacity planning is to understand the fraction
of total subscribers that access the Internet via ISP calls, and the load per
line generated by these subscribers in ISP calls versus other calls.
10.	However, in this process of being overflowed onto alternate route trunk
groups, the peakedness of ISP traffic is likely to be magnified relatively to
traditional traffic.
11.	The problem with the calculation is that long holding time (LHT) calls,
such as Internet access calls, introduce a high degree of correlation into the
offered load.
12.	Another way of stating that is that, due to the long holding times of ISP
calls, the statistical variability of the cal] arrival process becomes difficult
to quantify, since it is strongly dependent on the time variation of the call
arrival process throughout the course of the daily cycle.
13.	Trunk group type is, in tum, determined by the nature of the offered load
and the treatment to be afforded calls which overflow the group.
14.	Since the large measure, peakedness and day-to-day variation levels on a
trunk group are a function of the group's relationship to an interaction with
Лри/юже/ше
245
other groups in the network, it is reasonable to determine trunk group types
based on whether or not a group receives overflow, and whether it
overflows to another group or blocks calls which find no idle trunks.
15.	The day-to-day variation level should also be evaluated depending on the
nature of the overflow load component of the offered load.
16.	To size the network efficiently with Internet and traditional traffic, it is
critical to determine how much of the offered load to a high-usage group
should be carried and how much should be overflowed to alternate route.
17,	The PSTN is already struggling under the increased volume of this traffic*
and network problems such as congestion, excessive blocking of subscriber
calls, and exhaustion of switch capacity point to the danger of network
failures unless effective short term and long term network solutions are
identified and implemented soon.
Task 34
Choose the answer true io the text.
1,	What is traditional voice traffic on the PSTN currently combined with?
a)	with long holding time Internet access;
b)	with voicemail;
c)	with all mentioned above plus facsimile, cellular mobile radio* credit
card verification* modem-based data calls.
2.	What is the traditional model for the CHT distribution of voice calls?
a)	a power law model;
b)	an exponential model;
c)	a combined model.
3,	What can lead to errors in traffic calculation?
a)	an hourly variation of ISP call arrivals:
b)	under-engineering of the PSTN;
c)	a lay between call arrivals and load.
4.	What is the first principles method based on?
a)	on measuring the number of calls in progress at 50 second intervals
during a given hour;
b)	on the assumption that the numbers of active calls at points m time
50 seconds apart are essentially uncorrelated;
c)	on a lay between call arrivals and load.
5.	Why has Internet traffic on the PSTN experienced explosive growth in the
past 6 to 12 month?
a)	as it is a data traffic;
b)	as it is very cheap;
c)	due to a variety of market drivers, including wider availability of
personal computers, the popularity of web browsers, and the rapid
increase in Internet service providers.
246
Часть 3
Task 35
Make up a detailed plan of each part of the text
Retell each part of the text separately.
Task 36
Write down a summary of the text
Text 13
Read the text and follow the instructions.
WAP - The Catalyst of the Mobile Internet
Staffan Pehrson.
(Ericsson REVIEW No, /, 2000),
Ericsson is actively helping to shape the mobile Internet industry with
enabling technologies* such as WAP, Bluetooth, EPOC, Parlay, GPRS* UMTS,
and associated products. In particular, the wireless application protocol is an
early enabler with the potential both to offer and unlock value in the emerging
mobile Internet industry. In fact, WAP is probably the one technology that will
kick-start the new industry and open the doors of opportunity.
The author describes the new wireless paradigm with its emerging business
roles and opportunities. He then provides a brief background to WAP and goes
on to compare it against competing technologies and solutions/
The Mobile Internet Industry - Opportunity Knocking
A New Wireless Paradigm
Mobile communication and data communication are two of the fastest
growing areas in the communications industry. In particular, mobile data
communication, which includes wireless Internet, carries a great deal of
momentum. The media is keeping a vigilant eye on the evolution of wireless
data, and operators and various kinds of enterprise have put wireless datacom at
the top of their strategic agendas.
Wireless data communication combines mobile communication and data
communication by giving consumers easy access through mobile phones,
pagers, or other wireless devices to relevant information on tbe Internet and
Intranets.
Operators see wireless data communication as an opportunity to create
innovative services on top of existing networks and investments. Doing so will
give them a means of differentiating themselves—for instance, to enhance their
business image, reduce chum, attract new subscribers, and increase traffic
volume per subscriber.
Приложение
247
Enterprises аге increasingly looking for ways of increasing employee
productivity. Wireless data will enable professionals to access corporate data,
such as e-mail, production status, price lists, and other critical information for
doing business while they are away from the office. Specific vertical segments,
such as financial institutions, have expressed interest in wireless data as a way
of distributing services. In this context, wireless data would improve their
overall imege and increase the availability of services through a rapidly growing
low-cost distribution channel These needs and initiatives from Ericsson and
others, have created ’’phone browser technologies11, such as the wireless
application protocol, or WAP.
BOX A, ABBREVIATIONS AND DEFINITIONS
Bluetooth	Universal radio interface for ad		software vendors to write appli-
CDMA CDPD CSD	hoc wireless connrctivity Code-division multiple access Cellular digital packet data Circuit’S witched data	PCS	cations for providing services across wireless networks. IP- based netwoks. and the PSTN Person communication services
EPOC	Operating system developed for	PDC	Personal digital communication
ETS1	use in mobile devices European Telecommunications	PoP SIM	Point of presence Subscriber identity module
GPRS	Standards Institute General packet radio service	SMS TCP	Short message service Transmission control protocol
GSM	Global system for mobile	TDMA	Time-division multiple access
HTTP	communication Hypertext transfer protocol	UDP UMTS	User datagram protocol Universal mobile telecommuni-
IDC IETF	International Data Corporation Internet Engineering Task Force	USSD	cations system Unstructured supplementary da-
IP	internet protocol	W3C	ta World Wide Web Consortium
ISP	Internet service provider	WAP	Wireless application protocol
LAN	Local area network	WML	Wireless markup language
OS	Operation system	WTA	Wireless telephony application
Parlay	Name of application program	XHTML	Extensible hypencxi markup
	interface-a specification designed to enable carriers and independent	XML	language Extensible markup language
New Business Roles for Operators
The mobile Internet market is being formed by the intersection and
merger of the wireless telecommunications and internet industries. In this realm,
which is still very much characterized by transition, the rules of the game are
changed and several traditional value chains have been upset. Consequently, on
entering this realm, many players feel uncertain of their role. Ericsson has
carefully evaluated the situation and identified a number of emerging business
models that operators can adopt to position themselves in this turbulent market.
Although the business models of the mobile Internet are similar to those of the
Internet, some differences have been identified (Figure 13):
243
Часть 3
•	The role of portals to the mobile Internet is more prominent than that of
portals to the traditional Internet.
•	The emerging classes of service will have more impact on the success or
failure of the mobile Internet than mobility-enabling technologies.
•	The mobile Internet represents a major opportunity for electronic commerce
(e-commerce).
Figure13. Comparison: Access to the Internet via WAP and over
a Fixed-Network Connection
Thanks to their important assets, such as large customer bases, gateways
between mobile networks and the Internet, billing and invoice systems, and
control over mobile terminals and networks, wireless operators are well-
positioned for success in the emerging wireless data industry (Figure 14 and
Box B). Mobile operators who choose to capitalize on their position in the
emerging industry will open wireless portals that incorporate e-commerce and
transaction centers. By doing so — and in particular, by adding WAP-enabled
services that fulfill end-users1 needs - operators can:
•	differentiate themselves from the competition;
•	reduce chum, thanks to customized user profiles;
•	improve their overall business image; and
♦	enjoy large increases in datacom traffic.
BOX В. DEVELOPMENT OF BUSINESS MODELS IN THE MOBILE INTERNET SPACE
Roto	Description	Business model Internet	Sources of income n mobile Internet
Access provider	• ISP or wreless access provider	• Monthly fee or usage-based • Adverting revenues	•	Fee for selected operator«based service- reduced dim •	Monthly/usagefeeforvafoe-addedsavm 	Monthly fee ororusage*basedfeefof$urfngf external services 	Rashfroftfflg ad revenues
Portal	• Page referring to other pages	• Advertang revenues • Link hosting	•	Flash advertismgfrolfcng ads •	Co-brandng with Internet portal-revenue captured on the Internet portal
Content provider	• Content on Web page	•	Adverting revenues •	Brand budding •	Cost-samg (fctnbutwn channels	•	Flash adverbsmg/говтд ads •	Cost-saving distribution channel •	Brandbudding
ЕчялнпегсезЛе	 Shopping possibly via Web page	* Revenue share of transaction	• Revenue share of transactions
Enterprise	• Informatonor	 Improved productivity	* Improved productivity
intranet/! ntemet	applications on Web pages	• Closer ti&ip to customers and suppliers	• Closer tie-up to customers and supphera
Payment/transactwi	»Entity where subscribers	 Role assumed by credrt	• Role could be assumed by operator
center	• can have accourts from which to issue payment	cardcompamesibanks • Percent on transaction volume	 Percent on transaction volume
250
Часть 3
Holes in mobile Internet industry	Operators		Internet portals	Internet content providers	Banksand financial institutions
	Mobile	ISP			
Internet access provider			4U		
Porta!				4&	
Tfuewvfoa provider	«в				
E-commerce site					
Payment/ transaction center			40	4Q	
Figure 14. Operators are Well-Positioned to Make Money in the
New Wireless Data Communications Industry
WAP-What is it?
The wireless application protocol is a suite of specifications that defines
a protocol for communication between server applications and clients; how
specific functions in the mobile device can be used at the client's current
location; and an enhanced markup language for wireless applications - the
wireless markup language (WML). The specifications have been drafted with
the aim of:
•	becoming a global standard that is not restricted to any particular cellular
standard;
•	being optimized for narrowband bearers;
•	being optimized for handheld devices with limited capabilities» especially
in terms of the user interface; and
•	integrating telephony services with microbrowsing.
The wireless application protocol is specified by an industry consortium — the
WAP Forum — which was founded in December 1997, by Ericsson, Motorola,
Nokia, and Unwired Planet The consortium, whose membership is open,
currently has approximately 250 members. The work of the forum is divided
among working groups and committees that oversee the work and ensure that
the specifications do not drift apart. In short, the WAP specifications cover:
Приложение
251
•	the microbrowser;
•	scripting;
•	wireless telephony applications (WTA) and a WTA interface to mobile
devices;
•	content format for appl ications; and
•	a layered stack, which includes application, session, transport, and
security layers.
The WAP gateway, which terminates WAP on the server side, can be
located at the site of the mobile operator, independent service provider, or
enterprise. Different locations offer different advantages. If located at the
operator's site, end-users can enjoy faster access, customized billing solutions,
and specific network features provided by the operator If located at the
enterprise, end-users can use the standardized security layer for end-to*end
security when they access bank services or services within their corporation.
Today, WAP LI products have been rolled out and several operators and
service providers have launched WAP LI-compliant gateways and servers.
WAP L2, which includes features like PUSH and wireless telephony
applications, was recently completed and related products are expected to
appear on the market this spring.
The future roadmap includes work on combining WAP and Bluetooth,
converging WML with the extensible hypertext markup language (XHTML),
and on making WAP and smart cards fully compatible.
A Sure Bet
WAP is an open standard that has been optimized for mobile,
environments with limited bandwidth and small screens, making it the first
major enabler of a truly broad deployment of wireless data.
Several technologies are competing to become the dominating standard
for wireless information and Internet services, but numerous indicators suggest
that WAP will predominate: WAP represents suparior technology that has been
optimized for mobile environments. WAP has gained the support of operators,
telecommunication and data communication suppliers, and a variety of
corporations. Moreover, WAP does not compete head-to-head with other tech-
nologies.
The main contending technologies are Windows CE (Microsoft/Wire less
Knowledge), Palm VII (Palm Computing), l-mode (NTT), and the SIM-Toolkit
(Schlumberg-er). The unquestioned leader today among these contenders is I-
mode, which already has several million end-users and a broad content
portfolio.
252
Часть 3
WAP
The objective of WAP is to provide an open standard for access via a
mobile device to the Internet or intranets. Because WAP has been optimized for
mobile environments, it makes optimum use of restricted conditions, including
small screens, limited device memory, and limited bendwidth availability.
Furthermore, WAP operates with existing networks and will be compatible with
future standards for third-generation wireless systems and XML/XHTML The
WAP Forum has established relationships with the European Telecom-
munications Standards Institute (ETSI), Internet Engineering Task Force
(IETF), and the World Wide Web Consortium (W3C).
WAP enjoys the greatest support of all contending technologies. Most
leading players in all affected segments (handset manufacturers, operators,
content providers, application developers and system integrators) support WAP.
In addition to Ericsson, a few principal members of the Forum include Alcatel,
AT&T, IBM, Microsoft, Motorola, Nokia, Oracle, Phone.com, T-Mobil, and
Sun Microsystems.
HTTP
PLS SSI
TCP/IP
UDFAP
HTML
JavaScript
Security Iqv (MLS)
Transport layr(WDty
Session
Transaction layer (MP)
Pram ВруЖЖЮП fXOCQCQI
Appfctfon layer |№E]	I CtarMrvtaind ;
J appkdona j
5

SMS. USSD, CSD, IS-138, CDMA CDPD, POC-R GPRS.Bc.-
Figure 15- Comparison of Architectures: the Internet vesus WAP
Rapid Market Penetration
The recent launch of several WAP portals and the release of WAP
terminals are expected to give WAP rapid market penetration (Figures 16 and
17)*
npuffftwewi/»
253
Millions of subscribers
□WAP
BNon-WAP
Figure 16. Estimates of WAP Penetration into GSM. Note:
These Estimations Assume WAP Interoperability, WML Application
Development and the Availability of WAP-Enabled Phones
Millions of subscribers
TDMA
Figure 17. Estimates of WAP Penetration into TDMA. Note:
These Estimations Assume WAP Interoperability, WML Application
Development and the Availability of WAP-Enabled Phones
254
Часть 5
The predicted market penetration is based on Ericsson's estimates of
mobile penetration, a three-year life expectancy for non-WAP phones, a two-
year life expectancy for WAP phones, and percentages of WAP-enabled phones
being sold per system.
Initially, not all users of WAP-enabled phones will have active WAP
subscriptions. In 1999, only 20% of users with WAP-enablad phones had active
WAP subscriptions; during 2000-2001, this number is expected to reach 30%.
By 2004, nearly 95% of all users with WAP-enablad phones are expected to
have active WAP subscriptions.
The percentage of WAP users who subscribe to WAP-based financial
services is expected to equal that of users who use the internet for similar
services. The International Data Corporation (IDC> estimates that this number
will increase from 23%, in 1999, to 36%, In 2004. Approximately 50% of all
financial transactions via WAP are expected to be served by a WAP gateway
owned by financial institutions.
Some 40% of all WAP users are expected to use their WAP phones at
work. This is the percentage of corporate mobile phone subscriptions in
Scandinavia. Nearly 15% of the WAP phones used at work will be served by
enterprise-owned WAP gateways.
WAP Evolves with the Network
Evolving Networks and Technology
Present-day WAP services use two different bearer services: circuit-
switched data (CSD) and short message service (SMS), each of which is
significantly limited. Ericsson's network solution offers WAP over unstructured
supplementary data (USSD), but at present there are no terminals that support
this solution.
A CSD phone call can take up to 30 seconds to set up, which causes a
major barrier for WAP. Even by improving the access time for WAP services
over CSD this delay is still an obstacle to using WAP services - when a fast-
access server is used, the total delay can be reduced to only 8 or 10 seconds;
when a proprietary, non-authenticating access server solution is used the delay
can be reduced to 3 seconds.
By contrast, the set-up time for WAP over SMS is extremely short, but
since SMS has far lower bandwidth than CSD, WAP over SMS is slow for
services that transmit large amounts of information to the mobile terminal.
The deployment of general packet redio service (GPRS) will eliminate
delays - the access time will be insignificant since GPRS is always online.
Furthermore, GPRS offers much greater bandwidth than CSD.
Bluetooth is another technology that will enhance and work in symbiosis
with WAP. Bluetooth will greatly enhance mobility by opening the way for
communication with other electronic devices; for example, in shops. When used
Приложение 255
in combination with WAP, Bluetooth will enable communication between end-
users, electronic devices, and applications and storage in the network or the
Internet.
Evolution of WAP
The WAP 1.2 specification was recently approved, which means that
PUSH functions, wireless telephony applications, and end-to-end solutions
(compliant with WAP LI) are now being launched throughout the world.
Future revisions of the specification will include functions for billing,
smart cards, WAP over Bluetooth, WAP in third-generation wireless systems,
multimedia, and convergence with XHTML. In short, we can characterize the
evolution of WAP as:
•	increasing the functionality of WAP in current second-generation
wireless systems, thereby strengthening the systems in use today; and
•	extending the abilities of WAP to work in conjunction with other
technologies, now and in the future; for instance, paging, Bluetooth,
smart cards, and so forth.
WAP will also develop into a major service of third-generation wireless
networks.
Conclusion
Browser technologies for handheld devices are one of several key
enablers for the mobile Internet. Of the competing browser technologies, WAP
is almost certain to emerge as the dominant solution for second-generation
systems. Over time, WAP will maintain its position and evolve to adopt the
characteristics of third-generation wireless systems.
Certain key characteristics that have been observed in newly emerging
business models are as follows:
•	The role of mobile portals is more important to the mobile Internet than
that of traditional portals to the Internet.
•	Several new classes of service will accompany the rise of the mobile
Internet.
•	The mobile internet vastly improves the potential of mobile electronic
commerce.
As new business models take form, network operators are finding
themselves in a key position to serve as mobile Internet payment and transaction
centers, mobile Internet portals, and sites for mobile Intemet-besed e-commerce.
The deployment of WAP end-to-end solutions this year (2000) will be
welcomed and give rise to rapid, large-scale market penetration. These services
will evolve with the introduction of GPRS, Bluetooth, and third-generation
256
Часть 3
wireless technology. Application developers who develop WAP services will
later develop services for EPOC, GPRS, Bluetooth, Parlay, and third-generation
systems. WAP is thus more than just another wireless technology; it is the
catalyst of the mobile Internet Within two to three years, WAP will have
become a convenient commodity among mobile end-users, significantly
changing the way they approach and cany out numerous daily tasks.
Task 37
Underline the sentences true to the text
•	Ericsson is helping to shape the Internet industry.
Ericsson is actively helping to shapa the Internet industry.
Ericsson is actively helping to shape the Mobile internet industry.
•	Voice communication and mobile communication are two of the fastest
growing areas in the communications industry.
Mobile communication and data communication are two of the fastest
growing areas in the communications industry.
Mobile communication and data communication are two of the fastest
growing areas in the telecommunication industry.
•	The mobile Internet market is being formed by the intersection and
merger of the wireless telecommunications and Internet industries.
The mobile Internet market is being formed by the merger of the
wireless telecommunications and Internet industries.
The mobile Internet market is being formed by the intersection and
merger of the wireless communications and Internet industries.
•	the wireless application protocol is a set of specifications that defines a
protocol for communication between server applications and clients.
The wireless application protocol is a suite of specifications that defines
a protocol for communication between operator applications and
subscribers.
The wireless application protocol is a suite of specifications that defines
a protocol for communication between server applications and clients.
•	Different locations offer different advantages.
Different locations offer the same advantages.
Different locations offer different possibilities.
•	WAP is a standard that has been optimized for mobile environment with
a broad bandwidth and small screens.
WAP	is	a closed standard that	has been	optimized for	mobile
environment with limited bandwidth and small screens.
WAP	is	an open standard that	has been	optimized for	mobile
environment with limited bandwidth and small screens.
Пршюжвние 257
Task 38
Read abbreviations and definitions given in box A, translate the definitions
into Russian. Read the text again, find sentences with abbreviations given
in box A, translate them into Russian.
Task 39
Comprehend the information given in Box B. Say which of the business
models is the most advantageous one. Give your reasons.
Task 40
Comment on figures 13,14,15.
Task 41
Ask 15 questions to the text and let your neighbor answer them. Then
change the parts.
Task 42
Write the theses of text 13 and retell it using them.
Task 43
Find some additional material devoted to the problems raised in the text
and write a short report in English.
• ADM
Text 14
Read the text, find the sentences where abbreviatious mentioned under the
title "Terminology'1 are used, translate them into Russian. What other
abbreviations are used in the text? What do they mean? Translate the
sentences with tbem into Russian.
UTStarcom SPDH*” Family of Optical LINK Integrated
Multiplexing Terminals (Optimux)
1.	Terminology
• SPDH A method to multiplex and transmit several PDH data streams
synchronously over an optical fiber.
Add and Drop Multiplexer. A class of multiplexing equipment
that has the add/drop functionality.
25а
Часть 3
• OPTIMUX	Type of fiber optical terminals that integrate both optical link transmission and digital multiplexing.
• PDH	Plesiochronous Digital Hierarchy, which is an ITU-T standard method to multiplex digital bit streams into a higher speed bit. stream.
• SDH	Synchronous Digital Hierarchy, which is an ITU-T standard method to multiplex digital bit streams into a higher speed bit stream.
• PCM	Pulse Code Modulation, a method to encode analog voice into digital format for transmission over digital networks.
• El	The first order of ITU-T PGH digital hierarchy. Its transmis- sion rate is 2.048 Mbps. This is also the primary rate of digital service which can cany 30 PCM voice channels at 64 Kbit/s per channel.
• E2	The second order of PDH digital hierarchy. Its transmission rate is 8.448 Mbps.
• E3	The third order of PDH digital hierarchy. Its transmission rate is 34.368 Mbps.
• EI2	El to E2 multiplexing according to ITU-TG.
• E23	E2 to E3 multiplexing according to ITU-T G.751.
• UNCP	UT Starcom Network Control Protocol. It is developed for the management and control of all UT Starcom telecom- munication products. It is hased on the conceptual model of SNMP and MIB.
• DLC	Digital Loop Carrier
• CO	Central Office
• RT	Remote Terminal
2» Introduction
Optical Link Integrated Multiplexing Terminals, or 0PT1MUX systems,
are major building blocks for building fiber Optical based telecommunication
infrastructure. Since most digital interface used internationally are based on
ITU-T 2.048 MHz G.703 standard (usually called El standard), one of the most
popular product category in this area is the PDH multiplexing and transmission
devices. The OPTIMUX products, which multiplexes £1 into higher bit rate
(mostly at 34.368 MHz E3 rate) according to ITU-T PDH multiplexing
hierarchy governed by G.742 and G.75I and directly convert the resultant
higher tributary data streams into optical signal and transport over optical fiber
link, are the most cost effective and easy to maintain transmission products on
the market today.
OPTIMUX products are used for a wide range of applications. For
example, in PTT, they are used for building inter-office trunks, DLC systems.
Приложение
269
and for interconnecting modular CO switches. These products are applicable to
all countries that have adopted the ITU-T standards. That include most countries
in the world, except North America countries, Taiwan, Japan, and few other
countries.
3.	Product Overview
ЗЛ. System Overview
SPDHmi is an advanced fiber optical multiplexing and transmission
system that has up to 1920 PCM digital voice channel capacity (without voice
compression) and centralized network management system based on the ITU-T
PDH standards. With the advanced "Synchronous Fiber Optical Transmission”
technology, the SPDH™ is one of the most competitive ORTMUX systems on
the market today.
3.2.	Principle of Operation
The SPDH*1" is designed as either single, dunl, and quad E23 multiplexer
with optical fiber interface. When fully configured as the OMUX-400 model,
the system consists of 16 E12 multiplexer modules, 2 dual £23 multiplexer
modules, 1 or 2 optical link transceiver modules, I controller module, and 4
power supply modules. It is capable of transporting up to 64 El (2.048 Mbps), or
1920 telephone lines. With EMUX-400 model, it is also possible to configure
the system as a full functional El 4 digital multiplexer with 64 El (2 Mb/s)
inputs/outputs and 1 E4 (140 Mb/s) input/output
On the multiplexer sida, input £1 signals that are connected to the EIM
modules are multiplexed into £2 data streams according to ITU-T G.742
standard. These E2 streams are then routed to the DEM module where they are
multiplexed into E3 data streams according to ITU-T G.751 standard. One, two
or four E3 output signals of the DEM module are routed to the optical link
transceiver module whare they are multiplexed and coded into 5B/6B signal and
passed to a laser diode which injects the signal into an optical fiber. The system
can accommodate two fiber optical links which can be configured as either a
redundant optical link, or as an East/West configuration for Add/Drop functions.
With proper configuration, these routing mechanisms can provide by-pass,
add/drop, and optical link redundancy functions.
On the demultiplexer side, signals travel in the exact reverse direction
with respect to the multiplexer side.
The ICM controller module performs die routing function for the E3 data
streams between Ac DEM module and the two optical link transceiver modules.
The ICM also provide the control function for the whole node, as well as the
connectivity to the NETMAN network management system.
For installations that don't require fiber optical interface, the system can
be configured as standard EI2 or E13 PDH multiplexer.
200
Часть 3
ЗЛ UTStarcom SPDH4’1’ Major Competitive Advantages
The SPDH™ family of products offers the following major competitive
advantages:
•	Lowest Per El Cost
By using a UT Starcom designer EI2/E23 ASIC, the UT8123 EMUX
chip, we are able to significantly reduce the cost of the system.
Therefore, the SPDH™ is the lowest per Ei cost OPT1MUX available
today anywhere in the world.
•	Advanced Dual and Quad E3 Capability
By using a unique Synchronous Fiber Optical Transmission design, the
SPDH can transport two or four E3 signals over one single pair of fiber.
Tilts technique effectively turns the SPDH™ into a 1920 channel system.
•	Add and Drop Capability
This unique feature of the SPDH™ allows the customer to design the
network very flexibly without resulting using SDH technology, which is
not economical in places where transmission requirement is less than 140
Mbit/s.
•	Advancad Functions and Network Management
SPDH™ can compete not only on price but also on functions. SPDH™ will
provide sophisticated functions thet are only available from AT&T and
Siemens. Among some of the key features are centralized network
management, link redundancy, power supply redundancy, hot
insert/removal, add/drop, and diagnostic testing.
•	Lowest Per Node and Maintenance Cost
A unique controller architecture will allow us to design a system without
the use of CPU and firmware. These systems will be targeted to rural
areas where the bells and whistles are not necessary.
•	Alarm Indicator Controller
ALARM INDICATOR CONTROLLER - this feature provides a simple
and cost effective controller module that can be applied for environment
where advanced network management functions are either not necessary
or can be upgraded later. The alarm indicator controller module provides
a set of alarm information leads that can be used to wire to an alarm
control unit.
•	I nte Higent Control ler
This feature provides an advancad controller module that has a built-in
microprocessor and firmware. This controller can provide local and.
remote network management functionality and more advanced diagnostic
capabilities. This controller is ideal for advanced applications where
multiple OMUX have been interconnected to form a fiber network. The
intelligent controller module provides a network management interface
Приложено»aet
and a network control channel that has the capability to allow the NMS
to communicate with all interconnected OMUXs.
•	Voice Order-Wire
This feature provides a voice communication channel for the OMUX
whence the fiber optical interface is in service, it can be a useful feature
during the installation and trouble shooting of the system. The voice
order-wire supports beth selective calling and OMUX-BUS calling.
•	Overhead Date Communication Channel
An end to end Overhead Data Communication Channel is provided to
allow the customer to send user data, such as NMS of the access
equipment, over the optical fiber link.
о Hot Insert/Removal of Modules
In order to reduce the down time during the repair of the system, the
following modules are made to be hot swappable:
E1M-E12 Module
OLM - Optical Link Module
PSM - Power Supply Module
Optical Link Redundancy
This feature provides the capability to allow the fiher optical interface
module to have a hot stand-by. When the working module fails during
operation, the hot stand-by module automatically switches over therefore
protecting the communication from breaking down. Please note that this
feature is only available for point-to-point configuration since the ADM
configuration uses both fiber interface modules. This feature also
requires the use of intelligent controller module.
•	Power Supply Redundancy
The system is designed with two load sharing DCZDC power supply
modules. Under the normal operation, both power supply modules can
provide power to the system. If one power supply module fails during
operation, the radundant power supply module can allow the system to
continue to operate while the failad power supply module gets replaced.
3.4.	Advanced Configurations and Applications
Л4.Л Major Configurations
In order tu satisfy diversified applications needs, the SPDH can be
configured to support the following configuration:
1.	Single Pair Fiber - Single, dual or quad E3 point-to-point multiplexer, one
pair of fiber optic (FC connector) input/output).
2,	Two Pair Fiber - Single, dual or quad E3 point-to-point multiplexer, one
pair of primary fiber optic (FC connector) input/output and I pair standby
fiber optic (FC connector) input/output.
Часть 3
262
3.	Two Pair Fiber ADM - Single, dual or quad E13 multiplexer with dual
fiber optical interfaces (east bend/west bond) with add/drop capability at El
Level and one, two. or three complete E3 is by-passad.
Major Applications
In this section, a Dual E3 SPDH1" system is usad as an example to
illustrate some of the typical applications of the system. Other configurations
differ only in the number of the EI they can support.
3.4.	2, L Application Summary
Major applications for SPDHnn systems can be summarized in the
following:
РошМо-Ро/л/
•	DLC TRUNKING - used to provide trunking bandwidth for DtC
application.
•	INTRA-OFF1CE - used in intra-office environment for interconnection
and grooming of El lines.
•	INTER-OFFICE — used for intercoanecting CO switches, modular
switches, and national and international trunking.
Multi-point Add/Drop
•	RAILROAD - used for fiber lines laid along the railroad with add/drop
capability.
•	OIL FIELD - used for interconnecting many different sites.
•	CAMPUS - used for interconnecting many different buildings,
•	FACTORY - used for interconnecting different office and production
buildings.
ЗЛ22. Point-to-point Application Scenario
Point-to-point setup is the most common application for SPDH. In this
configuration, the SPDH*0 system can be used to connect up to 32 E! digital
trunks, or 960 voice channels. Please see Figure 18 for details.
4.4.2.3. Point-to-point Redundant Application Scenario
Same as above, but with a secood pair of fiber used to back-up the
primary fiber in case of failure, such as natural disaster. It is advised that the
secondary fiber runs a different route so that such disaster will have less chance
to hit both fibers at the same time. Please see Figure 19 for details.
Лрцпожему»2*3
4.4.2.4. Multi-drop Application Scenario.
Multi-drop setup is the cost effective solution for forming chained
networks, such as along the railroad or oil or gas pipelines. In this configuration,
the SPDH system can be used to terminate up to 32 £1 digital trunks at the
beginning of the chain. At each hop site, the SPDH1" can drop off up to 16 El
digital signals* Please see Figure 20 for details*
4. <2.5, AddlDrop Application Scenario
As shown in Fignre 21, in this type of application, the SPDH system at
each hub along the fiber route can drop (terminate) a certain number of Els
from die up-stream traffic and add a certain number of Els to the down-stream
traffic.
* < <2* 6. Add/Drop and By-pass Application Scenario
As shown in Figure 22, this application is almost the same as the above
with one exception. One E3 traffic is never touched along the route and is usad
to connect the two CO switches together at each end of the fiber route* As it is
shown in the diagram, the OMUX-300 system can be effactivety used to double
a 480 channel system without subatantial increase tn investment*
The same application applies to Digital Loop Carrier (DLC) application as well
as Remote Switch Module (RSM) deployment as well.
4* <2* 7* Single Point Network Monagement/Control (NETMAN)
Application Scenario
The NETMAN NMS can be used to control a SPDH®" network. A
SPDH^™ network is defined as die local node and remote node in point to
point application and as the entire cbain of nodes in a multi-point application*
Please see Figure 23 for .details*
The NETMAN NMS runs on a PC workstation with Windows 3*1. The
NMS workstation is connected to the SPDH1" network via the network
management interface (RS-232) port on the local SPDH*"1 node* From the
NETMAN NMS workstation the system administrator can access the local node
and all the remote nodes.
4.4.2.8 Hand-held Craftsman interface Terminal Application Scenario
For field and rural applications, tba use of sophisticated Network
Management System is not necessary* In this case, a hand-held terminal can be
used for controlling the SPDH node.
A palm-top PC based computer is selected for the hand-held terminal for
SPDH, such as the HP palm top PC* Such a palm-top PC terminal provides both
highly used, friendly interface and good value since the PC can also be used for
other purposes too*

Figure 19. Point-to-Point Application with Redundant Optical Link
Приложение
265
32хЕ1
Figure 21, Muld-Point Add/Drop Application

Часть 3
Figure 22. Add/Drop with By-pass Application
Figure 23. NETMAN Network Management System
Приложение

5. System Architecture
5.L System Block Diagram
£7 J. System Configured with Integrated Optical Link
When configured with the optical link module, the SPDH™ system
becomes an integratad OPTIMUX system that includes all fixed PDH
multiplexing and fiber optic transmission functions, ft is becoming the most
popular and cost effective application. Model OMUX-50, OMUX-lOO, OMUX-
200, OMUX-300, and OMUX-400 have this kind of configuration.
Figure 24 is the high level function block diagram of the SPDH™ system
when configured as OMUX-300;
Figure 24. System Block Diagram with Integratad Optical Interface
A 1.2. System Configuration as Standard Digital Multiplexer
When the system is configured as a standard PDH multiplexer, such as a
2/34 Mb/s skip multiplexer, the optical link module is not required» At the place
of the DEM module, the E3M module is plugged in. The E3M module provides
a standard BNC type interface for the 34.368 Mb/s E3 interface. Model EMUX-
50, EMUX-100, E MUX-200, EMUX-300 and EMUX-400 have this kind of
configuration. Figure 25 is the high level function block diagram of the SPDH
system when configured as EMUX-200 skip multiplexer.
265
Чаешь 3
Figure 25. System Block Diagram when Configured
as Standard PDH Multiplexer
5.2. System Description
The SPDH**1 system is a family of fibar optical multiplexer based on
ITU-T (formerly CCITT) PDH multiplexing standard for high capacity digital
transmission of PCM voice and data. The system has the total capacity to
transmit up to 4 E3 worth of bandwidth, or 1920 64K PCM voice channels. Due
to the flexible design of the system architecture, the system can have a range of
configurations.
The standard SPDHra system is a standard 19 3U rack mount chassis,
consists of 14 slots with backplane design. All cables and fiber optical-
connections are made from the front panels for easy access. Two Power Supply
modules can plug in as load sharing configuration to provide radundant power
sources. This configuration can hendle up to 2 E3 worth of bandwidth drop and
insert into the optical fitter A double height (6U) will accommodate the
maximum configuration with up to 4 E3 worth of bandwidth drop and insert into
the optical fiber
Depending on customer needs, the SPDH*™ system can be orderad as low
cost, plug and play, with no CPU control for simple installations, or ordered as
sophisticated network manageable unit for large network installations.
Лрцдожеиие
Ю
Task 44
Define the main problems raised in the text
Task 45
What can you add to the text using your own experience in the field of fiber
optic?
Task 46
Are similar products produced in Russia? Give their advantages and
disadvantages.
Text 15
Read the text and answer the following questions:
I.	What do ISAM statements and functions provide?
2.	What is ISAM?
3.	What are the statements for performing ISAM file tasks?
4.	When can the ISAM statements be executed?
5.	Where are the ISAM Hies often used?
6.	Why do you use the set statement?
7.	What does the ISAM engine create?
8.	What are the parts of the ISAM file?
9.	Why does ISAM simplify file manipulation?
Database Programming with ISAM
Visual Basic gives you the power and flexibility of the Indexed
Sequential Access Method (ISAM) through a group of straightforward
statements and functions that are part of the Visual Basic language. ISAM
statements and functions provide an efficiant and simple method for quickly
accessing specific records in large and complex deta files. This chapter
describes ISAM statements and functions and how to use them in programs that
access and manipulate the records in ISAM database files. These statements and
functions make it easy for your programs to manage database files as large as
128 megabytes.
When you finish this chapter, you'll understand:
•	What ISAM ts, and when and why it is useful
•	The new and modified Visual Basic statements used for ISAM file access
and manipulation.
•	A general approach to creating, accessing, and manipulating records in
ISAM databases.
270
Часть 3
•	The structure of an ISAM file*
•	Using indexes to work with data tecords as though they were sorted in
many ways*
•	Using EMS (expanded memory) with ISAM programs.
•	Using transaction statements in applications with complex block
processing requirements.
•	Converting existing database code to ISAM code*
*	Using ISAM utilities to convert your sequential and database files to
ISAM format, to compact ISAM databases, repair damaged databases,
and exchange tables between database files and sequential files*
What is ISAM?
When a program uses or modifies records stored in a file, it often has to
sort and re-sort the records in various ways. When a file contains many complex
records, sexting can require substantial program code and a great deal of
processing time* ISAM is an approach to creating and maintaining a special data
file, in which the way records typically need to be sorted can be easily defined
and efficiently stored along with the records themselves* This means your
program doesn't have to re-sort the records each time the file is used or each
time you want a different perspective on the records* In addition to your data
records, an ISAM file contains information that describes and facilitates access
to each data record. Much of this information is maintained in tables and
indexes* Tables serve many purposes, including allowing quick access.to any of
the values of a specific data record* Indexes represent various ways of ordering
the presentation of records in a table, and they permit you to easily access a
whole record by the value of a field in the record.
Column
. Each column in a table has a name. A column in a table is the collection
of all fields having the same column name. Thus, a column is a vertical
collection of fields in the same way a row is a horizontal collection of fields*
The name of each column in a table comes from the corresponding element In a
TYPE ... END TYPE statement in the program that created the table* For
example the TYPE ... END TYPE statement in Figure 25 shows some of the
elements of a record variable defined in a hypothetical program* When an ISAM
table is created to accept data from records of Example Type, ISAM uses the
TYPE ... END TYPE element names as the names of the table's columns*
Figure 26 illustrates the relationships between rows, fields, and columns in a
table*
Приложение
271
UnitsSent	TotalBiD	ClientCode	ClientRep-	- Column Names
UnitsSent]	TotalBill i	GientCodej	GientRepi'	
UnitsSent 2	TotalBill 2	ClientCode 2	... ClieniRep2	
	.	*		4	>- Actual Rows in
№	*	№	* * . *	
№	№		№ *	Table
UnitsSent n	TotalBill n	ClientCode n	ClientRepn/	
Figure 26. Records and Fields (Rows and Columns)
Database
A collection of tables and indexes contained in a disk file.
Index
An independent structure within the ISAM file created when a
CREATEINDEX statement is executed. Each index represents an alternative
order for presentation of the records in the table. The order is based on the
relative values of each data item m the column (or columns) specified in the
CREATEINDEX statement. You might want to think of an index as a '’virtual
table", that is, a virtual ordsring of the table's data records. An index must bave
a name, and may have other attributes. Any index you create is saved and
maintained as pert of the database until it is explicitly deleted. Figure 27
illustrates a table. Beside the table, a list of positions indicates where eech
record actually resides in the table. Beneath the table, a diagram illustrates how
an index on one of the columns (the Invoice column) xhanges the presentation
order of the data when the index is specified.
Specifying an index is a separate step tn which the order of the indexed
column (or columns) is imposed on any presentation of the table's records. To
present a table's records in the index's ordsr, you first specify that index in a
SETINDEX statement. If you were to create, and then specify the index on the
Invoice column in the preceding figure, the records would be presented in the
order shown in the final part of Figure '27, with the record at table position 3
first, followed by the record at table position 6, followed by the record at table
position 2, and so on.
272
Часть 3
Default Presentation Order of Table
UnftsSent	ClientCode	Invoice	ClientRcp	
105	147.914	6037.01	Smith & Jones 4	i— position
172	162.694	5427.22	Duckworth lac. 4	i— position
166	155.555	2445.78	Charles IL Pierce 4	i- position
197	149.276	6003.73	Mulholland Co. -*	h* position
220	153.353	8072.47	Pinzer & Sons 4	i— position
177	121.212	5002.00	Bonelli Behring 4	v-position
I
CREATE1NDEX fl lentm,"Invoiceindex".0."Invoice"
SETINDEX filenum,"Invoiceindex"
I
//wce/mtorfntry	Points to The record at
Invoiceindex position 1	—►	table positions
Invoiceindex position 2	—►	table positions
Invoiceindex position 3	—►	table position 2
Invoiceindex position 4	—►	table position 4
Invoiceindex position 5	—►	table position I
Invoiceindex position 6	—►	table position 5
I
New Presentation Order
UnftsSent	CHcntCode	Invoice	ClientRep
166	155.555	2445.78	Charles R. Pierce
177	121.212	500100	Bonelli Behring
172	161694	5427.22	Duckworth Inc.
197	149.276	6003.73	Mulholland Co.
105	147.914	603701	Smith & Jones
220	153353	8072.47	Pinzer & Sons
Figure 27. Indexes on the Columns of a Table
Приложение
273
NULL Index
The default index for a table; that is, the presentation order of the records when
no user-created index is specified. When the NULL index is in effect (for
instance; when the table is first opened), the order of the records is the order in
which they were inserted into the table. In Figure 27 this order is illustrated by
the table itself
Record Order
The actual physical order of records on disk is arbitrary because whenever
records are deleted from a table, their physical disk positions are filled by the
next records inserted in the table. This optimizes access speed and disk-spece
usage. For example, if you delete the third record added to the table, then add
the sixth record, the sixth record would he placed in the physical disk position
previously occupied by the third record as shown In Figure 28.
Initial Insertion	Deletion of Rec 3	Insertion of Rec 6
insert nc 1 insert rec 2 insert rec 3 insert rec 4 insert rec 5	reel	delete rec 3	itc 1	insert recti	rec 1
	rec 2		rec 2		rec 2
	rec3		<deleied>		rec 6
	rec 4		rec 4		rec 4
	rec 5		rec 5		rec 5
Figure 28. Insertion and Deletion of Records in a Table
Insertion Order
The order in which the records are inserted into the table. This order
corresponds to the order imposed by the NULL index (the default index).
Presentation Order
The apparent order imposed on the table by the current index. Note that file-
space optimization has a side effect: the subordering of records when an index is
applied corresponds to the actual physical order of records on the disk. If you
want presentation order to include specific subordering, use a combined index.
Combined Index
An index that is based on more than a single column. Specifying a combined
index enforces a specific subordering on the presentation order of the records.
Indexed Value
The value (or combination of values) that determines a record's position on a
particular index. While an index is a collection of indexed values, there is one
274
Часть 3
indexed value for each record (row). Therefore, with a combined index, the
indexed value is the combination of the constituent fields of the index.
Key Value
A value against which indexed values are tested when using a SEEKoperand
statement to seek a record that meets the specified condition.
Unique Index
An index requiring that each indexed.value (i.e., each field in the column on
which the index is defined) be different from all others. When you use tba
CREATEINDEX statement to create an index, you can specify it as unique.
For example, if you specified a unique index on ClientCode column in the table
in Figure 27, ISAM would generate a trappable error if the value of any
ClientCode field ever duplicated the value of any other ClientCode field in the
table. You could use a unique index to prevent a user from assigning the same
ClientCode to two different clients.
Current Position
The focus of activity is in a table. Understanding position in the table is
important because, in all cases, position is relative to some structure within the
table that doesn't exist in other Visual Basic files. In an ISAM table, "currency"
(meaning the current position, not the CURRENCY data type) is determined by
several factors. Since multiple indexes may be created on any table, the current
position depends on which index has been specified. There is no concept of a
current table in ISAM, but there is always a current index for each open ISAM
table. If a table contains any records, one record is the current record, except in
two cases:
•	Thera is no current record at the beginning or end of the table (when
BOF or EOF return time).
•	There is no current record after the unsuccessfol execution of a
SEEKoperand statement (because EOF then returns true).
Otherwise, every open table has a current index and a current record (if it
contains any records).
Current Index
The index whose sorting order determines the order of appearance of a table's
records. When a table is first opened, the NULL index is the current index. Once
an index is created on a column or combination of columns, specifying it as the
current, index imposes the sorting order of that column or combination of
columns on the presentation order of all records in the table. That index remains
the current index on that table until it is deleted, a different index is specified for
that table, or the table is closed. Every open table has a current index.
Приложение
275
Current Record
The focus of activity between your program and an ISAM table. Directly
following a SETINDEX statement, the current record is the record with the
smallest indexed value, according to the index specified. ISAM provides many
statements for making different records current, and for altering the current
record. At any time, one and only one record can be the current record in ench
open table. When the NULL index is specified with SETINDEX, the current
record is the record that was inserted into the table first.
Focus
The focus of data exchange (that is, the record affected by an ISAM statement
that fetches, overwrites, inserts, or deletes data in a table). The focus is always
the current record, as determined by the current index. Note this is unrelated to
which control or form in an application may have the focus.
ISAM Engine
Routines used by ISAM to access and maintain the database.
ISAM File
A database created and maintained using ISAM.
Data Dictionary
Tables and indexes used by the ISAM engine in maintaining the database.
ISAM Components
ISAM works by applying routines contained in the ISAM engine to a
physical disk structure called an ISAM file. The following sections describe
these components and the table/index model for record access.
The ISAM Engine
The ISAM engine creates tables representing your deta records to
enhance the storage of and repid access to each record. The relationship between
the individual records in the table and what is actually in memory as your
program runs is determined by the ISAM engine. This lets you easily
manipulate the records of very large files as though they all fit in memory at
once. Tbe actual order of physical storage of records in the file is unimportant
because ISAM allows you to deal with the records as though they were stored in
a variety of convenient ways.
Your program can present the records in the file according to the sorting
order of any column in the table simply by creating, and then specifying an
index. Using the SETINDEX statement is fonctionally equivalent to sorting the
records according to the values of the constituent fields of the indexed column
(or combination of columns). When indexes are created, they become part of the
27$
Часть 3
database. They can then be saved as part of the database, or deleted. When
saved, the ISAM file contains the indexes you've created, in addition to the
tables containing the data records themselves.
The Parts of the ISAM File
ISAM places your data records in the table (or tables) you specify. Each
table represents a group of logically related records, but the logic of the
groupings is completely up to you. For example, it might be useful to keep one
table in the database for your inventory and another for clients.
Information describing an ISAM file is maintained within the file in a set
of system tables called the data dictionary. The data dictionary itself is invisible
to your program, and you never have to deal with it if you don't want to. In fact,
it is safest to simply let the ISAM engine handle all interaction with the data
dictionary, since corrupting it could destroy your database. Information in the
data dictionary includes table names, indexes and index names, column names,
and all the other information used by ISAM to access and manipulate the
records in response to the ISAM statements.
You can create any number of tables within a database file, although the
number of tables you can open simultaneously has an upper limit of 13 and
decreases each time an additional database is opened. A practical maximum of
four databases can be opened at once.
ISAM File Allocation and Growth
Because an ISAM file contains descriptive information, it has some file-
size overhead. Additionally, to optimize access speed and flexibility, ISAM flies
grow periodically in large chunks (32K p^r chunk), rather than in record-sized
increments as single records are edded. A'database contains a header of about
3K. Each table has 4 К of overhead beyond its actual data records; ench index
requires at least 2K. The data dictionary consists of five system tables plus eight
system indexes, resulting in a total initial overheed of about 39K. Therefore, the
smallest ISAM file is 64K. Though an ISAM file with a single record is 64K,
there is considerable room for adding data records within that 64K file before
the next 32K chunk is added.. The initial combination of system tables and
system indexes is about 39K; the remaining 25K are used for your data records
and the new indexes and tables you create.
When to Use ISAM
For data files are too large to completely load into memory, ISAM vastly
simplifies file manipulation because ISAM support replaces the kind of sorting
that can only otherwise be accomplished efficiently by loading all data records
in memory simultaneously. This makes ISAM an excellent method for dealing
with large amounts of data which require sorted access. An ISAM file can be as
Приложение 277
large as 128 megabytes. ISAM handles all the work of moving portions of such
a huge file in and out of memory during record manipulation.
Whenever data records contain many fields that need to be examined in a
variety of ways, using ESAM simplifies the programming. Although you can
write cnde to sort or index random-access files, ISAM integrates these tasks for
you with high-level statements that manipulate sophisticated file structures. This
lets you easily manipulate records by the values in specific fields, and is far
more flexible than a random file's one-dimensional ordering by record number.
However, if disk space is at a premium, don’t automatically choose ISAM for
short, easily-sorted files of relatively constant size. These may be better handled
using other methods (for example, by creating and using hash tables). However,
if you need to sort on different fields at different times, or if you need very fast
access to records according to complex subsorting orders, the benefits of the
ISAM file quickly make up for its overhead. Also, consider that for very large
files, the amount of descriptive information relative to actual records remains
relatively constant, so the percentage of the file devoted to overhead decreases
progressively.
Task 47
Describe the ISAM Programming Model
Task 48
Translate the description of ISAM concepts and terms into Russian»
Task 49
Complete the following sentences and translate them into Russian.
I.	These statements and functions ... it easy for your programs to manage data
base files ... large ... 128 megabytes.
2.	When a program ... or ... records ... in a file, it often.sort and resort
the records in various ways.
3.	This... your program ... ... resort the records each time the file ... br each
time you ... a different perspective on the records.
4.	Tables ... many purposes, including allowing quick access to any the
values... a specific data record.
5.	Similarly, when you ... the elements ... the user defined type, you..
them according to the ISAM naming convention (which ... a subset ... the
Visual Basic identifier-naming convention).
6.	With an ISAM file you......records ... by relative position (row) by the
contents ... any field in a specific column.
7Ц ISAM also ... from other record - indexing approaches because all the
information relating to the records ... in a single file that also ... the data
records themselves.
27S
Часть 3
8.	This .s. you easily ... the records ... very large files as though they all... in
memory at once.
9.	Information describing an ISAM file ... within the file in a set of system
tables... the data dictionary.
10.	Additionally, to optimize access speed and flexibility, ISAM files ...
periodically in large chunks (32 К per chunk), rather than in record-sized
increments as single records ....
] 1. This ... ISAM an excellent method ... dealing ... large amounts ... data
which..........access.
Task 50
Write a resume of the text
Text 16
Read the text and follow the instructions.
Tbe Latest News in the Field of Number Portability
By Deidre Ward, on behalf of the European Billing Association
Everyone values their telephone number. We all know the frustration of
moving house, going through the laborious process of letting friends and family
know your new contact details.
In September 1999, a total of 200,000 calls ware ported throughout the
US, according to statistics from Lockheed Martin's NPAC (Number Portability
Administration Centre). That equals about four calls per minute across the
whole of the US, The number of ported calls is growing steadily each month but
remains just a fraction in comparison to the overell volume on public switched
networks. It makes you wonder whether or not number portability will ever
become the normh
Number portability is a hot issue at the moment. In Ireland, incumbent
operators have until January 2000 to upgrade their systems to allow the import
and export of numbers. Start-ups are required to have the facility to port
numbers, which adds millions to their initial set up costs. The cost of upgrading
Приложение 27S
systems is running into billions of pounds with whet chance of recuperating the
costs in the next few-years? tn the US, the FCC said last year that companies
could recover some of their costs through a monthly charge on consumers* bills.
Ameritech, GTE and SBC wanted to impose these monthly charges and set a
rete, but in July 99 the FCC ruled that the companies couldn't recover as much
as they wanted and reduced the charges. Ameritech will be permitted to charge
customers 28 cents a month, reducing the amonnt it can recover by $483
million; GTE can charge 36 cents a customer, reducing by $28 million. SBC
Pacific Bell can charge 34 cents a customer down $19 million and SBC can
charge 33 cents, down $154 million. The cost of making number portability a
reality is significant, so who did the cost benefit analysis?
On the Move
Everyone values their telephone number On a personal level we all
know the frustration of moving house, going through the laborious process
of letting friends and family know your new contact details. It is inconvenience,
costly, and invariably you forget to tell someone resulting in missed calls.
it is particularly laborious for businesses All company stationery,
brochures, business cards, signage and advertising must be reprinted. Every
business customer, potential customers and supplier must be informed. Many
companies have made significant investments in promoting and advertising their
company telephone number, particularly companies that rely on freephone
(1800) or part peid numbers (1850). Wil) your existing or potential customers ba
able to reach you during the change over, if not can you quantify how much
business you have lost? When you have completed the change how long will it
take to re- establish this number with your customers?
Your Options at the Moment
Mobile number portability is partially available in Ireland at the moment.
You can change from Esat to Eircell or vice versa and keep your subscriber
number but the operator code will change, e.g., 086 868 1234 becomes 087 868
1234. The porting operator will kindly place a message on your old number,
informing callers that your number has changed. However, how long before
your old operator reissues your number? Will my forgotten friend end up
speaking to some unknown? How will a third or even fourth mobile operator
affect this?
You could choose to have all your calls directed to your unique
alphanumeric number with no cost to you. However your friends and business
associates may not he thrilled when they And that the rates are not quiet the
same as calling your landline or mobile directly.
200
Часть J
Your Options in the Next Millennium
Location portability will be an option, you can change address and keep
the same telephone number This offers significant benefits to consumers, as a
move of house or a move to a new office would not necessitate a number
change. At present it is not possible to have location portability throughout the
country for all numbers and indeed it would not make sense to have a number
registered in Galway (091) living in Dublin (01). This means that location
portability is only relevant with 'minimum numbering areas1, of which there are
128 in Ireland at the moment. However an operator that can arrange for a
business to move across town without needing to change number, may have a
distinct advantage over an operator that could not offer location portability.
Portability does in fact promote competition, it drives down prices, and
keeps providers competitive. The availability of number portability will bring
benefits to both commercial and residential customers. In particular, it will
allow businesses to take full advantage of the choices that will become available
in a more competitive telecommunications market and choose the provider that
best meets their neads without the risk of losing customer through changing
their phone number.
True Portability
So how do we achieve true number portability? Some believe that the
answer lies in the current freephone number system. As it stands most countries
maintain a database of freephone and numbers. When a customer applies for a
freephone number the routing information is input on the database, all calls to
that number are then routed accordingly. This may work, however, consider .the
resources neaded to input the relevant routing information for every number in
the country. How difficult would this database be to maintain? It may be
possible to maintain regional databases, but that will not eliminate the porting
costs from a number registered in that region to another region. Yet again we are
beck to costs, who will pay the transaction costs of porting an individual number
and the additional conveyance costs arising from the re-routing of the call?
The Alternatives for Now
Is a fresh look at number portability required? Looking at the GSM
market, where by default al) numbers are non-gengraphic within a country,
International roaming via TAP (transfer account procedure) allows users to
have fully portable numbers on (almost) a globel scale. However, as a GSM user
I know the shock of getting my GSM bill and finding that it cost me a small
fortune to answer a call from an unknown while abroad. GSM offers a form of
number portability, but at a financial disadvantage to the customer. With the
introduction of WAP and GPRS there may be an interim solution that could
keep costs down. Would it be possible to extract customer location information
ПрШЮ*9КУ*231
from the VLR (visitor location register), pass this back to the home network
informing the home network that 1 am in France for example. In doing so when
someone calls me from Ireland while Гт abroad, they could receive an SMS
(short message service) on their handset telling them that 1 am in France, and
that the cost of making the call will be £X.OO per minute. This would then
place the financial responsibility on the calling party for the full route and
duration of the call, thus the GSM customer is not being financially penalised
for having global number portability.
Number portability offers many benefits to customers and operators
alike. However, as we have seen from the US example perhaps some cost
benefit analysis (common sense) may be required before rushing headlong into
implementing costly these strategies and systems* If the regulator is forcing the
issue, then perhaps the above US statistics may present an interesting case to the
regulator for a financial contribution*
Task 51
Find the English equivalents of the following sentences in the text:
1. Стоимость усовершенствования систем выливается в миллиарды
фунтов стерлингов, а какова при этом вероятность возмещения затрат
за ближайшие несколько лет?
2* Число перенесенных вызовов постоянно рестет с каждым месяцем, но
остается незначительным по сравнению с общим объемом в сетях
общего пользования.
3.	Оператор, занимающийся перенесением вызова, любезно оставит
сообщение на вашем новом номере: сообщит вызывающим, что ваш
номер изменился.
4.	Возможность переноса номеров предоставляет много преимуществ как
абонентам, так и операторем.
5.	Перенос номера при изменении места жительства будет
дополнительной услугой; вы можете изменить адрес и сохранить свой
прежний номер телефона.
б* Возможно, удастся обслуживать региональные базы данных, но это не
ликвидирует затраты на перенос вызова с номера, зарегистрирован-
ного в одном районе, в другой район*
7* Перенос номеров фактически стимулирует конкуренцию, он снижает
цены и заставляет провайдеров быть конкурентоспособными*
Task 52
Find the sentences where the following words and word combinations are
used and translate them into Russian:
292
Часть 2
ported calls, hot issue, promoting and advertising, re-establish, portability,
alphanumeric, rates, location portability, full advantage, customer, number
portability, routing, database, transaction, handset, freephone
Task S3
Make up a plan of the text Retell the text in detail and then give its
summary.
Task 54
Is number portability possible in Russia? Discuss this problem with your
neighbor. Give advantages and disadvantages of number portability.
Text 17
Read the text. While reading try to find the following sentences:
I.	Это применения, которые либо просто возможны в IP, либо
эксплуатируются в ней гораздо более эффективно.
2.	На заре развития этого рынка заранее оплаченные телефонные
карточки являлись предпочтительным способом сортировки и
выписки счетов.
3.	При пользовании телефонными карточками это является
распространенной практикой и пользователи IP телефонии с
готовностью принимают ее.
4.	Соответственно, сервисные отношения весьма изменчивы - абоненты
пользователи меняются, а в некоторых странах даже неизвестны
расчетчику (т. е. обычно они представлены номерами карточки или
PIN).
5.	Как я, потребитель, получаю их и у кого?
б.	Вариант с предварительно оплаченными телефонными карточками дал
толчок развитию специфических сервисных решений ведения
расчетов.
7.	Так как число этих новых ускуг изменяется от 3 до 12 или 100, такой
подход становится абсолютно непригодным.
Hearing Voices
(Michael Couture sees how financial reward will inspire telco providers
to convert from IN to VoIP).
The value of Internet Protocol (IP) telephony to service providers comes
from the long-term benefits of a multi-service IP network, and service portfolio.
What wilt make compel carriers convert their primary service platforms from
the safe circuit-switched. Intelligent Network (IN) world to IP, and attract new
Service Providers (SPs) toVolP is quite simply, money. And money will flow to
Приложение
2W
SPs when compelling new applications and services that make the commu-
nication experience richer for consumers and businesses are offered at
affordable prices, and when operational efficiency gains compel them to do so.
These are the applications that are either only feasible over IP, or are much more
efficiently operated over IP*
So, from a user's perspective, where are all of these ‘killer-applications'
that will drive IP telephony growth? Much has been made in IP telephony
circles lately of the perceived lack of progress in the deployment of these added-
value IP applications to complement the basic voice services that pioneered the
industry* Several factors are held responsible for this. Among these is the need
to improve voice quality and the need to reduce relative cost per port to the level
of circuit-switches* Equipment vendors are rapidly addressing both of these
issues*
One key factor in the lack of progress that is often missed is the billing
system* Quite simply, it is typically too costly and time consuming to build
billing, customer care, and service management solutions to address these needs,
Without being able to deploy and charge for new services rapidly, marketers fail
to move business cases forward for these new applications. Innovation is
choked* But why is this happening and what can current Internet telephony
service providers (ITSPs) do to overcome this?
What's Hot in VoIP Billing?
In addition, value for the service is also very relevant today. As noted,
voice quality is not yet up to circuit-switched standards, but it's getting there.
Today, IP telephony facilitates the bypass of established carrier routes with the
associated fees and high monopoly rates, and remains largely unregulated*
Rapidly improving voice quality coupled with the inconvenience of two-stage
dialling, making price the driver of IP telephony uses* With ongoing erosion of
this price advantage, there is currently no sustainable advantage over traditional
calling.
Pre-paid calling cards have been the distribution and billing method of
choice in these early days of this market What is W in the IP telephony billing
space, then, revolves around billing for pre-paid calling card services, and to
some extent wholesale international transport, and fax over IP. Calling cards and
pre-paid services are popular avenues for a number of reasons, including
technical, financial, and established consumer behaviour*
First, most phone-to-phone IP telephony requires two-stage calling to
access the IP network via the PSTN. This is analogous to using regular calling
cards from traditional providers that do not utilise the ‘0+1 option. This is an
accepted practice when using calling cards, and is readily adopted by consumers
of IP telephony. Also driving the pre-peid catling card approach is the fact that
ITSPs are generally new entrants into the merket with little established brand
value. Their marketing objectives are typically not focused on building customer
284
Часть 3
relationships and cross-selling other services or applications. Rather, they are
focused on rapidly driving the number of minutes through their gateways and
over their networks. Consequently, the service relationship is highly
transactional - subscribers/users are transient and, in some cases, even
anonymous to the biller (that is, they are typically just card or PIN numbers).
This suits calling card and pre-paid services very well. Furthermore,
calling cards allow for easy retail branding and may expand sales channels and
the addressable market through wholesale and private-label arrangements. This
is ideal for providers with little or no brand equity trying to rapidly build
minutes, manage costs, and improve margins. In addition, value for the service
is also very relevant today. As noted, voice quality is not yet up to circuit-
switched standards, but ifs getting there. With little or no brand identity and
very low rates, this is not a major consumer or provider issue at this stage of the
market. Pre-paid card users, particularly international callers, are conditioned to,
or at least resigned to, lower quality in exchange for very low rates. Other
reasons that pre-paid is so hot include the credit and fraud issues typically
associated with international calling. With its built-in authorisation and
authentication, and a pre-requisite of money in tbe bank, pre-paid services
reduce the risk of toll fraud.
But underpinning all of this is the fundamental driver of lower rates. As
deregulation of international telephony accelerates and the threat of regulation
for IP looms larger, it is clear that this arbitrage will evaporate. Value-added
applications, single-stage dialling, and higher-voice quality must take-over to
drive IP telephony to its potential
Equipment vendors are furiously working on solutions that address the
latter two issues of quality and convenience, and significant progress is being
made. New applications also abound:
•	unified messaging, collaborative work groups, distance learning, video
on demand. Interact call handling, multi-media conferencing;
•	all will serve to attract new users of IP telephony.
But where are these applications in the market? How do I get them as a
consumer, and from whom? One of the key reasons we do not see a proliferation
of new and amazing services at the market level yet is the bottleneck of billing.
The classic telco problem - we can build that service/feature product, but we just
can't bill for it. This must change for iP telephony to close the immense gap, by
sustaining or accelerating conversion rates.
The 'Stovepipe1 Trap
This focus on pre-paid calling cards has given rise to familiar pattern in
the evolution of service-specific billing solutions. That is, the 'stovepipe1
approach to building or buying infrastructure.
This layered business mode) and multi-service capability is the key to the
success of IP telephony and its SP in the longer-term evolution of the new
Приложение
2И
public network. This was also evident in traditional telephony and in the early
years of IP in general to support the handful of new IP services. For each
service, this approach served the purpose of getting SPs to market relatively
quickly - that is, in a matter of a few months at a reasonable cost. It also
allowed SPs to tailor the infrastructure solution, including provisioning,
subscriber, management, billing, and distribution, to each specific service
offering and specific customer segment - sometimes even to each specific
pricing plan! So the corporate e-mail, residential dial, and SOHO web hosting,
each had their own specific solution.
While having the potential to be an effective short-term solution, this
'stovepipe1 approach serves as a major bottleneck to the growth of IP voice
applications in the evolution of the new public network. Stovepipes make
introducing new services or changing the billing approach or pricing plans cost
and time prohibitive. As new service features become available to help
differentiate the basic offering (for example, a new QoS metric), major projects
are required to take advantage of the new service attributes that need to be
exposed for billing, or to facilitate some kind of usage-based pricing, The new
service feature is either given away or ignored, and the cycle to commodity
status continues. New service introductions require new stovepipes to be built
As these new services count from three to twelve to one hundrad services, this
approach becomes completely unfeasible. Projects take months and cost
hundreds of thousands, if not millions of dollars, to complete. Scarce internal IT
resources compound this problem, as new code is required for every change.
GLOBAL VO1CE/FAX OVER IP TRAFFIC AND MARKET DRIVERS
Source; Probe ffesearcb inc.
By Michael Couture, Product Manager, IP Telephony Solutions,
Select Technology Group, The Select website is at: www.select.com
286
Часть 3
The proliferation of stovepipes, sometimes supporting the same basic
network service but for multiple, different offerings or segments within the
same SP is highly inefficient The investment in the infrastructure yields no
scale economies, impacting larger service providers most significantly. In
addition, the bundling of services into attractive offerings tailored to suit the
needs various market segments or user niches is nearly impossible in a
stovepipe approach. This makes service differentiation a further challenge.
Finally, the stovepipes are typically built or purchased as short-term solutions,
The longer term needs for scalability, availability, and performance is often not
considered. Consequently, the stovepipes can not keep pace with the
phenomenal subscriber growth, and are certain to be even more of a problem as
IP voice applications mature.
Solution: Billing as a "Business Operating System"
By breaking down the stovepipes and introducing a single, layered,
multi-service IP infrastructure, ITSPs can dramatically improve oparating
efficiencies, add new services quickly to increase the addressable market, and
host multiple, branded resellers to more effectively target new segments. The
layered model allows underlying value in the network to be commercialised in
products and pricing plans, extracting the value from the network for improvad
margin and differentiated services.
This layered business model and multi-service capability is the key to the
success of IP telephony and ITSPs in the longer-term evolution of the new
public network. With ample bandwidth inexpansive and innovative network
applications, low cost and rapid commercialisation capabilities, and the ability
to leverage any strong brand to target any market niche economically, the back-
office function of billing is transformed into a core differentiator. Billing
becomes the business operating system for rapidly deploying new voice and
other IP applications, and for entering new market segreents or channels. ITSPs
are able to enter the market on the coat-tails of rate arbitrage, build their
network, and rapidly drive marginal revenue by deploying complimentary voice
and other IP applications.
Task 55
What do the following abbreviations mean?
IP, VoIP, PSTN, 1TSP, IT, SP
Task 56
Explain the meaning of the following:
Business operating system, the 'stovepipe' trap, what's hot in VoIP billing
Приложение
287
Task 57
Answer the following questions:
I.	What's the value of Interact Protocol telephony to service providers?
2.	What has been done in IP telephony circles lately?
3.	What key factor in the lack of progress is often missed in the billing
system?
4* What does 1P telephony facilitate today?
5.	Why are calling cards and pre-paid services avenues?
6.	What are equipment vendors furiously working on?
7.	What has the focus of pre-paid calling cards given use to?
8.	What is known about the ‘stovepipa’ approach?
9.	What is the author's solution?
Task 58
Write down the theses of the text and retell it.
Task 59
Have you ever used pre-paid calling enrds?
Share your experience with your neighbor.
Ask him/her five questions about his/her own experience.
288
Text 18
Read the text and follow the instructions*
A tutorial introduction to optical modulation techniques
Simple schemes
Simple optical laboratory experiments often involve voice transmission
or low rate digital information, such as Morse Code* It is easy to apply the
modulation for either via control of the current to a laser diode or LED- On-
off keying and amplitude modulation (AM) are accomplished in the same
manner as a radio transmitter, using a series pass transistor in the DC feed to
the transmitting device.
For these simple signals, indirect light beam modulation may also be
accomplished, using mechanical shutters or a voice-coil driven mirror*
These electro-mechanical devices are, of course, limited to low frequencies
and useful only in the most simplistic applications*
Some very early light-beam communications and remote control
equipment used techniques similar to those just described, mainly to
demonstrate the viability of lightwave technology* But soon, high frequency
modulators were developed, using both direct and indirect modulation methods.
Direct modulation
Digital signals consist of logical Is and Os, which readily correspond
to electrical ON and OFF states, or to two discrete voltage (or current)
levels* The typical optical communications light source is a laser diode,
which is easily modulated by controlling its current*
Several factors limit the upper frequency at which a laser diode can
be modulated* These include the time constants (frequency response) of the
driving circuitry, the physics of the diode itself, and the characteristics of the
transmission medium, which is typically an optical fiber*
Microwave design and layout techniques have been used to assure
performance of driving circuitry well into the GHz range, removing this as a
major limitation. Optical fibers have a certain amount of dispersion, which
introduces uncertainty at the detector, related mainly to transmission
distance* This uncertainty is worse at high data rates - integration can help
resolve the uncertainty, and there is less integration time with the shorter
high-speed pulses.
Ultimately direct modulation is limited by the characteristics of the
diode itself* A full tum-on/tum-off cycle represents a significant electrical
and thermal stress, which can result in a frequency shift (chirp), transients
(ringing), as well as reduced operational lifetime of the laser diode*
289
One method of dealing with these effects is to apply a modulated
“radio signal” to the diode. The current swing is reduced, which improves
reliability, and the bandwidth is greatly increased because the diode’s drift
and transient responses are reduced. But this technique also greatly reduces
the signal-to-noise ratio, which reduces the range, and it requires more
complex driver and detector circuitry.
Figure 1 • Functional diagram of an optical modulator.
Indirect modulation
Modulation of a continuous light beam removes the laser diode-
related problems at the cost of greater complexity. It also eliminates the
signal-to-noise problems of applying a modulated subcarrier. The stable
light source allows maximum transmission distance for a given amount of
dispersion in the fiber.
Established methods include delivering the data to electrically modulated
crystalline materials such as lithium niobate. These devices can rapidly switch
the light beam between a direct signal path, or split the beam mto two paths with
180-degree phase shift, which cancel when recombmed. This provides
electrically controlled on-off transitions thst do not affect the light source.
The other common method uses electro-absorption (EA) modulators,
usually a semiconductor material that can be switched between transmissive
and opaque states to provide the on-off transitions. Materials used in these
modulators can be conveniently integrated with the laser diode. As with
direct modulation, the driving circuitry uses microwave design and layout to
couple high speed data streams to the modulating devices.
The latest methods of achieving indirect modulation are fully
integrated onto a single substrate. The latest developments in solid state
optical switching are faster than EA, so switched optical paths are used,
integrated onto the same substrate, with optical paths typically using
290
transparent versions of the same material. Figure 1 is a block diagram of
such an optical modulator, which can be further integrated with a detector
onto a microprocessor or other device, as on-chip optical interface.
This tutorial only begins to discuss optical modulators. Readers are
encouraged to find additional information using many references available
in books, as well as application notes from optical device manufacturers.
Task 60
Find the English versions of the following sentences in the text.
L Конечно, эти электромеханические устройства ограничены
низкими частотами и используются только в простейших применениях.
2.	Но вскоре были разработаны высокочастотные модуляторы,
использующие как прямые, так и непрямые методы модуляции
3.	Оптоволокно обладает определенной дисперсией, обуславли-
вающей погрешность у детектора и связанной в основном с расстоя-
нием передачи.
4.	Колебание тока уменьшается, что повышает надежность, а
полоса пропускания значительно расширяется благодаря уменьшению
инерционности диода и переходных характеристик.
5.	Эти устройства могут быстро включить световой луч между
прямым направлением сигнала или расщепить луч на два направления
с фазовым сдвигом ISO градусов, гаснущих при рекомбинации.
Task 61
Translate the following sentences from English into Russian.
L On-off keying and amplitude modulation (AM) are accomplished
in the same manner as a radio transmitter, using a series pass transistor in
the DC feed to the transmitting device.
2.	The typical optical communications light source is a laser diode,
which is easily modulated by controlling its current.
3.	This uncertainty is worse at high data rates - integration can help
resolve the uncertainty, and there is less integration time with the shorter
high-speed pulses.
4.	It also eliminates the signal-to-noise problems of applying a
modulated subcarrier.
5.	As with direct modulation, the driving circuitry uses microwave
design and layout to couple high speed data streams to the modulating devices.
Task 62
Agree or disagree with the following statements.
1	.It is not easy to apply the modulation for either voice transmission or
low rate digital information via control of the current to a laser diode or LED.
2М
2.	Micro wave design and layout techniques have been used to
assure performance of driving circuitry well into the GHz range, removing
this as a major limitation.
3.	Ultimately indirect modulation is not limited by the characteristics of
the diode itself.
4.	Established methods include delivering the data to electrically
modulated crystalline materials such as lithium niobate.
5.	The latest developments in solid state optical switching are
slower than EA, so switched optical paths are used , integrated onto the
same substrate.
Task 63
Write the thesis of the text and retell it using them.
Text 19
Before reading the text below re-read text 7. Compare the information
given in both texts.
Visions for 4G: many ways to achieve integrated wireless
connectivity
Videophone
jeteGonferendng
Hemet
Access
Audio & Video
Enlertatnmertf
Location and
Who! It 4G? TNi dogrom show* many of the ф«сМс <фрВсаНоп* to bo supported by a 4G integrated commu-
nications system.
292
The next generation of wireless communications (4G) is the subject
of much conjecture and debate. In simplest terms? 4G will be an integrated
system of voice, data and image communications that will support a wide
range of personal and business communications. Beyond that basic description,
the view of 4G can be quite different depending on whose view is being
presented.
First, let’s review the evolution of wireless as successive generations
of technology:
First generation (1G) - this is generally considered to be the first
analog cellular systems and telephone capability over trunked redio services.
A few commentators include cordless phones as part of 1G wireless.
Second generation (2G) - digital-based cellular and PCS systems
such as GSM? TDMA and CDMA. Some industry observers include Japan’s
Personal Handy Phone (PHP), Europe’s DECT extended capability cordless
phone technology, and unlicensed 900 MHz and 2.4 GHz telephone and data
services, mainly in the US.
Third generation (3G) - this is the current generation of wireless
technology, which is not yet fully deployed. The difficulty with defining
discrete steps in wireless development is evident with 3G - a number of
enhancements to wireless technology were even referred to as 2.5G. 3G’s
step forward is the eddition of data communications to the familiar audio
communications of a "‘wireless telephone”. To be considered 3G, this data
needs to be transferred at a useful rate for Internet and image
communications.
Wireless data (3G) - whether considered part of 3G or a parallel
development, wireless data communications is definitely a precursor to 4G.
This industry segment consists primarily of the various IEE 802.1 l(x) WiFi
standards, but also includes other less widely-used systems.
Competing definitions of 4G
Beyond the basic description given in the first paragraph of this
report, each industry segment has a different view of the path that will leed
to 4G. Companies whose history is wireless telephony (cellular, PCS, GSM)
consider the wide bandwidth extensions to their technologies to be the
logical path to 4G. Proponents of wireless data - WiFi and WiMAX - see
their technologies as being primary enablers for 4G. Ultra wideband (UWB)
and ultra high data rate 60 GHz system developers believe that the
capabilities of their technologies will be an essential part of 4G.
Even wireline broedband access providers are getting involved. DSL
and cable providers already have significant penetration into homes and
293
businesses. They argue that the integrated delivery system envisioned for 4G
will be developed faster and more economically if their technologies are part
of it. The still-developing fiber-to-home technology is receiving similar
attention as a potential contributor to 4G.
At this time, 4G is experiencing the old-fashioned problem of “too many
cooks in the kitchen”. The diverging views of the road to 4G still need to be
consolidated into a cohesive plan that can be presented to the marketplace.
Some of this work is already being done. In the organizational realm,
mergers, acquisitions and partnerships among wireless and wireline
companies are being implemented with future 4G markets in mind. In the
technology realm, developers of WiMAX and other new high-capacity
systems are proceeding with the assumption that they will be part of 4G, not
just a stand-alone program delivery system.
4G system architecture
One major challenge is matching the frequency, modulation and
bandwidth with both the delivery method (fixed, portable or mobile) and the
program content. In the mobile and portable environments, this process may
be reversed, adapting program content to fit the available bandwidth. For
example, the capabilities of 3G “mobile phone*’ technology are quite
different from mobile WiMAX.
Of course, the nature of the communications devices plays a big role
in this process, as well. For example, HDTV won’t be of much value on a 2”
or 3” handset screen, so that type of video can be reformatted for lower
resolution and less transmitted bandwidth.
On the other hand, as suggested by television commercials of a major
wireless carrier, when the handset user arrives home, he or she may want to
continue watching the same program on a big screen HDTV, with full
quality and full bandwidth. That image must be sent separately, using a
different transmission system.
The same scenario can occur in business communications. In a large
meeting room, high quality video is desirable for video conferencing. But a
participant who is traveling may be using a handset, PDA or laptop PC,
which require less resolution and less bandwidth.
4G will consist of a hierarchy of quality/bandwidth modes, organized
somewhat like this:
•	Voice, low-to-medium resolution images, moderate data rates.
Current 3G “cell phone” technology and Wi-Fi fit into this category.
•	High quality audio, images with good quality on small screens
(handset, PDA, laptop PC). This can be achieved with 802.1 In, and
WiMAX, with cable, satellite and DSL in supporting roles.
294
•	Wide coverage with HDTV quality images, hundreds of Mbps data
rates. Broadcast HDTV, digital cable, satellite and next generations of
WiMAX/WiBro support this level of quality.
•	Local distribution of HDTV quality images, hundreds of Mbps data
rates. UWB, 60 GHz systems, and other developing technologies can
address this application area.
Market forces
At the bottom line is, well, the bottom line. Someone has to pay for
new technologies - with nearly all revenue generated through fees paid by
users of the programming that will be delivered.
With new technology, there is always some risk. Despite claims to
the contrary, consumer demand rarely drives new technology, at least not
directly. Using past consumer behavior and various forms of market
research as a guide, promoters of new technology present consumers with
new options to choose from. Some of those new services are accepted
quickly, others more slowly, and some never become widely used (i.e.,
quadraphonic sound and video discs). Often, there is competition among
similar, but incompatible technologies. Past examples include VHS and
Betamax videotape and the first PC operating systems.
The priority assigned to each step in the development of 4G will be
determined by a combination of the ability to develop the enabling
technology - including both technical capability and the availability of
investment capital - and the estimation of the size of the market for the new
services it will support.
Technical challenges
This report will conclude with a few of the technical issues that must
be addressed in the near future to maintain progress toward 4G.
•	Assure a robust backbone communications system to interconnect
the wireless and wireline elements of 4G. Data must be routed efficiently to
assure seamless transition from one mode of transmission to another.
•	Complete the analysis and development of reliable high data rate
transmission methods for the mobile environment. Much work has been
done, but questions remain on the capabilities of mobile broadband systems
as they operate at higher frequencies where propagation effects are more
pronounced.
•	Continue the search for an ideal handset form factor and feature set
that will support voice, data, audio and video programming - and provide
the necessary RF communications capabilities.
295
• Finally, and most important, continue the search for the optimal
combination of program delivery technologies for each mode of operation —
mobile, portable, home and business.
Task 64
What do the following abbreviations mean?
4G, 1G, 2G, PCS, GSM, TDMA, CDMA, PHP, DECT, IEEE, WiFi,
WiMAX, UWB, DSL, HDTV, WiBro, PDA, RF, VHS.
Task 65
Which of the abbreviations given above were already used in text 7?
Task 66
Complete the following sentences and translate them Into Russian.
1.	The next generation of...................(4G) is the subject of
much conjecture and debate.
2.	A few commentators include .................. as	part of 1G
wireless.
3.	Companies whose history is .................. (cellular, PCS,
GSM) consider the wide bandwidth extensions to their technologies to be
the logical path to 4G.
4.	To be considered 3G, this....needs to be transferred at a useful
rate for Internet and image communications.
5.	Even.........................providers are getting involved.
6.	In a large meeting room, high quality video is desirable for
7.	Data must be......efficiently to assure seamless transition from
one mode of transmission to another.
8.	Much work has been done, but questions remain on the
capabilities of ................. as they operate at higher frequencies
where...................are	more pronounced.
9.	That image must be sent separately, using a different
Task 67
Give a written translation of the extract beginning with “Beyond the
basic description given...” and ending “...contributor to 4G” and the
extract beginning with “With new technology, there is../9 and ending
“...for the new services it will support”. While making your translation
you may use a dictionary.
296
Task 68
Make a short report on developing of the wireless technology. Use the
information from texts 7 and 19.
Text 20
Read the text and answer the following questions
1.	What are the top challenges enterprises face in dealing with the
growing number of mobile devices?
2.	What should new mobile devices not be able to disrupt?
3.	What should enterprises choose while selecting a WLAN system?
4.	Where is Wi-Fi being embedded?
5.	How can an enterprise avoid disruptions of the network?
6.	How can the ESSID provide Internet access?
7.	What is the key to maintaining the integrity of the enterprise
WLAN?
Mobile devices impact WLANs
Controlling Device Access
With the proliferation of new communication devices on the market,
enterprises face a challenge to their networks as they implement wireless
local area networks (WLANs). Increasingly, businesses can expect to have
many workers bringing their own mobile devices onto the corporate
network. These devices (e.g., smart phones, portable game players, media
players) are being brought into the enterprise with or without the approval of
the IT department, and they can significantly impact network performance
and interoperability.
237
The top challenges enterprises face in dealing with the growing
number of emerging mobile devices are reliability, security and service
quality. The WLAN system should provide security mechanisms to ensure
that only approved devices are allowed access to the network, while
blocking unapproved devices.
Additionally, new mobile devices should not be able to disrupt the
operation and availability of the WLAN. Since many WLANs are now being
utilized for mission-critical applications, the system should also ensure that
these new mobile devices do not cause quality-of-service degradation for
these applications.
According to the Wi-Fi Alliance, as of October 2007 there were more
than 4,000 certified devices across many product categories, including
access points, computers, adapter cards, video cameras, digital media
players, gaming consoles, phones and PDAs. Certification testing on these
devices, performed by the Wi-Fi Alliance, focused on three key areas:
•	conformance to the IEEE 802.11 standards;
•	compatibility with other certified products in many configurations,
ensuring that devices will work with products available today, as well as
new products developed in the future that comply with the certification
requirements; and
•	performance of devices for common applications, with the testing
going beyond basic protocol interoperability to ensure that the devices meet
a minimum performance level.
When selecting a WLAN system, enterprises should choose a
solution that has been certified for interoperability with 802.11 client
devices by the Wi-Fi Alliance. Also, choosing clients such as phones,
laptops and other devices that have been certified by the Wi-Fi Alliance as
interoperable can help eliminate operational headaches down the road..
For devices that will be used for business-critical applications,
companies should verify that their WLAN vendor has an interoperability
program in place, has tested performance of the device and application
combination, and certifies the device meets the performance requirements of
the enterprise. If the WLAN vendor does not have this in place, the
enterprise will need to perform its own testing in order to ensure it can
support the applications. This will address the interoperability concerns for
enterprise-controlled devices.
Wi-Fi is being embedded in a wide variety of consumer electronics.
Employees bring these devices into the workplace and expect to connect to
the corporate network. Typically, these devices have not been tested by the
enterprise, nor are they supported or endorsed by the company. These
298
devices also often access the WLAN without the user’s knowledge, as the
radios are usually enabled by default.
As consumers continue to buy new gadgets as fast as they debut,
these devices are also brought into the enterprise before they have been
certified for interoperability. Occasionally, a new device may disrupt the
network so severely as to cause a network outage. A key consideration is to
find ways to ensure these applications do not disrupt the mission-critical
applications running in the network.
One way this can be done to maintain a database of authorized
devices and have the WLAN system verify each device’s hardware ID prior
to letting it access the network. Many of today’s WLAN systems provide a
mechanism, often called RADIUS MAC filtering, that can be used to
perform this validation for any of extended service set IDs (ESSID) on the
system.
If an enterprise uses this approach, it should create and maintain a
database of hardware IDs for all of the enterprise resources. RADIUS MAC
filtering will perform a database lookup on the RADIUS server by sending
the hardware ID (MAC address) of the mobile device to the server in an
access-request message prior to allowing the device to associate to the
WLAN access point The RADIUS server will then send back either an
access-accept or access-reject message to the WLAN, indicating whether or
not the device should be allowed onto the enterprise WLAN.
If the enterprise wants to provide a basic, non-guaranteed service for
non-authorized devices, then a separate ESSID can be created. This ESSID
can provide Internet access by placing the users on a separate virtual LAN
that keeps this traffic off the corporate intranet and is outside the corporate
firewall. This can be utilized to serve visitors and guests to the enterprise, as
well as employees with wireless-enabled personal devices, without
compromising network security.
For this guest ESSID, use a captive portal for user authentication to
ensure that only authorized guests and employees can make use of this
service. This also allows companies to track devices for security or for
resolving network issues. Users can also be required to enter a user ID or e-
mail address and password to be granted access. This device hardware ID
can then be associated with a user in case there are any issues encountered.
Since many of the new devices entering the enterprise are multimedia
devices, the quality of service (QoS) for applications should be assured. For
example, users could be using applications for watching TV from the
WLAN. In order to preserve the reliability and QoS for business
applications, enterprises should enable the WLAN system’s QoS features for
critical voice, data and video applications on the corporate ESSID, while
299
providing best-effort service for the guest ESSID. This ensures that
bandwidth is reserved or prioritized for critical applications.
With planning, companies can maintain the integrity of an enterprise
WLAN even with the proliferation of new devices. Key to this is ensuring
interoperability be making certain that the devices an enterprise utilizes for
its business purposes have been certified for interoperability by the Wi-Fi
Alliance or tested by the WLAN vendor through an interoperability
program. All other devices should be placed into the lower priority guest
access ESSID, and the WLAN system’s QoS features should be enabled to
ensure that the new devices do not disrupt traffic.
Task 69
Define the main problems touched upon in the text
Task 70
What new information have you found in the text?
Task 71
Write down a summary of the text.
Text 21
Read the text. While reading try to find the following sentences:
L Однако спутниковые системы предлагают высочайший
уровень контроля над всем маршрутом передачи благодаря владению
спутниковой станцией или работе на ней; и именно этот факт обеспе-
чивает надежность спутника.
2.	Она показала, что 60% интерференции возникало из-за оши-
бок работников, кросс-поляризации сигналов и проблем с оборудова-
нием, в то время как более 30% было обусловлено неизвестными при-
чинами: они носили временный характер и их нельзя было отследить.
3.	Одним из предложений группы было включить иденти-
фикационный код во все спутниковые сигналы, таким образом облег-
чая обнаружение помех.
4.	Эти условия, или критерии, обычно обеспечиваются коди-
рованием, находящимся на так называемой смарт-карте, которая
должна вставляться в спутниковый приемник или верхний блок для
доступа к программе.
5.	Двигаясь от ретранслятора к ретранслятору так называемым
«стилем напал-и-убежал», пираты передавали собственные программы
в течение более чем 14 минут и снова исчезали в эфире.
300
6.	Спутники являются сформировавшейся частью нашей дело-
вой среды и им нужно быть надежными.
7.	С другой стороны, как в случае с военными, «хорошие
ребята» постоянно разрабатывают контр-контрмеры для восстанов-
ления целостности собственных систем.
Satellite security
In today’s commercial landscape, the importance of satellites is often
overlooked, chiefly because communications, and satellite communications
in particular, is an ‘invisible medium*. Typically, unless you actually bolted
an antenna to your wall in order to receive and transmit satellite signals, you
are unlikely to know whether or not your communications signals are
traveling via satellite.
Nevertheless, every day, satellite transponders carry ostensibly
‘secure’ communications - for anything from bids on eBay to multimillion
dollar bank transactions - all around the world. But how secure are these
satellite links and to what extent can we trust them?
On the face of it, satellites would appear to be at a disadvantage when
it comes to signal security, since a satellite signal is transmitted in free space
and can theoretically be intercepted by anyone with an antenna pointed in
the right direction. However, satellite systems offer the greatest level of
overall control of the transmission path, through ownership or operation of
the uplink station and the satellite, and it is aspect which provides the
foundation for satellite security. The rest is largely a matter of software
coding and encryption systems.
Signal interference
But let us start with the top-level issue of the free space transmission:
Radio Frequency Interference (RFI). Signal interference has been an issue
for decades, ever since the dawn of the satellite communications era, simply
because the more satellites there are the greater the chance that they will
interfere with each other. The radio spectrum is, of course, a limited
resource and has to be carefully managed. On a global basis, this is one of
the functions of the International Telecommunication Union (ITU), although
bodies such as the US Federal Communications Commission (FCC) provide
similar services on a regional basis.
Historically, significant interference problems have been handled on
an international or bi-lateral basis by way of ‘gentlemen’s agreement’,
simply because interference can work both ways (everything else being
307
equal, two carrier signals transmitted on the same frequency will interfere
with each other). Likewise, sporadic, short-lived interference was typically
dealt with by moving customers to other transponders until the interference
subsided, and then largely forgotten.
Now, however, there are many more satellites operated by many
more operators and the problem is of larger proportions. In addition, satellite
communications is now embedded within the general communications
infrastructure and users are less tolerant to failure and generally more
conscious of security* The bottom line is, of course, that interference causes
disruption and disruption costs money
The Satellite Users Interference Raduction Group (SUIRG), having
operated informally for a decade, was formally incorporated in 2003 to help
combat the problem* Its members include most of the world’s major satellite
operators and several equipment manufacturers* According to its website,
SUIRG “shares and disseminates RFI information and remedies, works with
industry to define equipment standards and proficiency training, and actively
pursues programmes to reduce or mitigate satellite interference”*
In 2004, the group launched a programme to quantify the effects of
interference* It showed that some 60 percent of interference events were due
to human error, cross polarization of signals and equipment problems, while
more than 30 percent were caused by unknown sources, mainly because they
were transient and could not be traced. Much of the identifiable interference
was put down to poor operator training, an aspect which has a significant
impact on overall satellite security. After all, how can users, relying on
satellites for million-dollar bank transactions, investment communications
and the like, consider these systems reliable and secure if the operators
themselves don’t know what they are doing?
In a sense, satellite technology has proved to be its own enemy in this
regard* As the size and cost of ground stations has decreased, they have
become available, not only to the major operators, but also to smaller, local
operators, which may not adopt such high standards of training* Moreover,
with the rise of unmanned ground stations and Very Small Aperture
Terminals (VSATs) the potential for interference grows* Sometimes,
interference can be traced to sub-standard installation procedures, such as
insufficiently tight connectors or poorly shielded cables, the result not only
of poor training, but also of the increase in the number of installed systems*
Put simply, people in a hurry make mistakes*
There is light on the horizon, however* SUIRG is pushing the training
issue and has published a guide to ‘General Principles for Earth Station
Operators’, in part to avoid unintentional access and thus reduce
interference* One of the group’s proposals was to include an identification
302
code within all satellite signals, thus making it easier to locate interferes.
However, since equipment makers are unlikely to incorporate this without
specific requests from operators, or regulation from above, education is
required at all levels.
Interestingly, there is already a commercial solution to pinpointing
sources of interference to within a few kilometers. Transmitter Location
Systems LLC, based in Chantilly, Virginia, claims to have resolved ‘more
than 12,000 interference incidents worldwide’ with its TLS NexGen system.
It uses interferometry techniques to determine a transmitter’s location by
observing the difference in arrival times and frequencies of the interfering
carrier signal through two satellites. In most cases, the company says, its
accuracy is ‘more than sufficient to allow identification of the transmitter
and elimination of the interfering signal.’
Conditional Access
More commonly associated with the security of satellite
transmissions is the security of the commercial data with which the carrier
signal is modulated. Perhaps the most familiar data is that transmitted by
Direct-To-Home (DTH) broadcast systems.
Since most DTH providers are in business to sell a service to
customers, they need a way to restrict that service to those who have paid to
use it. The key buzz-phrase associated with the security of DTH or any ‘pay
TV’ system is ‘conditional access’ - access given to the services under
certain conditions. These conditions, or criteria, are usually provided by the
coding contained on a so-called ‘smart card’ which must be inserted into a
satellite receiver or set-top box in order to access the programming. Indeed,
Conditional Access Modules (CAMs) are now an integral part of many
modem TV sets.
Specialized encryption systems have been developed to scramble the
digital data in such a way that it can be decrypted by a receiver with the
correct decryption algorithm (computational procedure) and security keys,
provided by the smart card. The same is true, of course, for other
commercial satellite applications, such as satellite radio services and high-
resolution imaging, where data is being transmitted to a recipient.
In response to ever more sophisticated attempts to override these
security systems, the systems themselves have increased in complexity over
the years. A typical contemporary system involves a scrambler key or
‘control word’ sent to the receiver and encrypted as an entitlement control
message (ECM); the control word may be changed every ten seconds or so.
Moreover, the receiver will only decrypt control word when authorized to do
303
so, this authority being sent to the receiver as an Entitlement Management
Message (EMM), which contains general information about the subscriber
and the status of the subscription.
Several companies provide competing conditional access systems,
including NDS VideoGuard, Irdeto Access, Nagravision, Conax, Viaccess
and MediaGuard. Unfortunately for the broadcasters, decryption
programmes and CAM emulators, card readers that can read several card
formats, are continually being developed to combat these systems* So
security of content is a moving battle.
Pirating
It is one thing for individuals to access content on a satellite
transponder without paying for it, quite another for someone to highjack an
entire satellite transponder for their own uses, but this is exactly what
satellite pirates have been known to do*
One of the first, and possibly most famous, transponder pirates was
American John MacDougall, alias * Captain Midnight*, who ran a satellite
dealership in Florida* In 1986, when Home Box Office became the first pay
TV service to scramble its signal full time, satellite TV watchers became
disenchanted with the extra costs and dealerships experienced a drop in
business* MacDougall's evening job as an operations engineer at the Central
Florida Teleport afforded him the opportunity to ‘retaliate’ by
superimposing a typed message complaining about the HBO’s fees over
intended programming. He was eventually traced by the FCC, fined $5,000
and placed on probation*
Surprisingly though it may seem, piracy is still a concern on the high
seas of space. As recently as July 2005, China’s political activist group, the
Falun Gong, pirated TV signals in eight C-band transponders on APT’s
Apstar 6 satellite, interrupting prime-time broadcasts from 25 channels*
Moving from transponder to transponder in what report called a “hit-and-
run-style attack”, the pirates transmitted their own programming for more
than 14 minutes before disappearing once again into the ether* At the time,
the anti-jamming system specially ordered from spacecraft builder Alcatel
Space to guard against piracy had not been activated* It seems that until all
satellites at risk have such a system installed - and operational - they will be
prey to similar attacks*
Proof, if it was needed, was supplied most recently by the allegedly
intentional jamming of the Thuraya 1 satellite, which began in early 2006
and ended in August* The interference was reported to have originated from
Israel, but few details are, as yet, available*
304
A matter of trust
When we consider the amount of business and the magnitude of some
financial transactions conducted via satellite, the satellite-related costs of
downtime and unavailable transponders pale into significance. Satellites are
an established part of our business environment and need to be reliable.
So, can corporate entities which depend on the security of their
communications systems rely on satellites? In a sense, the inclusion of the
word satellite in the question is increasingly irrelevant, because of the
convergence of satellite and terrestrial systems.
A few years ago, for instance, any discussion of communications
security would have separated satellite telephony and terrestrial (fibre) under
two distinct headings. Terrestrial telephony would have included the Internet
and company intranets as well as voice telephony, but satellite would not.
Today, however, Internet applications, including Voice over Internet
Protocol (VoIP), are a key part of satellite service offerings, and the concept
of the Virtual Private Network (VPN), a private communications network
operated within a company or used by several organizations to communicate
privately over a public network, is no longer confined to terrestrial
networks, thanks to IP over satellite. A similar panoply of firewalls,
encryption and network access codes exists whatever the transmission
medium. Although some systems are better are better that others, what this
means ultimately is that secure communications and e-commerce via
satellite should be no less trustworthy and reliable that its terrestrial
analogue.
Can we ever be absolutely sure that our conversations cannot be
overheard, or our transactions intercepted? In the broadest sense, probably
not, because there will always be someone developing countermeasures to
combat the security systems. On the other hand, as in the military realm, the
‘good guys’ are continually developing counter-countermeasures to restore
the integrity of their systems.
Ultimately, our trust in security systems is a matter of faith. The
alternative, after all, is to shut ourselves away and ‘say nothing to no-one’.
And in this age of communication, that is unlikely to happen.
Task 72
Make up a detailed plan of each part of the text. Retell each part of the
text separately.
Task 73
Write a resume of the text.
305
Интернет-ориентированные задания
Для выполнения интернет-ориентированных заданий пред-
лагаются следующие электронные адреса:
Google: http://www.google.com
Yahoo: http://search.yahoo.com
MSN: http://search.msn.com
Juice: http://www.kbcafe.com/juice/download.html
GreatNews: http://www.curiostudio.com/downloadJitml
BBC Learning English:
http://www.bbcxo.uk/worldservice/leamingenglish/newsenglish
Australian Broadcasting Company: http://www.abc.net.au/worldtoday
Образцы заданий
Authentic texts finding and discussing:
1.	Use a search engine to find an article about the topic ‘‘Mobile
communication” that you think is interesting for your fellow students. Make
sure that the article is not too long or too short. It should not be more than
one page when you print it out.
2.	Copy the text from the web page.
3.	Make a summary of the article and discuss it with the students of
your group.
Authentic texts finding and writing resumes:
1.	Use a search engine to find an article about the topic: “Satellite
communication*’.
2.	Copy the article from the web page.
3.	Write its resume.
Authentic articles finding and writing reports:
1.	Use a search engine and find a series of articles about the topic:
“New services in telecommunications”.
2.	Write a plan of your report on the topic above.
3.	Prepare a report (either orally or in writing).
Planning a visit to country (city):
1.	Use the following resources to plan your time in London:
http://maps.google.co.uk/maps
http ://www. vis itlondon.com
Do not forget you need time to get from one place to another and you
also need time for eating (in a restaurant, cafe or somewhere in the street).
306
Click on * 'Attractions” to find out about the places to visit or
“Shopping” to find out where to buy things.
2.	Explain your day to the group.
3.	Evaluate your future visit to London.
Watching a video:
1.	Go to: http://video.search.yahoo.com,
http://www.altavista.com/video
http://video.google.com
2.	Find a short videoclip about communications, computers or on-
line services that is going to be interesting for your groupmates.
3.	Copy it on a disk.
4.	Prepare questions (not less than 10) for group discussion.
5.	Show the clip in the class and discuss it with your groupmates.
307
АНГЛО-РУССКИЙ СЛОВАРЬ
Английский алфавит
Аа	Hh	Oo	Vv
ВЬ	li	PP	Ww
Сс	Jj	Qq	Xx
Dd	Kk	Rr	Yy
Ее	LI	Ss	Zz
П	Mm	Tt	
Gg	Nd	Uu	
Принятые сокращения
a	adjective	имя прилагательное
adv	adverb	наречие
Cj	conjunction	союз
n	noun	имя существительное
pl	plural	множественное число
№	past participle	причастие II
pron	pronoun	местоимение
prep	preposition	предлог
V	verb	глагол
308
ability л abbreviation n abound*» above a accelerate v	способность сокращение иметь в большом количестве» изобиловать вышеприведенный ускорять
acceptance л accessn accident я accommodate v accomplish v according toprep account for v	признание доступ несчастный случай приспосабливаться; устраивать, размещать закончить а соответствии с объяснить
accountn accumulate v achieve v achievement л acid л acquire v acquisition л act л add *» additional a adjacent a adjunct л adjust *» administer v adopt v advanced a advantage л take -of	счет накапливать достигать достижение кислота приобретать приобретение указ, постановление добавлять дополнительный примыкающий, смежный, соседний приложение; дополнение прикреплять, приспосабливать управлять принимать; утверждать передовой» продвинутый преимущество воспользоваться преимуществом
309
affect v afford v	воздействовать позволить себе, иметь возможность; предоставлять, давать
affordable a	доступный
agency n agenda n aggregate v agree v agreement л ahead oftimearfv aid л aid v akin adv alarm л alleviate v allocate v	агенство повестка дня собирать в одно целое соглашаться договор, соглашение досрочно помощь помогать сродни; похоже, сходно звуковой сигнал; сигнальный звонок облегчать предназначать, распределять; размещать; выделять; бронировать; ассигновать
allocation n	распределение; размещение; отведение; раскладка; выделение; назначение; бронирование; ассигнование
allow v alloy л alter v alternate v although adv altitude л ambiguity л	разрешать сплав изменить изменить хотя, несмотря на высота неясность, двусмысленность; неоднознач ность
amount л	количество
amount v ample a amplifier л amplify v amplitude л angry a be - with	составлять; достигать обильный, богатый, широкий усилитель усиливать диапазон; амплитуда сердитый сердиться на
370
announce v	объявлять
announcement n annual a another a anticipate v apart adv apparently adv appear v appearance л applicant л application л	объявление, сообщение годовой другой предвидеть в отдалении, в сторене очевидно появляться, оказаться появление претендент, кандидат применение; заявление; прикладная программа; использование
apply v approach л appropriate a approve v approximate a approximately adv ' approximation л arbitrary a arise (arose, arisen) v arrive at v arrive at solutions arrive in v ashtray л aside from adv	применять подход, метод соответствующий, уместный одобрять приблизительный приблизительно приближение; упрощение спорный; произвольный возникать, появляться приезжать в принять решение приезжять в пепельница помимо
assess v	определять размер налога; облагать налогом
asset л assign v assignment л	актив, имущество опраделять, устанавливать задание; присвоение; ассигнование; распределение; предоставление каналов
assume v assumption л assurance л asymptotic a	предполагать, допускать предположение, допущение уверенность; гарантия; страхование асим птотический
311
atopttfr tittach v attempt v attendant л	наверху, сверху прикреплять пытаться обслуживающее лицо; служитель; дежурный; телефонистка местного коммутатора
attention ft attenuation л	влимание затухание; ослабление; декремент
attract v attraction л attribute л	привлекать привлекательность определяющий признак; характеристика; свойство; критерий
audible fl audience л authenticate v authentication n	СЛМЩНЫЙ; слышимый аудитория удостоверяться, устанавливать удостоверение; опознавание; отождествление
availability л available a average a axis л	доступность; наличие; пригодность доступный средний ось
312
background л band л bandwagon л battery л battle л	фон, предпосылка полоса; диапазон; сиектр; зона; лента победа, массовые движения батарея битва
become (became, become) у становиться
behave v behind adv behind prep	вести себя сзади, позади за; указывает на запаздыиание, отставание; позади
believe v belong to v bend v beneath prep benefit л bet л better v bias n	верить, полагать принадлежать сгиблть под, ниже выгода, доход пари улучшать, усовершенствовать уклон, наклон, склон, смещение, поляризация
bidder л bidding л	покупщик предложение цены (на аукционе); надбавка к цене; торги
bill л bimonthly adv bit л blood л boast v boost у borrow p bottleneck л boundary л branch л	счет раз в два месяца, два раза в месяц бит (единица информации) кровь хвастать повышать, ускорять занимать помеха, препятствие, критический параметр граница, предел, порог ветвь; отрасль; отвод; фаза
313
brand л break up (broke, broken)^	марка разбивать, прекращать, сильно искажать (изображение)
breakup n bridge tap л brief a bring (brought, brought) v broadcast v browse v browser л bundle л burning a busy a	разрыв; сильное искажение изображения ответвление кроткий принести вещать, передавать по радио пролистать, проглядеть программа просмотра; броузер узел; пучок; комплект насущный занятой, несвободный
314
С
cable л calculate v calculation л call л call v -cancel v capability л	кабавь подсчитывать подсчет; вычисление; счет звонок, вызов называть, звонить отменять способность, возможность; производительность
capacity л	емкость; мощность; нагрузка; эффективность
capitalize v captive a capture v carrier frequency л carrier л	превращать в капитал, капитализировать захватывающий захватить; иерахватить; собрать данные несущая частота несущий (ток или частота); канал связи; . оператор связи
cany out v cany v case л casual a catch (caught, caught) v cause v cautious a cell л cellular a cement л cement v	выполнять нести, переносить дело, случай случайный; нерегулярный; причинный ловить; фиксировать; захватывать заставить, вызывать осторожный ячейка; зона; секция; сота; дефект в кабеле сотовый; клеточный; ячеистый; мористый цемент цементировать; устанавливать прочную связь
census л century n certain a certainly adv chain л	перапись; полный набор характеристик век определенный; конкретный; достоверный конечно иепочка; последовательность
315
challenge л challenge v chance л channel n chapter n charge л	вызов; проблема; требование; конкуренция вызывать; создавать проблемы случай; вероятность канал; тракт; линка свази; ствол; дорожка глава руководство, ответственность, платадаряд, тариф
charge v be in - of chassis л chief a chief л choice n choke n	взимать; начислять плату; заряжать заведовать чем-либо; отвечать зв шасси главный. шеф выбор дроссель; реактивная катушка; полупрозрачный фильтр
choose (chose, chosen) у chunkn circle л circuit n civilian a claim n claim p clerical a cluster v cluster n coexistence л collaborative a colleague n column л combine v command v	выбирать блох данных; фрагмент данных круг схема; цепь; контур; канал; линия; цикл гражданский заявление; претензия; рекламация заявлять духовный ассоциироваться, быть тесно связанным группа; пакет, блок; кластер сосуществование сотрудничающий; совместный коллега колонка, графа, столбец соединять приказывать
comment v	комментировать
commerce n commitment n commodity n	торговля обязательство; стремление предмет потребления, товар
3f6
common a commonplace a communicate v	общий банальный, избитый осуществлять свазь, общаться
compare v comparison v compatible a compel v compete? competition л competitive a	среанивать сравнение совместимый заставлять, подчинить соревноваться соревнование соперничающий, конкурирующий; конкурсный; конкурентноспособный
competitor n compiler л complement л complementary a complete v compliant л complicated a compose v compound v comprehend v comprise v concept л concern л conclude v conditional n conduct v conductivity л confirm v congestion л	конкурент составитель дополнение дополнительный выполнить, завершить податливый, уступчивый сложный состоять усложнять понимать содержать, охватывать понятие' отношение, беспокойство заканчивать, завершать условный проводить (тенао) проводимость подтверждать скопление; перегрузка; избыточная нагрузка
conjunction n connect v	соединение, союз; логическое умножение соединять
317
consequence й consequently adv consider у consigement я consist of p consistent о constitute p constraint n	следствие следовательно, в результате рассмагрнаать груз, партия, отпреака грузов состоять на совместимый, последовательный составлять принуждение; ограничение; уточнение
consume v	потреблять, поглощать
consumer л consumption я contain v contend p contender л	потребитель; абонент потребление содержать бороться; спорить; соперничать соперник, претендент
content я	довольство, чувство удовлетворания
contents я	содержание
contest я continue p convenience я convenient a conventional a	соравнование продолжать удобство удобный обычный
converge у conversation я conversely adv convert v	сходиться в одной точке, сводить воедино разговор обратно, противоположно, наоборот превращать
convey v conveyance я convince v cope with v copper я core я	перавознть, транспортировать перевозка, транспортировка убеждать справляться с медь сердечник, сердцевина, суть дела, оперативная память
corporate a	корноретивный, учрежденческий, стратегический
correct v	исправлять
37В
corrupt V	портить; давать взятку; разрушить информацию
cost л cost V	стоимость стоить
cover v	охватывать; поарывать; упаковывать
coverage л	охват; радиус доступа; зона действия; зона обслуживания; зона уверенного приема; тираж; степень компенсации
create v crossbar system crucial a cubic a	создать координатная система рашающий, критический кубический
cue л cumulative a curb л	раплика, сигнал, условный знак накопленный, совокупный, итоговый ограждение
current a currently flrfv customer л	современный; текущий, нынешний в настоящее время клиент, покупатель; абонент; заказчик
319
D
daily a
damage n
damage v
dangers
dash я
datum s (data pl)
deal with (dealt, dealt) v
debuggings
decades
decay у
declare v
decrease v
decrees
dedicate v
dedicated a
deducev
default я
defend v
deflnition я
define v
delays
delay v
delete и
delivery s
demand s
demand v
denote v
density я
dependent v
ежедневный
повреждение
повреждать
опасность
тире, черточка
данные
иметь дело с. относиться
нахождение и устранение дефектов, отладка,
доводка
десятилетие
уменьшаться, угасать, слабеть, звтухать
заявлять
снижать
декрет» указ; решение, постановление (суда)
посвящать
посвященный
выводить; делать вывод; вычитать
неплатеж; недосмотр; отсутствие;
несоблюдение (правил); значанне по
умолчанию
защищать
определение
определять
задержка
задерживать
уничтожать; вычеркивать; стирать
доставка; подача; выдача; получение;
передача
спрос, требование
требовать
выражать, обозначать; показывать, отмечать
плотность
зависеть от
320
depict v depiction л deploy у deployment л	описывать описание размещать, использовать; реализовать размещение; реализация; развертывание; применение; использование
derive from v	происходить от; производить из; модифицировать
describes descriptive a desen л design v	описывать описательный пустыня проектировать, создавать;разрабатывать, конструировать
desire л despite prep destination л destine v destroy v detail л detect v determine v develop v device л	желание несмотря на место назначения; адрес; адресат; приемник предназначать разрушать деталь, мелочь обияруживать определять разрабатывать, развивать, расширять прибор, устройство; компонент; схема; метод; механизм
devise v devote v dew n dial v	придумывать, изобретать посвящать роса набирать (номер телефона наборным диском)
die л die v differ from v different a differentiate v difficult a digital a	матрица, кристалл затухать отличаться от различный отличать, различать трудный цифровой
321
digitize v	преобразовывать непрерывные сигналы в цифровые
dimensions л pl dip v disadvantage л disadvantageous a disaster л disastrous a	размеры, валичина погружать; снижать; падать недостаток непригодный бедствие; отказ; авария бедственный; недопустимый, чрезмерный (о помехах)
discount л discourse n dismiss v display v distinct a distinguish v distort v distortion л distribution л diversify v	скидка разговор распускать; отклонять; отключать показывать; отображать; воспроизводить ясный» отчетливый различать; отмечать; выявлять искажать искажение распраделенне; распространение разнообразить, варьировать; переадресовывать
divest v divide v division л domain л double v downstream a downward orfv drag v draw v drift apart v drive out (drove» driven) v driving permit (license) drop v dual a	отнимать, лишать делить подразделение, отдел; категория; деление область; интервал; домен; сфера действия удвоить нижний вниз, книзу тянуть, ташить привлечь разойтись; отклониться; сместиться приводить в движение; выходить водительские права падать, снижать двойной; сдвоенный; двойственно- противоположный
322
due а	должный, причитающийся, установленный (срок)
to be - to v duration it dust n	быть должным продолжительность пыль
Е
earth п	земля; заземление; заземлитель
ease л economic а economical а effect л effect v efficiently adv elect v eliminate v embed v embody v emergency n	легкость; простота экономический экономный влияние; воздействие; разультат; явление иметь воздействие, воздействовать, влиять эффективно выбирать, избирать уничтожать, устранять, исключать встраивать; вносить; интегрировать вкаючать, содержать непредвиденный случай; авария; выход из строя
emphasize v	подчеркивать; выделять; предварительно корректировать
employ v employee n employment n enable v encapsulate v enchanting a enclave л	применять; использовать служащий работа (по найму), служба, зенятие позволять; разблокировать; дейстнопьть заключать в капсулу; скрывать очаровательный, обворожительный анклав; территория, окруженная чужими владениями
323
enclosure n	ограждение, вложение; корпус; кожух; муфта
encounter v	сталкиваться, (неожиданно, случайно) встретить
encourage v	ободрять, поощрять, помогать, поддерживать, способствовать, обеспечивать
encrypt v engage v be engaged v engine л engineer v	скрывать, хранить в тайне; шифровать заниматься быть занятым машина, мотор, устройство создавать, проектировать, работать в качестве инженера
enhance v	увеличивать, усиливать; усовершенствовать
enjoy v enlarge v enormously adv enough adv enquiry л ensure v enterprise л entire a entrant л entry л environment л equals equilibrium л equipment л equity л erect v erlang л	наслаждаться увеличивать чрезвычайно, крайне, очень достаточно, довольно вопрое, запрос обеспечивать прадириятие весь, полный участник вход; запись; элемент; статья окружающая срада равный равновесие оборудование; аппаратура; приборы акция; справедливость возводить раснраделение Эрланга (термин теории массового обслуживания)
error л erstwhile a especially adv	ошибка прежний, былой особенно
324
essence л	суть, сущность
essentially adv	существенно, главным образом
establish v	установить; создать; осуществить
estimate л	оценка; смета, предварительный подсчет
estimate v	оценивать, приблизительно подсчитывать
estimates pl л	(сметные) предположения
evaluate v	оценивать; вычислять
evaporate v	испарать, выпаривать; напылять
eventual a	возможный, конечный
evolve v	развивать
examine v	осматривать
example л	кример
exceed v	превышать
excellent a	отличный
except for adv	за искаючением
except prep	за исключением
excessive a	чрезмерный, излишний
exchange л	телефонная станция; коммутатор; замена;
	перестановка
excite v	возбуждать, вызывать
excursion n	экскурсия
execute v	исполнять
executive л	исполнитель
exempt v	освободить
exhaustion л	истощение, изнурение
exhibit v	выстаапать, провалять
exist v	существовать
expand v	расширять, распространять
expect v	ожидать
expectancy л	ожидание
expense л	расход; трата; цена
expensive a	дорогой
experience v	испытывать
expiration л	истечение (срока)
explain v	объяснять
325
explicitly adv
explore v
explosion n
explosive a
extend v
extensive a
extensively adv
externa! л
extract л
extremely adv
F
face v
facilitate v
facilities pl л
facility л
fade v
fading л
fail v
failure Л
fair a
fairly adv
fashionable a
fast a
fast adv
fault л
ясно, точно
исследовать; изучать
Взрыв
взрывчатый, взрывной; быстрый; бурный
расширять; продолжать; дополнять
обширный; разветвленный; комплексный
обширно, широко, комплексно
внешний
выдержка
чрезвычайно
сталкиваться (с проблемой)
способствовать, облегчать
средства, устройства, оборудование; -
аппаратура; канал связи; удобства; услуги
доступность, способность
замирать, затухать
затухание, замирание
выходить из строя
неудвча; отказ; неисправность; сбой
справедливый
относительно
модный
скорый, быстрый
быстро, скоро
недостаток; ошибка; дефект;
неисправность
326
favourite a feature л fee л feeder л	любимый черта, особенность; свойство; признак плата; такса; тариф; сбор фидер; питающий провод; абонентская линия -
female a fence л fetch v feverishly adv fiber л field л file v	женский забор принести, извлекать лихорадочно волокно; стекловолокно; световод область, поле; зона; попукадр подввать, хранить, подшивать; создавать файл (картотеку)
file a suit v final a	подввать иск конечный* последний; итоговый; окончательный
find (found, found) v finite a first aid fit a fitv fiat a	найти конечный; ограниченный первая помощь пригодный соответствовать прямой, плоский; находящийся в этой же плоскости; равномерный; равный; сплошной
flexibility л floppy a fluently adv flustered a fly (flew, flown) v foam л follow V foot л force л force v forecast л foreign a	гибкость висящий свободно взволнованный летать мыло, пена следовать Фут сила заставлять прогноз иностранный, зарубежный
327
foreseeable о form v former a fortune я	ближайший формировать, образовывать прежний, предшествующий состояние (материальное); судьба; цепь случайностей
found v fraction n frame л franchise n fraud л frequency л frequently adv frustration л fulfill p furiously adv furthermore adv	основывать дробь, частица, доля рамка; цикл; кадр; блок данных; границы право, привилегии, льгота подделка; подлог частота; повторяемость; периодичность часто бедствие; рассогласование выполнить бешено кроме того, к тому же
325
G
gain n
gain v
game я
gap»
gateway »
generally adv
generate v
generation л
generic a
germanium л
glass л
glove it
goal n
govern v
gradually adv
grant v
growp
growth»
grumble v
guess v
guide»
коэффициент усиления; прирост;
увеличение
получить
игра
промежуток; интервал; пропуск; пробел
ворота, вход; выход, доступ; шлюз;
магистраль
в общем
производить; образовать; синтезировать
поколение; создание; накоияение
общий; унифицированный
германий
стекло
перчатка
цель
управлять
постепенно
даровать, жаловать, раэрашать
расти
рост
ворчать
догадываться
инструкция
329
н
half л handhold л handhold (handheld, handheld) v handle v hardware л harmful a header л headlong a headquarter л	половина упор, опора для рук лалать увор двя рук, держать руками выполнять; обрабатывать; обслуживать оборудование; аппаратные срадстаа врадный магистраль; заголовок; рубрика опрометчивый главное управление; центр управления; центральный орган
heart л heater л height л hence adv henceforth adv hide (hid, hidden) v hierarchy n highlight p hold (held, held) v hop v hot a hourly a however adv hub л huge a humidity n	сердцевина; ядро; сердечник награвателъ высота отсюда, с этих пор, с этого времени с этого времени, впрадь прятать  иерархия освещать держать скакать; пересылать; перепринимать горячий; актуальный ежечасный однако втулка; концентратор в сети огромный влажность
330
ideal a
identify v
idle a
illness n
image п
immediately adv
immense a
impact n
impact?
impedance n
implement v
implementation v
imply v
important a
impose?
improve v
impurity n
inappropriately adv
incentive n
incidentally adv
include v
inclusive a
inclusive of a
incorrect a
increase v
increment л
incumbent a
independanta
indicate v
infinity л
influence a
inform v
идеальный
определять; распознавать; отождествлять
праздный; незанятый; неработающий
болезнь
образ; изображение; отображение
немедленно
огромный
влияние, удар, толчок, воздействие
уплотнять, плотно сжимать
сопротивление
внедрять
осуществление, выполнение; внедрание
предполагать, подразумевать
важный
облагать; налагать, навязывать
усовершенствовать, улучшать
примесь
неуместно, несоответствующе
стимул
случайно, между прочим
включать
включающий в себя
включая
неправильный
увеличивать
увеличение, приращение; возрастание; шаг
возложенный (об обязанности)
независимый
указывать; показывать; облзначать
бесконечность
влияние
информировать
331
inherent a	присущий, свойственный; собственный; внутренний; встроенный
initial a inject v innovative a inordinately adv input n insensitive a	начальный; исходный; первый впрыскивать; вносить; прокачивать нововведенный; новаторский; новый чрезмерно вход нему вствител ьны й
insert у install v instead of adv institution л insulator л	включать устанавливать; размещать; располагать вместо учреждение изолятор, изоляционный материал
insurance л intelligence л intelligent n intend v	страховка информация; интеллектуальные средства умный; интеллектуальный; рациональный намереваться
intent n	намерение, цель
intercept v interconnect v	перехватить, нарушить связь, подслушивать связывать
interest n be interested in v interference л interim a interleave v	интерес интересоваться помехи временный прокладывать чистые листы между страииплми, прослаивать; перемешать
intermediate a internal a interruption л interstate a	премежуточный внутренний прерывание; разъединение; перерыв межштатный; межгосударственный
interstate commerce intrusive a invaluable v	торговые отношения между государствами навязчивый бесценный
inventory n investigate v	опись, инвентаризация; список, каталог исследовать
332
investment л	капитал овложе ним
invoice л	счет-фактура, накладная
involve v	включать
isolation n	изоляция
isolate v	иэдлнревать
issue v	выходить, выпускать
item л	пункт, вопрос; предмет; единипл; позиция; элемент
jamming л judgement л justice л justification л justify р	заглушение, помеха приговор, решение, суждение, мнение правосудие, справедливость оправдание опревдывать
333
keep (kept, kept) v keep pace v key л keyboard л kit n laborious a lackw lag л landmark fl language w latter л launch v law л lay fl layer a lead (led, led) v leak out v leave (left, left) v leave smth to be desired legislation я leisure n lend (lent, lent) v level я leverage n	поддерживать, содержать идти в ногу ключ; переключатель; кнопка; клавиша клавиатура комплект, набпр трудный, трудоемкий отсутствие; потеря отставание, запаздывание; интервал; выдержка времени; инерционность наземный ориентир язык последний запускать; вводить (в действие) закон положение; шаг скрутки; слой пласт, слой вести, проводить; упреждать просачиваться; течь оставлять, уходить оставлять желать лучшего законодател ьство досуг давать взаймы уровень; матрица; ступень; степень действие рычага, двигатель
334
license n	лицензия; соглашение; разрешение
license v	давать лицензию, разрешать
lie (lay, lain) v	лежать
linear a	линейный; одномерный; продольный
link n	соединение; звено связи; канал связи
link v	соединять
liquid л	жидкость
load л	нагрузка; загрузка
local a	местный; городской; локальный
locale fl	местность
location n	местоположение, местность
logo	логарифмический
long-distance a	междугородный
loop fl	петля, контур; цепь; даухпроводнал линия
lose (lost, lost) v	терать; пронгрыавть
lottery л	лотерея
Jow a	низкий; меньший; тихий
lower a	НИЖНИЙ
luggage л	багаж
535
м
magnify v magnitude л mailbox л	увеличивать, преувеличивать величина; значение; размер; модуль почтовый ящик; память (в систаме электронной почты)
maintain к maintenance л	поддерживать, сохраивть; обслужиавть поддержка, сохранение, эксплутация, стоимость содержания, содержание в исправности
major a majority л make (made, made) v make for v manual a manually adv manufacture я manufacture v manufacturing л map out v margin n mat n match v maturation л	главный; основной; существенный; важный большинство делать; заставлять направляться ручной; с ручным управлением вручную производство; изготовление производить; изготавливать производство, обработка составлять план, планировать предел, запас; прибыль; граница; поле матриив соответствовать; выравнивать; сравнивать созревание
mean л mean time n	среднее число, средняя величина промежуток времени
mean v	означать
means л means p! n measure л	средство средства измерение; масштаб; оценка; показатель
measure v media p! n medium v melt v mention v	измерять средства, способы, пути; носитель; цель средство, способ, путь; носитель таять упоминать
326
merge v	сливаться; объединяться
merger л	сливние; объединение
message»	сообщение; посылка; разговор; запрос
micron л	микрон
middleware	межплатформенное программное обеспечение
mix v	смешивать
mixture л	смесь
momentum л	инерция движущегося тела, движущая сила.
	импульс
mount л	крепление, держатель
mount v	монтировать
movie л	фильм
multimode a	мультирежнмный
multiple a	сложный, составной; кратный; многократный
multiplex a	многоканальный; мультиплексный
multiply v	умножать; увеличивать
337
N
namely adv narrow л	а именно узкий
nasty a nature л nearby a neat a	отвратительный природа соседний аккуратный
necessary a necessitate v needle n negligible a neighbor л neighborhood л neither... norcj neither pron net л network л nevertheless adv nevertheless cj newcomer л nightmare л node л noise л	необходимый делать необходимым, требовать иголка ннчтожйый, не принимаемый в расчет сосед соседство, окрестность ни...,ни никто сеть сеть; схема; цепь; контур все же, как бы то ни было хотя, несмотря на новоприбывший кошмар узел, узловая точка шум, помеха
note v noted a noticeable a notify у nowadays numerous a	заметить, отметить знаменитый, известный заметный уведомлять в наши дни многочисленный
335
о
object л object v objective л observe v obsolete a obstacle л obtain v obviate v obvious л obviously adv occur V	предмет, цель возражать цель; задача; проблема; задание; требование наблюдать; контролировать устаревший препятствие получать избегать, уклоняться, устранять очевидный очевидно появляться, встречаться
ocean л offload v offset д oil A old-fashionad a	океан разгружать; сбрасывать нагрузку сдвиг, несовпадение; смещение; отклонение масло, нефть старомодный
oppese v option it optional a order л order v origin л originate v otherwise adv	противопоставить выбор необязательный, факультативный приказ, инструкция приказать происхождение; источник; начало отсчета возникать, преисходить иначе
outer a	внешний
output л overall a overcome (overcame, overcome) v overflow (overflew, overflown) v overhead a	выход полный, общий преодолевать переполнять; перегружать; занимать все линии воздушный, верхний; дополнительный
339
overhead л overkill л overlay network oversee (oversaw, overseen) v own V	потолок, накладные расходы; заголовок многократное уничтожение наложенная сеть наблюдать владеть
р
packet network packet switching particulars party л pass a	наяетнаяссть пакетная коммутация особенный лицо* человек,'участник законопроект; прохождение; просмотр; шаг
pass an act v passage л paths patterns	принять постановление, указ принятие; проход полоса; маршрут; траектория; дорожка образец; модуль; схема; серив; диаграмма; шаблон; модель; структура; рисунок
payload н peakedness s penalize v penetration s	полезная нагрузка пиковая точка наказывать, штрафовать проникновение; внедрение; преодоление зашиты
per prep percent л perfect v perform p perhaps fftfv permit v	в. на процент усовершенствовать выполнить возможно разрешать
340
persistance л	упорство, настойчивость; инерционность; сохранение; длительность
perspective л	вид
pertinent a	уместный, подходящий
piggybacking n	на спине, за плечами; блок данных обратного направления
pioneer v	быть первооткрывателем! вести
pitch л	высота тона, звука
plant n	установка, оборудование
plot v	составлять план, делать схему, вычерчивать кривую и диаграмму, наносить на
plugfl	штепсель
plug V	вставлять в розетку
plurality л	множество
point л	точка; пункт; позиция; момент
point communications n	направленная связь
point to v	указывать на, говорить о, свидетельствовать о
pool л	общий фонд группа; объединение; пул
population я	население
porta! n	главный вход
portray v	описывать
postage л	стоимость почтового отправления
possible a	возможный
power л	мощность, энергия; степень; производительность; электропитание; эффективность
powerful a	мощный
precede v	предшествовать
predict v	предсказывать, прогнозировать
prediction л	предсказание
predominant a	преобладающий, превалирующий
prefer p	предпочитать
preference fl	предпочтение, преимущество
premises pl л	помещение, недвижимость
341
present v	представлять
preserve v	сохранять
prevent v	помешать
previous a	предыдущий
previously arfv	ранее
primarily adv	первоначально
primary a	первоначальный, важнейший
print out V	печатать
prior a	прежний, предшествующий
priority л	приоритет
probability i*	вероятность
probably adv	возможно
process v	обрабатывать
profit л	доход, выгоде
profitable a	выгодный
prohibitive a	препятствующий, запрещающий
proliferation n	распространение
prominent a	выдающийся
promise v	обещать
promising a	многообещающий, перспективный
promote v	обеспечивать; расширять; продвигать
promoter n	лицо, способствующее развитию наук, искусств, производства, бизнеса
prompt v	подсказывать
promtly adv	быстро
pronounce v	произносить
proof л	доказательство
propagate v	распространять
proper a	правильный
property л	свойство
proposal n	предложение
propose v	предложить
proprietary a	частный
prove v	оказываться, доказывать
provide v	обеспечивать
342
pulse ft	импульс; сигнал; пульсация
purchase n	покупка
purchase v	покупать
pure a	чистый; простой; беспримесный
purpose r	цель
pursue v	следовать какому-либо курсу
Q
quad л quality п quantify v quantity ft quarter л query v	четырекугольник; четверка качество определять количество количество четверть осведомляться, собирать сведения'
343
R
rack n	зубчатая рейка; ствтив; стойка; стенд; стеллаж; шасси
raise v	поднимать
ramp v	идти под уклон; изменять ход обработки данных
random a	случайный
range л rapid a rapidly a rate л	диапазон быстрый быстро ставка, степень, процент, коэффициент, производительность, скоресть; такса; куре
rather than adv ratio л	лучше; скорее, чем отношение, коэффициент, степень; множитаяь
rationale n	логическое обоснование, разумное объяснение
ray л reach v realize v realm л	луч; лучевая линия достигать понимать царство, государство; область действия
reason л	причина; основание; довод
reason v reasonable a receive v recipient л recognize v record n record keeping recover v	обдумывать допустимый, разумный, обоснованный получать, принимать получатель (информации) признавать, узнавать запись ведение записей восстанавливать, возрождать
recuperate v reduce v reduction n	восстановить, рекуперировать уменьшать, снижать уменьшение, снижение
344
redundancy n	избыточность; резервирование; дублирование
redundant д	излишний, чрезмерный; избыточный; дублирующий
reed n refer to v, reference л reference book n refine v refusaln regardless of prep related a relative a relatively adv release л	пружина; геркон ссылаться ссылка справочник очищать, совершенствовать отказ независимо от связанный относительный относительно выпуск; сброс; размыкание; разблокировка
release v reliability л reliable a relieve v	отпускать; размыкать; разблокировать надежность надежный выделаться» выступать, освобождать, разгружать; помогать; снять давление
rely on v remain v remind v	положиться на оставаться напоминать
remote a	удаленный; дистанционный
remove v render v repair v repeat v replace v reply л reply v report n report v reprint v	устранять; снимать; сменять обеспечивать, оказывать, представлять чинить, ремонтировать повторять вытеснять; заменять ответ; ответный сигнал отвечать; подввать ответный сигнал доклад; акт (документ); сообщение докладывать; сообщать перепечатать
345
reproduce v request л	воспроизводить; повторять просьба, (вежливое) требование; запрос; заявка
request v require v requirement n meet requirements research л	спрашивать, запрашивать требовать требование; необходимое условие удовлетворять требованиям исследование; научно-исследовательскал работа
reside v resign v resist v resistance л	находиться отказываться, передавать на попечение сопротивляться сопротивление; стойкость; устойчивость
resort v (with) respect to respond v responsible a restrict v result in v retails retain v (call) retrial n retrieve v	прибегать, обращаться что касается, в отношении чего-либо реагировать, отвечать; срабатывать ответственный; компетентный ограничивать приводить к розничный сохранять; блокировать; удерживать повторный вызов; повторная попытка восстанавливать; искать; выбирать
reuse n reveal v reverse a review n revise v revision л revolve v reward л ride (rode, ridden) v rise (rose, risen) p roaming л	новое использование раскрывать обратный; противоположный обзор; рассмотрение; анализ повторать; проверять; уточнять просмотр, проверка вращаться вознаграждение водить, управлять, ехать подниматься, вставать свободное перемещение абонентов; роуминг; блуждание
346
rook л rotary в rotary dial rown rule л run (ran, run) out v rural 0	ладья вращательный вращательный (наборный) диск рад правило истекать кончаться сельский
s
salary л salesman л sample п	зарплата продавец образец, проба; выборка; замер; эталон; пример; отсчет
satellite п satisfactorily adv satisfy v saturate v saturation л	спутник удовлетворительно удовлетворять васыщать; усиливать насыщение; загиб амплитудной характеристики
scale л	шкала; масштаб; градация
scarce a scarcity л schedule л	недостаточный, дефицитный нехватка, недостаток расписание; режим; програма; график; таблица; схема; срок
schedule v scheme л	планировать план; проект, система; способ; чертеж
screen v scribble л search v	экран; изображение; зашита небрежный почерк искать
347
secure a security n	безопасный, надежный; секретный защита; безопасность; секретность; надежность
seek (sought, sought) v seize v seldom adv selfhealing n semantic a semiconductor n send (sent, sent) v senior a	искать схватить, охватить редко самовосстановление семантический, смысловой полупроводник посылать стврший
sense n sensitive a sensitivity л sensor л	смысл; значение; распознавание чувствительный; уязвимый чувствительность датчик; преобразователь; детектор
separate v sequence n sequential a service л	делить, разделять; выделять последовательность; очередность; ряд следующий (из чего-либо), последовательный услуга; обслуживание; служба; функция; эксплуатация; уход
set about v	приступать к
set up v several pron severely adv shake (shook, shaken) v shape v share v shield л shift»	устанавливать, создавать несколько сильно, строго трясти создавать разделять щит; экран; защита сдвиг, перемена, перемещение; переключение; уход
shirt» shorten v shot» show (showed, shown) p shy awny p	рубашка укорачивать выстрел, попытка, удвр показывать избегать
345
sign v signature л significant a silence л silicon n similar a simplify v simultaneously adv single a singlemode site л	подписывать; обозначать подпись; признак; характеристика важный молчание кремний похожий упрощать одновременно единственный, один однорежимный сайт, страница; местоположение; узел сети; сервер
size л skill л skip v	размер мастерство, умение, опыт перескакивать, пропускать; обходить; игнорировать
slide v slope n smooth a snapshot л so-called a software л	скользить уклон; наклон, крутизна; спад; скат ровный; гладкий; однородный моментельный снимок, щелчок; стоп-кадр так называемый программное обеспечение; программные средства; математическое обеспечение
solid n solid a solution л solve v sophisticated a source л	твердое тело твердый, сильный, солидный решение; приложение решать сложный источник; генератор; излучатель; исходнел точка
span л specify v speech л speed л spelling л	интервал, расстояние; диапазон определять речь; разговор скорость; быстрота; быстродействие правописание
349
spike n	штырь, лик; амплитуда; импульсное повышение напряжении
split (split, split) v spread (spread, spread) v spring up (sprang, sprung) v stack a staff л stand for (stood, stood) v state p steadfast a steadily adv steady a step я step-by-step a	расщеплять; разделять растягивать, растирать; распространять возникать, появляться кипа; набор; комплект; блок; пакет штат; персонал означать утверждать непоколебимый, твердый прочно, равномерно твердый шаг; этап; стадия; ступень шаговый; ступенчатый; каскадный; постепенный
stock я	облигация, ценная бумага; фонд; запас
storage л store v	память; накопитель; хранение; запоминание хранить;запасать; складировать; запоминать
stovepipa л straightforward a strand л stream л strength л strengthen v stress v string (strung, strung) V string A	дымоход, цклиидр прямой жила; стренга (кабеля); пучок жил поток; течение сила; прочность; интенсивность усиливать подчеркивать; усиливать; воздействовать натягивать струна; строка; цепочка; последовател ьность
struggle v stuff V submit v subscriber л subscription a subsidiary л substance л	бороться набивать; вставлять; заполнять подчиняться, подвергать абонент; пользователь подписка; абонемент; абонирование филиал, дочерняя компания вещество; сущность; содержание; матерка
350
substantial a subtend v	существенный стягивать* противолежать (о стороне треугольника)
subtle a subtract v suburb л succeed v	тонкий; неочевидный; неявный вычитать пригород* окраина добиться цели, преуспевать
success n successful a sufficiently tfrfv suggest v suit л suit v suitable a suite л summarize v superintendent n supervisory a supplement n supplement v supplementary a supplier л supply n supply V support л	успех успешный достаточно предлагать иск подходить подходящий набор суммировать начальник, заведующий контрольная, контролирующая дополнение; прнаожение; добавление дополнять; добавлять дополнительный поставщик; источник снабжения поставка; подача; подвод; электропитание снабжать; подводить; подавать поддержка; опора; подложка; обаспечение; обслуживание; средства обаспечения
support V sure a	поддерживать; обслуживать; обеспечивать уверенный; верный; надлежный; безопасный
surface л	поверхность; плоскость
surname n	фамилия
survey v survive v suspend v suspender a	обозревать, осматривать; обследовать выживать подвешивать, приостанавливать, устранять подвеска; несущий трос
351
sustain v	поддерживать, оказывать поддержку
swap v switch on v switch a	обменивать; переставлять; подкачивать включать. переключатель; коммутатор; ключ; пареметр
switch v switching л symbiosis n	переключать; коммутировать переключение, коммутация симбиоз
352

take into account v tail я tailor v	принимать во внимание конец; хвост; остаток; последний элемент приспосабливать, шить, делать на заказ; настраивать
take over v take place target л target v task a	придти на смену происходить, иметь место цель; адресат; место назначения; приемник иметь цель (адресата; место назначения) задача: проблема; работа; рабочее задание
tax л tear down v technique fl	пошлина, сбор срывать метод; методика; процедура; умение; техника
telecommunications fl telephone rate fl temper л tend p	связь, телекоммуникация телефонный тариф харектер стремиться
term fl terminal л terminate v	условие; срок; термин; название терминал; конец; клемма; ввод/вывод заканчиваться
tersea therefore adv thereof adv	сжатый, выразительный поэтому этого, того, из этого, из того, вследствие того
thesis (theses p/) fl through prp throughout adv	тезис, положение, диссертация через, сквозь во всех отношением, на всем протяжении, повсюду, везде
throughout prp	через, по асему, в продолжение (всего времени)
throw (threw, thrown) v thus adv tie v	выбрасывать таким образом связывать, соединять
353
tiny л	крошечный; миниатюрный; минимальный
title л	название, заглавие; краткое описание
title v	озаглавливать
toll ft	пошлина, сбор
toll fl	междугородний
tool л	инструмент; средство; приспособление; метод
total fl	общий, весь; итоговый; результирующий
totally flrfv	в общем, полностью, абсолютно
touch v	касаться
tower л	башня
traffic л	движение, транспорт, трафик; нагрузка
transceiver л	радиопередатчик и радиоприемник в одном корпусе, приемопередатчик
transfer v	переходить, передавать, перемещать; перелетать
transition л	переход; трансформация; перемещение
tray л	поднос; съемный блок; желоб
treasury ft	казна
treatment ft	обретение. трактовка; обработка; обслуживание
tremendous a	огромный
trend л	напревленне. тенденция; тренд; ход (кривой)
trial л	испытание; опыт; попытка; исследование
trial p	испытывать; исследовать
tributary fl	подчиненный, зависимый
trip n	путешествие, поездка; ход; пробах; переход
trudge v	тянуться, тащиться
true a	правильный; истинный
trunk ft	канал, телефонная магистраль; междугородняя линия
trust V	доверять, полагаться
tube л	лампа; труба; трубка
354
tune v turbulent л turnoff V tura on v	настраивать бурный выключать включать
turnout v twist v typewriter n typewriting courses л	оказаться, выпускать (продукцию) скручивать, крутить, переплетать пишущая машинка курсы машинописи
и
ultimately adv	в конечной счете, в конце концов, окончательно; предельно
uncertain fl	неуверенный; неопределенный; сомнительный
undamaged a underestimate v underlie (underlay, uederlain) v underpin v unfamiliar a unfeasible a unfortunately adv unique a universal a unless cj unpredictable a unscramble v unsuitebleo up to prep	неповрежденный; исправный недооценивать лежать в основе поддерживать, подкреплять незнакомый невыполнимый, неосуществимый к несчастью уникальный; однозначный; особенный всеобщий, всемирный пока не, если не непредсказуемый расшифровывать; дешифровать неподходящий до сих пор, до
355
update v	модернизировать; обновлять; корректировать
uplink л	верхнее соединение; спутниковый канал связи; линия связи абонента с центральным узлом
upset v upward adv urban a	расстраивать вверх городской
urgent a user л	срочный; экстренный; необходимый пользователь; абонент; потребитель; клиент
utilize v	использовать; применять; утилизировать
valid а	действительный; применимый; обоснованный
value л value v variability л variety л	ценность» значение; величина; оценка оценивать непостоянство, изменчивость разнообразие; множество; модификация; разновидность; многообразие
various а	различный
vary v vast л vehicle л	меняться, изменяться обширный, крупный аппарат, движущееся средство, движущееся устройство; метод
vendor л verification л	продавец; поставщик проверка; контроль; подтверждение
356
version ir	вариант; разновидность; версия
versus prep via prep viability /r view v vigilant a violate v virgin a	в противовес* против чераз жизнеспособность; живучесть рассмотреть бдительный нарушать чистый* нетронутый; первичный; неразмеченный
virtue of n visible a voice» a high-pitched voice	посредством, благодаря видимый; обозримый; очевидный голос высокая высота голоса няи голос с высокой высотой
a low-pitched voice	низкая высота голоса няи голос с низкой высотой
volatile a	непостоянный, изменчивый; энергозависимый
voltage n volume л vulnerability n	напряжение объем, емкость; вместимость; громкость уязвимость; порежаемость; чувствительность
357
w
water л	вода; влага
way л	способ, путь; направление; магистраль; метод
weather л web л weekdays л weekly a weighting л whence cj whereas cj whereby odv whereupon cj whether cj while cj whistle л wholesale a width л wilt v win (won, won) v wire л	погода; атмосферные воздействия паутина будни еженедельный нагрузка; взвешивание откуда, из какого источника, который тогда как, в то время как, поскольку при помощи, посредством после того, вследствие чего, тогда ли в то время как свисток оптовый ширина; длительность; длина увядать выиграть проволока, провод; шина; перемычка; проводник; телеграф
-wireless a wireless л withdrew (withdrew, withdraws) p within prep without prep wonder v	беспроволочный; беспроводной радио уходить, удалять, отодвигать в течение без интересоваться, удивляться
358
yell v
yield v
кричать
производить
359
KEYS
1. /ei/- aj,k,h; ii'J - b,c,d,e,g,p,t,v; /е/ - f,l,m,n,s,x,z; ZaiZ- i,y; ZouZ - o;
Zu:/-q,u,w;Za:Z-r
3.	A - analog (signal); AC - address code; NC - network control;
TM - time monitor, VLF - very low frequency; PDP - project
development plan; S - saturation; WPS - waveform processing
system
4.	a - scheme; b - teach, c - team; d - feel; e - machine; f - seat;
g - each; h - delete; i - heat; j - eat; к - steal.
5.	piece, piece, needle, machine, needle, piece
6.	electric - c; expensive - b; elect - a; entire - d; excite - e
8.	ZeZ - central, session, bend, bell, cell, cement, felt
ZiZ - begin, behavior, cement
9.a-3,b-5,c-4,d-2,e- 1
10. a - often, b - opera, c - oxygen, d - optimize, e - positive,
f-optical, g-oxide
12. a - boot, b - zoo, c - choose, d - noon, e - chew, f - shoe, g - loosen
13.1 - honey, 2 - money, 3 - sunny, 4-силу, 5-worry, 6-hurry,
7 -none, 8 - tonne, 9 - son, 10 - dove, 11 - love, 12 - some,
13 - come.
14.	Ы — order, nonuniform, normal, former, formula, four;
hl - object, optimize, nonuniform, foreign, off
ZaZ - enough, cover
Zi:Z - meter, mean, medium
/[/ - electron, emergency, enough, cement
ZeZ - element, cement
15.	Za:Z- bar, art, dark, enlarge, partial, target
ZuZ-buH
Zju:Z - cubic, cumulative, accumulator, dew, tube, tune, few
360
16.	1 - bar; 2 - cubic; 3 - few; 4 - art; 5 - accumulator; 6 - book;
7 - dark; 8 - tube; 9 - enlarge; 10 - tune; 11 - target;
12 - cumulative; 13 - partial, full
17.	fathgr, important, centre, tonight, employment, electron, electrostatic,
cellular. nominal, vertical. suspender
18.	A hundred photographers from Canada and America arrived in
Britain tonight to join the discussion in London about the role of
television and newspapers.
21.	dear, appears, interfere, engineer, clear, severe, we’re
22.	Kate, holiday, states, place, afraid, say, crazy, complain, stay, safe,
exchange, same age, painter, rain, day, game, baseball, explain,
anyway, train, may, fame, Jane
23.	a - apply, b - imply, c - blind, d - bind, e - cipher, f- diode, g-
fine, h - file, i - light, j - fight
24.	a - low, b - home, c - woke, d - stone, e - blow, f- note, g -show, i
-tone
30.	a - photography, b - telephone, c - telegraph, d - physical science,
e - philosophy
43. treasury, measure, leisure, vision, leisurely, measurement
45. always, tries, maintain, goodwill, greets, visitors, friendly, visitors,
should, not, be, kept, waiting, unnecessarily, askad, to, take, seat,
could, also, newspaper, magazine, to, read, it, important, that,
receiving
47. job - jobber, jog - jogged - jogger, gun - gunnad - gunner - gunning,
emit - emitted - emitting - emitter, club - clubbed - clubbing,
fit - fitted - fitting, flap - flappad - flapping, big - bigger - biggest
49. spreadsheets, consist, rows, -columns, gives, have, uses, accounts,
calculation^, functions, formulae, tells, organizations, need, analyse.
advantages, questions, programs, fast, forms, depends
36f
Список использованной литературы
1.	Аннотиравание и реферирование: пособие по английскому языку, -
М.: Высшая школа» 1991.
2.	Анфнлофьев C.A.t Суменко Л.Г. Англо-русский словарь по инфо-
коммуникациям. - М.: Международная академия связи, 2001.
3.	Дмитриева Е« Ф* Сборник тематических текстов для изучающих раз-
говорную речь. Английский язык. - М,: Издательство РАН, 1992.
4.	Смирнова Л., Власова Е. Symposium. - М.: Златоуст, 1993.
5.	Успенская Н. В., Михельсон Т. Н. Как писать по-английски научные
статьи, рецензии и рефераты. - C.-П.: Специализированная литерату-
ра, 1995.
б,	Шестоперова JL А. Практический курс по основным разделам грам-
матики английского языка для технических ВУЗов. - М: Л АТМЕС,
1998.
7.	Ш летный К. И. Пособие по обучению реферированию и аннотирова-
нию текстов английской научно-технической литературы. - М., 1997.
8.	Brieger N„ Comfort J. Technical Contacts. - Prentice Hall English Lan-
guage Teaching, 1995.
9.	Brieger N.t Sweeney S. The Language of Business English: Grammar and
Functions. - Prentice Hall International, 1994.
10.	Digby Chro Myers J, Making Sense of Spelling and Pronunciation. -
Prentice Hall International (UK) Ltd., 1993.
11.	English M., Lynn S. Business across Cultures. - Longman, 1995,
12,	Hashemi Ц English Grammar in Use Supplementary Exercises. - Cam-
bridge University Press, 1997.
13.	Hay kraft B. English Aloud. - Heineman English Language Tenching,
1994.
14.	Hewlngs M. Advanced Grammar in Use. - Cambridge University Press,
1999.
15.	Jones D. English Pronouncing Business Dictionary. - Cambridge Univer-
sity Press, 1997.
16.	Littlejohn A. Company to Company. - Cambridge University Press, 1994.
17.	Mikulecky B>, Jeffries L. More Reading Power. -Addison-Wesley Pub-
lishing Compeny, 1996.
18.	Murphy R. English Grammar in Use. - Cambridge University Press, 1997.
19.	Nichalson M. Mastering Business Administration. - L.: Macmillan, 1992.
20.	Station N. Mastering Communication. - L.: Macmillan, 1996,
362
21.	Computer review. - 200 L - № 19.
22.	Data Communications. - 1997. - June.
23.	Ericsson Review: the telecommunications technology journal. - 2001. -
№2,3.
24.	IEEE Communications Magazine. -2001.-Vol. 39.-№ 10, 11, 12.
25.	IEEE Regional News. - 2001. - Vol. 4. - № 4.
26.	IEEE Spectrum. - 2001. - October, November.
27.	In Depth. - 1997. - May - August.
28.	The Institute. - 2001. - Vol. 25. - № 10,11.
29.	Moscow News. - 2001.-№ 49.
30.	Public Networks.
3L Telecommunications.
32.	Sharma P., Barrett B. Blended learning: using technology in and
beyond language learning. - Macmillan, 2007.
33.	High Frequency Electronics. - 2007. - May.
34.	Communications News. - 2008. - January.
35.	High Frequency Electronics. - 2007. - January.
36.	Satellite Evolution. - 2006. - November - December.
http://www.comnews.com/features/2008-january/0108_mobile_devices.aspx